updated: 3/7/2015

 A    B    D    E    F    G    H    I    K    L    M    N    O    P    R    S    T    U    V    W    Z   

hiki

1. placename. street, Kalihi Uka, Honolulu. lit.: to come or to be able.
2. nvs. can, may; to be able; ability; possible.
3. interj. all right, O.K. (in sense of "able to do"), certainly, surely (used alone or preceding ).
4. vi. to get to or reach a place, come, arrive, approach, appear, arise. Ā + hiki followed by a word expressing time or place, is often translated: to, until.
5. vi. next.
6. vt. to fetch, carry back and forth (less used than lawe).

(2,769)

Mat 1:17ʻO nā hanauna a pau maiā ʻAberahama mai a hiki iā Dāvida, he ʻumi ia hanauna a me kumamāhā; a maiā Dāvida mai a hiki i ka lawe ʻana i Babulona, he ʻumi ia hanauna a me kumamāhā; a mai ka lawe ʻana aku i Babulona mai, a hiki iā Kristo he ʻumi ia hanauna a me kumamāhā.Thus there were fourteen generations in all from Abraham to David, fourteen from David to the exile to Babylon, and fourteen from the exile to the Christ.
Mat 1:25ʻAʻole naʻe i moe aku iā ia, a hiki i ka wā i hānau ai ʻo ia i kāna makahiapo kāne, a kapa akula ia i kona inoa ʻo IESŪ.But he had no union with her until she gave birth to a son. And he gave him the name Jesus.
Mat 2:23A hiki akula ia i kekahi kūlanakauhale ʻo Nazareta ka inoa, noho ihola ia i laila: pēlā i kō ai ka ʻōlelo a ka poʻe kāula, E kapa ʻia ʻo ia he Nazarene.and he went and lived in a town called Nazareth. So was fulfilled what was said through the prophets: "He will be called a Nazarene."
Mat 3:9Mai manaʻo ʻoukou e ʻōhumu i loko o ʻoukou iho, ʻo ʻAberahama ko kākou kupuna; no ka mea, ke ʻī aku nei au iā ʻoukou, e hiki nō i ke Akua ke hoʻāla aʻe mai kēia mau pōhaku mai i poʻe mamo na ʻAberahama.And do not think you can say to yourselves, 'We have Abraham as our father.' I tell you that out of these stones God can raise up children for Abraham.
Mat 4:3A hiki aku ka mea hoʻowalewale i ona lā, ʻī akula ia, Inā ʻo ke Keiki ʻoe a ke Akua, e ʻī mai ʻoe i kēia mau pōhaku i lilo i berena.The tempter came to him and said, "If you are the Son of God, tell these stones to become bread."
Mat 5:36ʻAʻole hoʻi ʻoe e hoʻohiki ʻino i kou poʻo iho, no ka mea, ʻaʻole e hiki iā ʻoe ke hoʻolilo i kekahi oho i keʻokeʻo, ʻaʻole hoʻi i ʻeleʻele.And do not swear by your head, for you cannot make even one hair white or black.
Mat 6:10E hiki mai kou aupuni; e mālama ʻia kou makemake ma ka honua nei, e like me ia i mālama ʻia ma ka lani lā;your kingdom come, your will be done on earth as it is in heaven.
Mat 6:24ʻAʻole nō e hiki i ke kanaka ke mālama i nā haku ʻelua; no ka mea, e hoʻowahāwahā ia i kekahi, a e aloha aku hoʻi i kekahi; a i ʻole ia, e hoʻopili aku ia i kekahi me ka haʻalele i kekahi. ʻAʻole e hiki iā ʻoukou ke mālama pū i ke Akua a me ka mamona."No one can serve two masters. Either he will hate the one and love the other, or he will be devoted to the one and despise the other. You cannot serve both God and Money.
Mat 6:27ʻO wai lā ka mea o ʻoukou e hiki ma ka manaʻo nui ʻana ke hoʻolōʻihi aku i kona kiʻekiʻe i hoʻokahi haʻilima?Who of you by worrying can add a single hour to his life ?
Mat 7:13E komo aʻe ʻoukou ma ka puka pilikia; no ka mea, he ākea ka puka, he pālahalaha hoʻi ke alanui e hiki aku ai i ka make; a nui wale hoʻi ka poʻe komo i laila."Enter through the narrow gate. For wide is the gate and broad is the road that leads to destruction, and many enter through it.
Mat 7:14Akā, he pilikia ka puka, he ʻololī hoʻi ke ala e hiki aku ai i ke ola, a kākaʻikahi wale ka poʻe loaʻa ia.But small is the gate and narrow the road that leads to life, and only a few find it.
Mat 7:18ʻAʻole e hiki i ka lāʻau maikaʻi ke hua mai i ka hua ʻino; ʻaʻole hoʻi e hiki i ka lāʻau ʻino ke hua mai i ka hua maikaʻi.A good tree cannot bear bad fruit, and a bad tree cannot bear good fruit.
Mat 8:2Aia hoʻi kekahi lēpero i hele mai i ona lā, moe ihola i mua ona, ʻī maila, E ka Haku, a i makemake ʻoe, e hiki nō iā ʻoe ke huikala mai iaʻu.A man with leprosy came and knelt before him and said, "Lord, if you are willing, you can make me clean."
Mat 8:5A hiki akula ʻo Iesū i Kaperenauma, hele maila kekahi luna haneri i ona lā, noi maila iā ia,When Jesus had entered Capernaum, a centurion came to him, asking for help.
Mat 8:28A hiki akula ia i kēlā kapa, i ka ʻāina o ko Gadara, hālāwai maila me ia ʻelua kānaka i uluhia e nā daimonio, i hōʻea mai, mai nā hale kupapaʻu mai, ua nui loa ke kū o ka hau, ʻaʻohe kanaka i ʻaʻa aku e māʻalo ma ia wahi.When he arrived at the other side in the region of the Gadarenes, two demon-possessed men coming from the tombs met him. They were so violent that no one could pass that way.
Mat 8:29Aia hoʻi, kāhea maila lāua, ʻī maila, He aha kāu iā mākou nei, e Iesū ke Keiki a ke Akua? Ua hiki ʻē mai nei anei ʻoe e hana ʻeha mai iā mākou ma mua o ka manawa?"What do you want with us, Son of God?" they shouted. "Have you come here to torture us before the appointed time?"
Mat 8:33ʻAuheʻe akula ka poʻe kahu puaʻa, a hiki akula i ke kūlanakauhale, haʻi akula lākou ia mau mea a pau, a me ka mea o ua mau kānaka lā i uluhia e nā daimonio.Those tending the pigs ran off, went into the town and reported all this, including what had happened to the demon-possessed men.
Mat 9:1Eʻe aʻela ia ma luna o ka moku, holo akula ia, a hiki akula i kona kūlanakauhale.Jesus stepped into a boat, crossed over and came to his own town.
Mat 9:5Ma hea ka hiki pono ke ʻōlelo, Ua kala ʻia kou hewa, a ke ʻōlelo paha, E ala aʻe a e hele?Which is easier: to say, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up and walk'?
Mat 9:15ʻĪ akula Iesū iā lākou, E hiki anei i nā keiki o ke kāne mare ke kaniʻuhū, i ka wā e noho pū ai ia me lākou? E hiki mai ana ka manawa e lawe ʻia aku ai ke kāne mare mai o lākou aku, i laila lākou e hoʻokē ʻai ai.Jesus answered, "How can the guests of the bridegroom mourn while he is with them? The time will come when the bridegroom will be taken from them; then they will fast.
Mat 9:23A hiki akula ʻo Iesū i ka hale o ua luna lā, ʻike aʻela ia i ka poʻe hoʻokiokio, a me nā kānaka e kūmākena ana,When Jesus entered the ruler's house and saw the flute players and the noisy crowd,
Mat 9:28Komo aʻela ia i loko o ka hale, a hele mai ua mau makapō lā i ona lā, nīnau akula Iesū iā lāua, Ke manaʻoʻiʻo nei anei ʻolua, e hiki nō iaʻu ke hana i kēia mea? ʻĪ akula lāua iā ia, ʻAe, e ka Haku.When he had gone indoors, the blind men came to him, and he asked them, "Do you believe that I am able to do this?" "Yes, Lord," they replied.
Mat 10:11A ʻo ke kūlanakauhale, a ʻo ke kauhale paha, a ʻoukou e komo aku ai, e nīnau aku i ko laila poʻe pono; ma laila nō e noho ai a hiki i ka manawa e hele aku ai ma laila aku."Whatever town or village you enter, search for some worthy person there and stay at his house until you leave.
Mat 10:22No koʻu inoa e inaina ʻia mai ai ʻoukou e nā kānaka a pau: akā, ʻo ka mea hoʻomau aku a hiki i ka hopena, e ola ia.All men will hate you because of me, but he who stands firm to the end will be saved.
Mat 10:23Aia hana ʻino mai lākou iā ʻoukou i loko o kekahi kūlanakauhale, e holo aku ʻoukou i kekahi; he ʻoiaʻiʻo kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku nei iā ʻoukou, ʻAʻole e pau ʻē nā kūlanakauhale o ka ʻIseraʻela i ke kaʻahele ʻia e ʻoukou, a hiki mai nō ke Keiki a ke kanaka.When you are persecuted in one place, flee to another. I tell you the truth, you will not finish going through the cities of Israel before the Son of Man comes.
Mat 10:28Mai makaʻu aku hoʻi ʻoukou i ka poʻe nāna e pepehi mai ke kino, ʻaʻole naʻe e hiki iā lākou ke pepehi i ka ʻuhane; akā, e makaʻu aku i ka mea nona ka mana e make ai ka ʻuhane a me ke kino i loko o Gehena.Do not be afraid of those who kill the body but cannot kill the soul. Rather, be afraid of the One who can destroy both soul and body in hell.
Mat 11:12Mai ka wā iā Ioane Bapetite mai a hiki i ʻaneʻi, ua ʻimi ikaika ʻia ke aupuni o ka lani, a ua lawe ʻia e ka poʻe ikaika no lākou.From the days of John the Baptist until now, the kingdom of heaven has been forcefully advancing, and forceful men lay hold of it.
Mat 11:13Ua wānana mai ka poʻe kāula a pau a me ke kānāwai, a hiki mai ai ʻo Ioane.For all the Prophets and the Law prophesied until John.
Mat 11:14Inā e hiki iā ʻoukou ke hoʻomaopopo, ʻo ia nei nō ua ʻElia lā, ka mea e hele mai ana.And if you are willing to accept it, he is the Elijah who was to come.
Mat 11:23ʻO ʻoe hoʻi, e Kaperenauma, kai hoʻokiʻekiʻe ʻia aʻe i ka lani, e kiola ʻia ʻoe i lalo i ka pō; no ka mea, inā i hana ʻia ma Sodoma nā hana mana i hana ʻia aku ai i loko ou, inā ua koe ia a hiki i nēia manawa.And you, Capernaum, will you be lifted up to the skies? No, you will go down to the depths. If the miracles that were performed in you had been performed in Sodom, it would have remained to this day.
Mat 12:29Pehea lā e hiki ai i kekahi ke komo i loko o ka hale o ke kanaka ikaika, a hao i kona waiwai? Aia nakinaki ia ma mua i ke kanaka ikaika a paʻa, a laila e hao ia i nā mea o kona hale."Or again, how can anyone enter a strong man's house and carry off his possessions unless he first ties up the strong man? Then he can rob his house.
Mat 12:34E ka hanauna moʻo niho ʻawa! Pehea lā e hiki ai iā ʻoukou ka poʻe ʻino ke ʻōlelo i nā mea maikaʻi? No ka mea, no ka piha o ka naʻau e ʻōlelo ai ka waha.You brood of vipers, how can you who are evil say anything good? For out of the overflow of the heart the mouth speaks.
Mat 12:44A laila, ʻōlelo iho nō ia, E hoʻi ana au i koʻu hale, kahi aʻu i puka mai ai. A hiki mai, ʻike ihola ia, ua kaʻawale ia, ua kāhili ʻia, a ua hoʻolakolako ʻia.Then it says, 'I will return to the house I left.' When it arrives, it finds the house unoccupied, swept clean and put in order.
Mat 13:21ʻAʻole naʻe he aʻa i loko ona, no laila ua pōkole kona kūpaʻa ʻana; a hiki mai ka pilikia a me ka hōʻino no ka ʻōlelo, a laila hāʻule koke ihola ia.But since he has no root, he lasts only a short time. When trouble or persecution comes because of the word, he quickly falls away.
Mat 13:30E waiho nō pēlā, e ulu pū lāua a hiki i ka ʻohi ʻana: a i ka wā e ʻohi ai, naʻu e ʻōlelo aku i ka poʻe ʻokiʻoki, E hōʻuluʻulu mua ʻoukou i ka zīzānia, e pūʻā a paʻa i mea e puhi ai i ke ahi; a ʻo ka palaoa lā, e hōʻiliʻili ia i loko o koʻu hale papaʻa.Let both grow together until the harvest. At that time I will tell the harvesters: First collect the weeds and tie them in bundles to be burned; then gather the wheat and bring it into my barn.' "
Mat 13:54A hiki akula ia i kona ʻāina, aʻo akula ia i nā kānaka i loko o ko lākou hale hālāwai; a kāhāhā ihola lākou, ʻī aʻela, No hea lā ka naʻauao a me ka hana mana a ua kanaka lā?Coming to his hometown, he began teaching the people in their synagogue, and they were amazed. "Where did this man get this wisdom and these miraculous powers?" they asked.
Mat 14:23A pau ka poʻe kānaka i ka hoʻihoʻi ʻia aku e ia, piʻi akula ia, ʻo ia wale nō, i kekahi mauna e pule ai: a hiki mai ke ahiahi, ʻo ia wale nō ma laila.After he had dismissed them, he went up on a mountainside by himself to pray. When evening came, he was there alone,
Mat 14:34Holo akula lākou, a hiki akula i ka ʻāina ʻo Genesareta.When they had crossed over, they landed at Gennesaret.
Mat 15:21Hele akula ʻo Iesū mai ia wahi aku, a hiki akula ma nā mokuna ʻo Turo a me Sidona.Leaving that place, Jesus withdrew to the region of Tyre and Sidon.
Mat 15:29Hele akula ʻo Iesū ma ia wahi aku, a hiki akula ma ke kaʻe loko i Galilaia: piʻi akula ia i luna i kekahi mauna, a noho ihola i laila.Jesus left there and went along the Sea of Galilee. Then he went up on a mountainside and sat down.
Mat 17:12Ke ʻōlelo aku nei nō hoʻi au iā ʻoukou, Ua hiki ʻē mai nō ʻo ʻElia, ʻaʻole naʻe lākou i ʻike iā ia; akā, ua hana aku lākou iā ia i ka mea a lākou i makemake ai. Pēlā nō hoʻi ke Keiki a ke kanaka e hana ʻeha ʻia ai e lākou.But I tell you, Elijah has already come, and they did not recognize him, but have done to him everything they wished. In the same way the Son of Man is going to suffer at their hands."
Mat 17:14A hiki aʻela lākou i ka poʻe kānaka, hele maila kekahi kanaka i ona lā, kukuli ihola i mua ona, ʻī maila,When they came to the crowd, a man approached Jesus and knelt before him.
Mat 17:16A lawe maila au iā ia i kāu poʻe haumāna, ʻaʻole hoʻi i hiki iā lākou ke hoʻōla iā ia.I brought him to your disciples, but they could not heal him."
Mat 17:19A laila, hele malū akula nā haumāna i o Iesū lā, nīnau akula, No ke aha lā i hiki ʻole ai iā mākou ke mahiki aku iā ia?Then the disciples came to Jesus in private and asked, "Why couldn't we drive it out?"
Mat 17:20ʻĪ maila ʻo Iesū iā lākou, No ko ʻoukou manaʻoʻiʻo ʻole. He ʻoiaʻiʻo kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku nei iā ʻoukou, inā he like ko ʻoukou manaʻoʻiʻo me kekahi hua mākeke, a ʻōlelo aku paha ʻoukou i kēia mauna, E neʻe aku ʻoe i ʻō, a e neʻe aku nō ia; ʻaʻole mea hiki ʻole iā ʻoukou.He replied, "Because you have so little faith. I tell you the truth, if you have faith as small as a mustard seed, you can say to this mountain, 'Move from here to there' and it will move. Nothing will be impossible for you.
Mat 17:24A hiki akula lākou i Kaperenauma, hele maila ka poʻe ʻauhau hapahā i o Petero lā, ʻī maila, ʻAʻole anei e hoʻokupu mai kā ʻoukou kumu i ka hapahā?After Jesus and his disciples arrived in Capernaum, the collectors of the two-drachma tax came to Peter and asked, "Doesn't your teacher pay the temple tax ?"
Mat 18:7Auē ko ke ao nei no nā hoʻohihia ʻana! E hiki ʻiʻo mai nō nā hihia; akā, auē ke kanaka nāna e hoʻohihia mai!"Woe to the world because of the things that cause people to sin! Such things must come, but woe to the man through whom they come!
Mat 19:1A pau aʻela ia ʻōlelo ʻana a Iesū, hele akula ia mai Galilaia aku, a hiki akula ma ka mokuna ʻo Iudea ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o Ioredane.When Jesus had finished saying these things, he left Galilee and went into the region of Judea to the other side of the Jordan.
Mat 19:11ʻĪ maila kēlā iā lākou, ʻAʻole e hiki i nā kānaka a pau ke hoʻomanawanui pēlā; aia i ka poʻe nāna kēia pono i hāʻawi ʻia mai.Jesus replied, "Not everyone can accept this word, but only those to whom it has been given.
Mat 19:12No ka mea, he poʻe ʻeunuha kekahi mai ko lākou hānau ʻana mai, a he poʻe ʻeunuha kekahi i hōʻeunuha ʻia e kānaka, a he poʻe ʻeunuha kekahi i hōʻeunuha ʻia e lākou iho no ke aupuni o ka lani. ʻO ka mea e hiki iā ia ia mea, e pono nō ia pēlā.For some are eunuchs because they were born that way; others were made that way by men; and others have renounced marriage because of the kingdom of heaven. The one who can accept this should accept it."
Mat 19:24Eia hou ke ʻōlelo aku nei au iā ʻoukou, E hiki ʻē ke kāmelo ke komo ma ka puka o ke kui kele ma mua o ke komo ʻana o ke kanaka waiwai i loko o ke aupuni o ka lani.Again I tell you, it is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter the kingdom of God."
Mat 19:26Nānā maila ʻo Iesū iā lākou, ʻī maila, He mea hiki ʻole ia i kānaka; akā, e hiki ʻiʻo nō nā mea a pau i ke Akua.Jesus looked at them and said, "With man this is impossible, but with God all things are possible."
Mat 20:8A ahiahi aʻela, ʻī akula ka haku nona ka pā waina i kona puʻukū, E kāhea, aku ʻoe i ka poʻe paʻaua, a e hāʻawi aku iā lākou i ka uku, mai ka poʻe hope mai a hiki aku i ka poʻe mua."When evening came, the owner of the vineyard said to his foreman, 'Call the workers and pay them their wages, beginning with the last ones hired and going on to the first.'
Mat 20:22ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iesū, ʻī maila, ʻAʻole ʻoukou i ʻike i kā ʻoukou mea e noi mai nei. E hiki nō anei iā ʻolua ke inu i ko ke kīʻaha aʻu e inu ai; a e bapetizo ʻia i ka bapetizo ʻana aʻu e bapetizo ʻia mai ai? ʻĪ akula lāua iā ia, E hiki nō iā māua."You don't know what you are asking," Jesus said to them. "Can you drink the cup I am going to drink?" "We can," they answered.
Mat 21:1A kokoke akula lākou i Ierusalema, ua hiki akula i Betepage ma ka mauna ʻOliveta, a laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo Iesū i nā haumāna ʻelua;As they approached Jerusalem and came to Bethphage on the Mount of Olives, Jesus sent two disciples,
Mat 21:10A hiki akula ia i Ierusalema, pīhoihoi aʻela ko ke kūlanakauhale a pau, nīnau maila lākou, ʻO wai kēia?When Jesus entered Jerusalem, the whole city was stirred and asked, "Who is this?"
Mat 21:29Hōʻole maila kēlā, ʻī maila, ʻAʻole au e hiki. A ma hope mihi ihola ia, a hele akula." 'I will not,' he answered, but later he changed his mind and went.
Mat 21:40Aia hiki mai ka haku nona ka pā waina, he aha kāna e hana mai ai i ua poʻe hoaʻāina nei?"Therefore, when the owner of the vineyard comes, what will he do to those tenants?"
Mat 22:26Pēlā aku hoʻi ka lua a me ke kolu a hiki akula i ka hiku o lākou.The same thing happened to the second and third brother, right on down to the seventh.
Mat 22:46ʻAʻole i hiki i kekahi ke ʻekemu iki mai iā ia, ʻaʻole hoʻi kekahi i ʻaʻa e nīnau hou mai iā ia mai ia wā iho.No one could say a word in reply, and from that day on no one dared to ask him any more questions.
Mat 23:35I hoʻokau ʻia ma luna iho o ʻoukou ke koko hala ʻole a pau i hoʻokahe ʻia ma luna o ka honua, mai ke koko o ʻAbela o ke kanaka pono mai, a hiki i ke koko o Zakaria ke keiki a Barakia, a ʻoukou i pepehi ai ma waena o ka luakini a me ke kuahu.And so upon you will come all the righteous blood that has been shed on earth, from the blood of righteous Abel to the blood of Zechariah son of Berekiah, whom you murdered between the temple and the altar.
Mat 23:39No ka mea, ke ʻōlelo aku nei au iā ʻoukou, ʻAʻole ʻoukou e ʻike hou mai iaʻu, a hiki i ka wā e ʻōlelo mai ai ʻoukou, e hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia ka mea e hele mai ana ma ka inoa o ka Haku.For I tell you, you will not see me again until you say, 'Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord.' "
Mat 24:3I kona noho ʻana ma luna o ka mauna ʻOliveta, hele malū akula ka poʻe haumāna i ona lā, ʻī akula, E haʻi mai ʻoe iā mākou, i ka manawa hea e hiki mai ai ia mau mea? He aha hoʻi ka hōʻailona no kou hiki ʻana mai, a me ka hope o kēia ao?As Jesus was sitting on the Mount of Olives, the disciples came to him privately. "Tell us," they said, "when will this happen, and what will be the sign of your coming and of the end of the age?"
Mat 24:6E lohe auaneʻi ʻoukou i nā kaua, a me nā lono no nā kaua; e ao iā ʻoukou iho, mai hopohopo; no ka mea, e hiki ʻiʻo mai ia mau mea a pau, ʻaʻole naʻe ia ka hopena.You will hear of wars and rumors of wars, but see to it that you are not alarmed. Such things must happen, but the end is still to come.
Mat 24:7E kūʻē ana kekahi lāhui kanaka i kekahi lāhui kanaka; a ʻo kekahi aupuni i kekahi aupuni: a e hiki mai nō nā wī a me nā ahulau, a me nā ōlaʻi i kēlā wahi a i kēia wahi.Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be famines and earthquakes in various places.
Mat 24:13Akā, ʻo ka mea hoʻomanawanui aku a hiki i ka hopena, e ola ia.but he who stands firm to the end will be saved.
Mat 24:14A e haʻi ʻia aku nō kēia ʻeuanelio o ke aupuni ma nā wahi aukanaka a pau, i mea e ʻike ai nā lāhui kanaka a pau: a laila iho e hiki mai ka hopena.And this gospel of the kingdom will be preached in the whole world as a testimony to all nations, and then the end will come.
Mat 24:24No ka mea, e kū aʻe nō na Mesia wahaheʻe, a me nā kāula wahaheʻe, a e hōʻike aku lākou i nā hōʻailona nui, a me nā mea kupanaha; a inā he mea hiki, inā e hoʻopunipuni hoʻi lākou i ka poʻe i wae ʻia.For false Christs and false prophets will appear and perform great signs and miracles to deceive even the elect--if that were possible.
Mat 24:27No ka mea, e like me ka uila i ʻanapu mai ai, mai ka hikina mai, a hoʻomālamalama aku i ke komohana; pēlā nō hoʻi ka hiki ʻana mai o ke Keiki a ke kanaka.For as lightning that comes from the east is visible even in the west, so will be the coming of the Son of Man.
Mat 24:34He ʻoiaʻiʻo kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku nei iā ʻoukou, ʻAʻole e hala aku kēia hanauna, a hiki ʻē mai ua mau mea lā a pau.I tell you the truth, this generation will certainly not pass away until all these things have happened.
Mat 24:37Me nā lā o Noa, pēlā hoʻi ka hiki ʻana mai o ke Keiki a ke kanaka.As it was in the days of Noah, so it will be at the coming of the Son of Man.
Mat 24:38No ka mea, i nā lā ma mua o ke kai a Kahinaliʻi, ʻai lākou a inu hoʻi, mare lākou a hoʻopalau no ka mare ʻana, a hiki i ka lā i komo ai ʻo Noa i loko o ka hale lana;For in the days before the flood, people were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, up to the day Noah entered the ark;
Mat 24:39ʻAʻole lākou i ʻike, a hiki mai ke kai a Kahinaliʻi, a pau loa aʻela lākou i ka make: pēlā nō hoʻi ka hiki ʻana mai o ke Keiki a ke kanaka.and they knew nothing about what would happen until the flood came and took them all away. That is how it will be at the coming of the Son of Man.
Mat 24:42No laila, e kiaʻi ʻoukou; no ka mea, ʻaʻole ʻoukou ʻike i ka hora e hiki mai ai ko ʻoukou Haku."Therefore keep watch, because you do not know on what day your Lord will come.
Mat 24:43Ua ʻike ʻoukou i kēia, inā paha i ʻike ka mea hale i ka wati e hiki mai ai ka ʻaihue, inā ua kiaʻi ia, i wāwahi ʻole ʻia ai kona hale.But understand this: If the owner of the house had known at what time of night the thief was coming, he would have kept watch and would not have let his house be broken into.
Mat 24:44Pēlā hoʻi ʻoukou e noho ai me ka mākaukau; no ka mea, i ka hora e manaʻo ʻole ʻia ai e ʻoukou, e hiki mai nō ke Keiki a ke kanaka.So you also must be ready, because the Son of Man will come at an hour when you do not expect him.
Mat 25:10A hala akula lākou e kūʻai, hiki maila ke kāne mare; a ʻo ka poʻe i mākaukau, komo pū akula lākou me ia i ka mare ʻana, a papani ʻia aʻela ka puka."But while they were on their way to buy the oil, the bridegroom arrived. The virgins who were ready went in with him to the wedding banquet. And the door was shut.
Mat 25:13No ia hoʻi, e kiaʻi ʻoukou, no ka mea, ʻaʻole ʻoukou ʻike i ka lā, ʻaʻole hoʻi i ka hora e hiki mai ai ke Keiki a ke kanaka."Therefore keep watch, because you do not know the day or the hour.
Mat 25:31Aia hiki mai ke Keiki a ke kanaka me kona nani, a ʻo nā ʻānela a pau pū me ia; a laila, e noho ihola ma luna o kona noho aliʻi nani:"When the Son of Man comes in his glory, and all the angels with him, he will sit on his throne in heavenly glory.
Mat 26:2Ua ʻike ʻoukou, ʻelua lā i koe, a hiki mai ka ʻahaʻaina mōliaola; a e kumakaia ʻia ke Keiki a ke kanaka e kaulia ai ma ke keʻa."As you know, the Passover is two days away--and the Son of Man will be handed over to be crucified."
Mat 26:9E hiki nō ke kūʻai lilo aku i kēia mea poni i kumu nui, a e hāʻawi ʻia aku ia na ka poʻe ʻilihune."This perfume could have been sold at a high price and the money given to the poor."
Mat 26:29Ke ʻōlelo aku nei au iā ʻoukou, ʻaʻole au e inu hou i ko ka hua waina, a hiki aku i ka lā e inu pū ai au me ʻoukou he waina hou i loko o ke aupuni o koʻu Makua.I tell you, I will not drink of this fruit of the vine from now on until that day when I drink it anew with you in my Father's kingdom."
Mat 26:39Hele iki akula ia, moe ihola kona alo i lalo, pule akula ia, ʻī akula, E koʻu Makua ē, inā paha he mea hiki ia, e lawe aku ʻoe i kēia kīʻaha mai oʻu aku nei; akā hoʻi, aia i kou makemake, ʻaʻole i koʻu.Going a little farther, he fell with his face to the ground and prayed, "My Father, if it is possible, may this cup be taken from me. Yet not as I will, but as you will."
Mat 26:40Hoʻi maila ia i ua mau haumāna lā, a loaʻa ihola lākou e hiamoe ana; ʻī maila iā Petero, Pēlā nō anei, ʻaʻole e hiki iā ʻoukou ke kiaʻi pū me aʻu i hoʻokahi hora?Then he returned to his disciples and found them sleeping. "Could you men not keep watch with me for one hour?" he asked Peter.
Mat 26:42Hele hou akula ia, ka lua ia o ka hele ʻana; pule akula ia, ʻī akula, E koʻu Makua, inā paha ʻaʻole ia he mea hiki ke lawe ʻia aku kēia kīʻaha mai oʻu aku nei, i inu ʻole au, inā nō e hana ʻia kou makemake.He went away a second time and prayed, "My Father, if it is not possible for this cup to be taken away unless I drink it, may your will be done."
Mat 26:53Ke manaʻo nei anei ʻoe, e hiki ʻole iaʻu ʻānō ke kāhea aku i koʻu Makua, a e hoʻouna mai nō ia i oʻu nei i nā legeona ʻānela he ʻumikumamālua a keu aku?Do you think I cannot call on my Father, and he will at once put at my disposal more than twelve legions of angels?
Mat 26:58Ukali mamao akula ʻo Petero iā ia, a hiki i ka pā hale o ke kahuna nui: a komo akula ia i loko, noho pū ihola me ka poʻe ilāmuku e ʻike i ka hope.But Peter followed him at a distance, right up to the courtyard of the high priest. He entered and sat down with the guards to see the outcome.
Mat 26:61ʻĪ maila, Ua ʻōlelo mai ʻo ia nei, E hiki nō iaʻu ke wāwahi iho i ka luakini o ke Akua, a e hana hou au ia a paʻa i nā lā ʻekolu.and declared, "This fellow said, 'I am able to destroy the temple of God and rebuild it in three days.' "
Mat 27:8No ia mea, ua kapa ʻia ua ʻāina lā, ka ʻāina koko, a hiki i nēia manawa.That is why it has been called the Field of Blood to this day.
Mat 27:24ʻIke aʻela ʻo Pilato, ʻaʻole e hiki kāna, akā, he nui loa ka haunaele ʻana mai, lālau akula ia i ka wai, a holoi ihola i kona mau lima i mua o ka poʻe kānaka, ʻī akula, ʻAʻohe oʻu hala i ke koko o kēia kanaka pono: iā ʻoukou aku nō ia.When Pilate saw that he was getting nowhere, but that instead an uproar was starting, he took water and washed his hands in front of the crowd. "I am innocent of this man's blood," he said. "It is your responsibility!"
Mat 27:33A hiki akula lākou i kahi i kapa ʻia ʻo Gologota, ʻo ia hoʻi kēia i hōʻike ʻia, he wahi iwi poʻo,They came to a place called Golgotha (which means The Place of the Skull).
Mat 27:42Ua hoʻōla kēlā iā haʻi, ʻaʻole kā e hiki iā ia ke hoʻōla iā ia iho. A ʻo ke aliʻi ia no ka ʻIseraʻela, e iho iho ia i lalo mai ke keʻa mai, a e manaʻoʻiʻo aku mākou iā ia."He saved others," they said, "but he can't save himself ! He's the King of Israel! Let him come down now from the cross, and we will believe in him.
Mat 27:45Mai ka hora ʻaono a hiki i ka hora ʻaiwa, ua pouli ka honua a pau.From the sixth hour until the ninth hour darkness came over all the land.
Mat 27:64No laila, e kauoha aku ʻoe i kiaʻi pono ʻia ai ka hale kupapaʻu a hiki i ka pō ʻakolu, o hele mai ka poʻe haumāna āna, a ʻaihue malū iā ia, a e ʻōlelo aku i nā kānaka, Ua ala mai ia mai ka make mai; a e nui loa aku ka hewa o kēia hoʻopunipuni hope i kēlā ma mua.So give the order for the tomb to be made secure until the third day. Otherwise, his disciples may come and steal the body and tell the people that he has been raised from the dead. This last deception will be worse than the first."
Mat 28:14Inā e hiki aku kēia i nā pepeiao o ke kiaʻāina, na mākou ia e hoʻoleʻaleʻa aku, a e hoʻopakele iā ʻoukou.If this report gets to the governor, we will satisfy him and keep you out of trouble."
Mat 28:15Lawe aʻela lākou i ua moni lā, a hana akula e like me kā lākou i kauoha mai ai. A ua kuʻi akula ia ʻōlelo ʻana i waena o ka poʻe Iudaio a hiki i nēia manawa.So the soldiers took the money and did as they were instructed. And this story has been widely circulated among the Jews to this very day.
Mat 28:20E aʻo aku ana iā lākou e mālama i nā mea a pau aʻu i kauoha aku ai iā ʻoukou. Aia hoʻi, ʻo wau nō me ʻoukou i nā manawa a pau, a hiki i ka hopena o kēia ao. ʻĀmene.and teaching them to obey everything I have commanded you. And surely I am with you always, to the very end of the age."
Mar 1:15ʻĪ maila, Ua hiki mai nei ka manawa, ua kokoke mai nei ke aupuni o ke Akua. E mihi ʻoukou a e manaʻoʻiʻo i ka ʻeuanelio."The time has come," he said. "The kingdom of God is near. Repent and believe the good news!"
Mar 1:35A i ka pili o ke ao aʻe, i ka wā pōʻeleʻele, ala aʻela ia, hele akula i waho, a hiki i kahi mehameha, i laila ʻo ia i pule ai.Very early in the morning, while it was still dark, Jesus got up, left the house and went off to a solitary place, where he prayed.
Mar 1:40Hele akula kekahi maʻi lēpera i ona lā, kukuli ihola, nonoi aku iā ia, ʻī akula, Inā makemake ʻoe, e hiki nō iā ʻoe ke huikala mai iaʻu.A man with leprosy came to him and begged him on his knees, "If you are willing, you can make me clean."
Mar 1:45A hiki aku ua kanaka lā i waho, hoʻolaha aʻela ia, a hoʻokaulana loa ia mea, no laila, i ʻole ai e hiki iā Iesū ke komo maopopo i loko o ke kūlanakauhale, i waho aku nō ia i nā wahi mehameha; a hele akula ko kēlā wahi, ko kēia wahi i ona lā.Instead he went out and began to talk freely, spreading the news. As a result, Jesus could no longer enter a town openly but stayed outside in lonely places. Yet the people still came to him from everywhere.
Mar 2:4ʻAʻole hiki iā lākou ke komo aku i ona lā, no ka paʻapū i kānaka, no laila wāwahi lākou ma luna o ka hale, ma kona wahi; a hemo iā lākou, a laila kuʻu ihola lākou i kahi moe i moe iho ai ka maʻi lōlō.Since they could not get him to Jesus because of the crowd, they made an opening in the roof above Jesus and, after digging through it, lowered the mat the paralyzed man was lying on.
Mar 2:7No ke aha lā ʻo ia nei e ʻōlelo ai i nā ʻōlelo hōʻino? ʻO wai lā ka mea e hiki ai ke kala i ka hala, ʻo ke Akua wale nō?"Why does this fellow talk like that? He's blaspheming! Who can forgive sins but God alone?"
Mar 2:9Ma hea ka hiki pono o ka ʻōlelo i ka maʻi lōlō, Ua kala ʻia kou hewa; a ʻo ka ʻōlelo paha, E ala aʻe, e kaʻikaʻi i kou wahi moe, a e hele?Which is easier: to say to the paralytic, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up, take your mat and walk'?
Mar 2:19Nīnau akula Iesū iā lākou, E hiki anei i nā hoa o ke kāne mare ke hoʻokē ʻai i ka wā e noho pū ana ke kāne mare me lākou? I ka wā e noho pū ana ke kāne mare me lākou, ʻaʻole e hiki iā lākou ke hoʻokē ʻai.Jesus answered, "How can the guests of the bridegroom fast while he is with them? They cannot, so long as they have him with them.
Mar 2:20Akā, e hiki mai ana nō nā lā e lawe ʻia aku ai ke kāne mare, mai o lākou aku, a laila lākou e hoʻokē ʻai ai, i kēlā lā.But the time will come when the bridegroom will be taken from them, and on that day they will fast.
Mar 3:20A ʻākoakoa hou maila nā kānaka, he nui loa, no ia mea i ʻole ai e hiki iā lākou ke ʻai i ka ʻai.Then Jesus entered a house, and again a crowd gathered, so that he and his disciples were not even able to eat.
Mar 3:23Hea akula Iesū iā lākou, ʻōlelo akula ma nā ʻōlelo nane, Pehea lā e hiki ai iā Sātana ke mahiki aku iā Sātana?So Jesus called them and spoke to them in parables: "How can Satan drive out Satan?
Mar 3:27ʻAʻole nō e hiki i kekahi ke komo i loko o ka hale o ke kanaka ikaika a hao i kona waiwai, aia nakinaki mua ʻo ia i ke kanaka ikaika; a laila e hao ʻo ia i nā mea o kona hale.In fact, no one can enter a strong man's house and carry off his possessions unless he first ties up the strong man. Then he can rob his house.
Mar 4:17Akā, ʻaʻole o lākou mole i loko o lākou, no laila, ʻaʻole i mau, a hiki mai ka pilikia a me ka hōʻino ʻia no ka ʻōlelo, a laila, lilo koke lākou.But since they have no root, they last only a short time. When trouble or persecution comes because of the word, they quickly fall away.
Mar 4:29A i ka mākaukau ʻana o ka hua, a laila, hoʻokomo koke aʻela ia i ka pahi, no ka mea, ua hiki mai ka wā e ʻoki ai.As soon as the grain is ripe, he puts the sickle to it, because the harvest has come."
Mar 4:32Akā, i ka wā i kanu ʻia ai, kupu nō ia, a lilo i laʻalāʻau nui o nā laʻalāʻau a pau, a ʻōpuʻu maila nā lālā nui, a hiki nō i nā manu o ka lewa ke kau mai ma lalo o kona malu.Yet when planted, it grows and becomes the largest of all garden plants, with such big branches that the birds of the air can perch in its shade."
Mar 4:33Haʻi maila ia i ka ʻōlelo iā lākou ma nā ʻōlelo nane e like me ia he nui loa, me lākou e hiki ai ke hoʻolohe aku.With many similar parables Jesus spoke the word to them, as much as they could understand.
Mar 5:3Ma nā ilina nō kona wahi e noho ai, ʻaʻole me nā kaula hao e hiki ai ke hoʻopaʻa iā ia a paʻa.This man lived in the tombs, and no one could bind him any more, not even with a chain.
Mar 5:4Ua hoʻopaʻa pinepine ʻia ʻo ia i ke kūpeʻe ʻana a me nā kaula hao, a moku ʻia nā kaula hao e ia, a hakihaki ʻia nō hoʻi nā kūpeʻe, ʻaʻole nō i hiki i kekahi ke hoʻolakalaka iā ia.For he had often been chained hand and foot, but he tore the chains apart and broke the irons on his feet. No one was strong enough to subdue him.
Mar 5:15A hiki maila lākou i o Iesū lā, a ʻike i ka mea i uluhia e ka daimonio, nona ka legeona, e noho ana me ka ʻaʻahu, a me ka manaʻo pono; makaʻu aʻela lākou.When they came to Jesus, they saw the man who had been possessed by the legion of demons, sitting there, dressed and in his right mind; and they were afraid.
Mar 5:21I ka hoʻi ʻana o Iesū ma ka moku, a hiki i kēlā kapa, nui loa ihola nā kānaka i ʻākoakoa maila i ona lā; a aia nō ia ma kapa o ka moana wai.When Jesus had again crossed over by boat to the other side of the lake, a large crowd gathered around him while he was by the lake.
Mar 5:38A hiki aʻela ia i ka hale o ua luna hale hālāwai lā, ʻike aʻela ia i ka haunaele, a me ka poʻe ʻalalā, e uē nui ana.When they came to the home of the synagogue ruler, Jesus saw a commotion, with people crying and wailing loudly.
Mar 6:2A hiki i ka lā Sābati, hoʻomaka ia e aʻo mai i loko o ka hale hālāwai; a nui loa ka poʻe i lohe, a kāhāhā ka naʻau, ʻī aʻela, No hea lā ia mau mea a ia nei? He aha hoʻi kēia akamai i hāʻawi ʻia aʻe nāna, a me kēia hana mana i hana ʻia ai e kona mau lima?When the Sabbath came, he began to teach in the synagogue, and many who heard him were amazed. "Where did this man get these things?" they asked. "What's this wisdom that has been given him, that he even does miracles!
Mar 6:5ʻAʻole ia i hiki ke hana i nā hana mana i laila, he mau mea maʻi wale nō naʻe kāna i hoʻōla ai, i ke kau ʻana o kona mau lima i luna iho o lākou.He could not do any miracles there, except lay his hands on a few sick people and heal them.
Mar 6:10ʻĪ maila ʻo ia iā lākou, A i nā wahi a pau loa a ʻoukou e komo ai i loko o ka hale, e noho iho ʻoukou ma laila, a hiki i ka wā e haʻalele ai ʻoukou ia wahi.Whenever you enter a house, stay there until you leave that town.
Mar 6:19No ia mea i ukiuki ai ʻo Herodia iā ia, manaʻo ihola nō hoʻi e pepehi iā ia, ʻaʻole naʻe i hiki;So Herodias nursed a grudge against John and wanted to kill him. But she was not able to,
Mar 6:21A hiki mai ka lā maopopo a Herode i hoʻomākaukau ai i ʻahaʻaina hānau no kāna mau aliʻi, a me nā luna tausani, a no nā mea koʻikoʻi o Galilaia;Finally the opportune time came. On his birthday Herod gave a banquet for his high officials and military commanders and the leading men of Galilee.
Mar 6:23Hoʻohiki akula ʻo ia iā ia, ʻO ka mea āu e noi mai ai iaʻu, naʻu ia e hāʻawi aku iā ʻoe, a hiki i ka hapalua o ke aupuni oʻu.And he promised her with an oath, "Whatever you ask I will give you, up to half my kingdom."
Mar 6:33ʻIke aʻela nā kānaka i ko lākou holo ʻana, a he nui nō hoʻi nā mea i hoʻomaopopo iā ia, holo wāwae akula lākou mai nā kūlanakauhale aku, a hiki mua akula lākou a ʻākoakoa ihola i ona lā.But many who saw them leaving recognized them and ran on foot from all the towns and got there ahead of them.
Mar 6:48ʻIke aʻe ʻo ia iā lākou e hoʻoikaika ana ma ka hoe, no ka mea, ua pākuʻi mai ka makani ma mua o lākou; a hiki aʻela i ka hā o ka wati o ka pō, hele maila ia i o lākou lā, e hele ana ma luna o ka moana wai, a manaʻo ihola ia e māʻalo aʻe, ma ʻō aʻe o lākou.He saw the disciples straining at the oars, because the wind was against them. About the fourth watch of the night he went out to them, walking on the lake. He was about to pass by them,
Mar 6:53Holo pū akula lākou a hiki aku i ka ʻāina i Genesareta, a pae aʻela.When they had crossed over, they landed at Gennesaret and anchored there.
Mar 7:18ʻĪ maila ʻo ia iā lākou, He naʻaupō anei ʻoukou pū kekahi? ʻAʻole anei ʻoukou i ʻike, ʻo ka mea ma waho i komo i loko o ke kanaka, ʻaʻole ia e hiki ke hoʻohaumia iā ia?"Are you so dull?" he asked. "Don't you see that nothing that enters a man from the outside can make him 'unclean'?
Mar 7:24ʻEu aʻela ia i luna, a hele akula i nā mokuna ʻo Turo, a me Sidona, komo akula i loko o kekahi hale, ʻaʻole ia i makemake e ʻike mai kekahi kanaka iā ia, ʻaʻole naʻe ia i hiki ke nalo.Jesus left that place and went to the vicinity of Tyre. He entered a house and did not want anyone to know it; yet he could not keep his presence secret.
Mar 7:30Hiki akula ia i kona hale, ʻike akula ia, ua hele aku nō ka daimonio, mai loko aku, a ua hoʻomoe ʻia nō ke kaikamahine i luna o kahi moe.She went home and found her child lying on the bed, and the demon gone.
Mar 8:4ʻĪ akula kāna poʻe haumāna iā ia, No hea lā e hiki ai i kekahi ke hoʻomāʻona ai iā lākou nei i loko o ka wao nahele?His disciples answered, "But where in this remote place can anyone get enough bread to feed them?"
Mar 9:3ʻAlohi aʻela kona kapa, a keʻokeʻo loa e like me ka hau; ʻaʻole e hiki i kānaka hoʻomaʻemaʻe lole ma luna o ka honua ke hoʻokeʻokeʻo pēlā.His clothes became dazzling white, whiter than anyone in the world could bleach them.
Mar 9:13Akā, ke haʻi aku nei au iā ʻoukou, Ua hiki ʻiʻo mai nei nō ʻElia, a ua hana aku lākou iā ia i nā mea a pau a lākou i makemake ai, e like me ka mea i palapala ʻia nona.But I tell you, Elijah has come, and they have done to him everything they wished, just as it is written about him."
Mar 9:18A ma nā wahi a pau loa i kaʻina aku ai ʻo ia e ia, hoʻokaʻawili ihola ʻo ia iā ia, a kahe mai ka huʻa, nau ihola nā kuʻi, a hōkiʻi nō hoʻi; a ʻī akula au i nā haumāna āu, na lākou ia e mahiki aku; ʻaʻole i hiki iā lākou.Whenever it seizes him, it throws him to the ground. He foams at the mouth, gnashes his teeth and becomes rigid. I asked your disciples to drive out the spirit, but they could not."
Mar 9:22Ua hoʻolei pinepine ʻia ʻo ia e ia, i loko o ke ahi, a i loko o ka wai, i make ia; akā hoʻi, inā e hiki iā ʻoe, e aloha mai ʻoe iā māua, a e kōkua mai hoʻi."It has often thrown him into fire or water to kill him. But if you can do anything, take pity on us and help us."
Mar 9:23ʻĪ maila Iesū iā ia, A i hiki iā ʻoe ke manaʻoʻiʻo, e hiki nō nā mea a pau loa i ka mea manaʻoʻiʻo." 'If you can'?" said Jesus. "Everything is possible for him who believes."
Mar 9:28A i kona hiki ʻana aku i loko o ka hale, a laila nīnau malū akula kāna poʻe haumāna iā ia, No ke aha lā i hiki ʻole ai iā mākou ke mahiki aku iā ia?After Jesus had gone indoors, his disciples asked him privately, "Why couldn't we drive it out?"
Mar 9:29ʻĪ maila ʻo ia iā lākou, ʻAʻole hiki kēia mau mea ke mahiki wale ʻia aku, akā, i ka pule, a me ka hoʻokē ʻai.He replied, "This kind can come out only by prayer. "
Mar 9:39ʻĪ maila Iesū, Mai pāpā aku iā ia; no ka mea, ʻo ke kanaka nāna i hana ka hana mana, ma koʻu inoa, ʻaʻole ia e hiki ke ʻōlelo ʻino noʻu."Do not stop him," Jesus said. "No one who does a miracle in my name can in the next moment say anything bad about me,
Mar 10:25E hiki ʻē ke kāmelo ke komo aku i loko o ka puka kui kele, ma mua o ke komo ʻana o ke kanaka waiwai i loko o ke aupuni o ke Akua.It is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter the kingdom of God."
Mar 10:26Kāhāhā loa ko loko o lākou, ʻī ihola iā lākou iho, ʻO wai lā uaneʻi e hiki i ke ola?The disciples were even more amazed, and said to each other, "Who then can be saved?"
Mar 10:27Nānā maila Iesū iā lākou, ʻī maila, He mea hiki ʻole kēia i kānaka, akā, ʻaʻole i ke Akua; no ka mea, e hiki nō nā mea a pau loa i ke Akua.Jesus looked at them and said, "With man this is impossible, but not with God; all things are possible with God."
Mar 10:38ʻĪ maila Iesū iā lāua, ʻAʻole ʻolua i ʻike i kā ʻolua mea i noi mai ai. E hiki anei iā ʻolua ke inu i ko ke kīʻaha aʻu e inu ai? A e bapetizo ʻia i ka bapetizo ʻana aʻu e bapetizo ʻia mai ai?"You don't know what you are asking," Jesus said. "Can you drink the cup I drink or be baptized with the baptism I am baptized with?"
Mar 10:39ʻĪ akula lāua iā ia, E hiki nō iā māua. ʻĪ maila Iesū iā lāua, E inu ʻiʻo nō ʻolua i ko ke kīʻaha aʻu e inu ai, a e bapetizo ʻia nō hoʻi ʻolua i ka bapetizo ʻana aʻu e bapetizo ʻia mai ai:"We can," they answered. Jesus said to them, "You will drink the cup I drink and be baptized with the baptism I am baptized with,
Mar 10:46A hiki maila lākou i Ieriko; a i ko lākou hele ʻana, mai Ieriko aku, me kāna mau haumāna, a me nā kānaka he nui loa, e noho ana ma kapa alanui, ka makapō, ʻo Batimea, ke keiki a Timea, e nonoi ana.Then they came to Jericho. As Jesus and his disciples, together with a large crowd, were leaving the city, a blind man, Bartimaeus (that is, the Son of Timaeus), was sitting by the roadside begging.
Mar 11:1A kokoke maila lākou i Ierusalema, ua hiki i Betepage, a me Betania ma ka mauna ʻo ʻOliveta, hoʻouna maila ia i nā haumāna āna ʻelua,As they approached Jerusalem and came to Bethphage and Bethany at the Mount of Olives, Jesus sent two of his disciples,
Mar 11:13ʻIke akula ia i kekahi lāʻau fiku, ma kahi mamao aku, he lau ma luna; hele aʻela ia e ʻimi i ko luna o ka lāʻau; a hiki aʻela ia i laila, loaʻa iā ia he lau wale nō; no ka mea, ʻaʻole ia ʻo ka manawa fiku.Seeing in the distance a fig tree in leaf, he went to find out if it had any fruit. When he reached it, he found nothing but leaves, because it was not the season for figs.
Mar 11:15A hiki aʻela lākou i Ierusalema; a laila, komo aʻela Iesū i loko o ka luakini, hoʻokuke akula i ka poʻe kūʻai lilo aku, a kūʻai lilo mai i loko o ka luakini, hoʻokahuli aʻela i nā papa o ka poʻe kūʻai kālā, a me nā noho o ka poʻe kūʻai manu nūnū.On reaching Jerusalem, Jesus entered the temple area and began driving out those who were buying and selling there. He overturned the tables of the money changers and the benches of those selling doves,
Mar 12:14A hiki maila lākou, ʻōlelo maila lākou iā ia, E ke kumu ē, ua ʻike mākou he pono ʻoe, ʻaʻole ʻoe i makaʻu i kekahi; ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoe i nānā i ko waho o ke kanaka, akā, ke hōʻike pono mai nei ʻoe i ka ʻaoʻao o ke Akua, ma ka ʻoiaʻiʻo: He mea pono anei, ke hāʻawi aku i ka waiwai ʻauhau na Kaisara? ʻAʻole anei?They came to him and said, "Teacher, we know you are a man of integrity. You aren't swayed by men, because you pay no attention to who they are; but you teach the way of God in accordance with the truth. Is it right to pay taxes to Caesar or not?
Mar 13:4E haʻi mai ʻoe iā mākou i ka wā hea e hiki mai ai kēia mau mea, a he aha lā ka ʻōuli o ka hiki ʻana mai o ia mau mea?"Tell us, when will these things happen? And what will be the sign that they are all about to be fulfilled?"
Mar 13:7A i lohe ʻoukou i ke kaua, a me ka lono o ke kaua, mai hopohopo ʻoukou; no ka mea, e hiki ʻiʻo mai nō ia mau mea a pau, ʻaʻole naʻe ia ka hope.When you hear of wars and rumors of wars, do not be alarmed. Such things must happen, but the end is still to come.
Mar 13:8E kūʻē auaneʻi kekahi ʻāina i kekahi ʻāina, a ʻo kekahi aupuni hoʻi i kekahi aupuni; a e hiki mai auaneʻi nā ōlaʻi, ma kauwahi, a me nā wī, a me nā kipikipi. Akā, ʻo ka maka mua wale nō ia o nā pōpilikia.Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be earthquakes in various places, and famines. These are the beginning of birth pains.
Mar 13:13No koʻu inoa e inaina ʻia ai ʻoukou e nā kānaka a pau; akā, ʻo ka mea e hoʻomanawanui a hiki i ka hopena, e ola ia.All men will hate you because of me, but he who stands firm to the end will be saved.
Mar 13:19No ka mea, e nui auaneʻi ka pōpilikia o ua mau lā lā, ʻaʻole me nēia mai kinohi mai o ka honua a ke Akua i hana ai a hiki loa mai nei i kēia wā, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi ma hope aku.because those will be days of distress unequaled from the beginning, when God created the world, until now--and never to be equaled again.
Mar 13:22No ka mea, e kū mai auaneʻi i luna nā Mesia wahaheʻe, a me nā kāula wahaheʻe, a e hōʻike mai i nā hōʻailona, a me nā hana mana, inā he mea hiki, e hoʻohihia lākou i ka poʻe i wae ʻia.For false Christs and false prophets will appear and perform signs and miracles to deceive the elect--if that were possible.
Mar 13:35E makaʻala nō hoʻi ʻoukou; no ka mea, ʻaʻole ʻoukou i ʻike i ka wā e hiki mai ai ʻo ka haku mea hale, i ke ahiahi paha, i ke aumoe paha, a i ke kani ʻana o ka moa, a i ke kakahiaka;"Therefore keep watch because you do not know when the owner of the house will come back--whether in the evening, or at midnight, or when the rooster crows, or at dawn.
Mar 13:36O hiki ʻē mai ia, a loaʻa mai ʻoukou e hiamoe ana.If he comes suddenly, do not let him find you sleeping.
Mar 14:7Ua mau loa ka poʻe ʻilihune me ʻoukou, a e hiki nō iā ʻoukou ke hana maikaʻi aku iā lākou i nā manawa a pau a ʻoukou e makemake ai; akā, ʻo wau, ʻaʻole au e mau loa ana me ʻoukou.The poor you will always have with you, and you can help them any time you want. But you will not always have me.
Mar 14:8ʻO ka mea hiki iā ia nei, ua hana ʻiʻo mai ia; a ua hele mua mai e poni i koʻu kino, no koʻu kanu ʻia.She did what she could. She poured perfume on my body beforehand to prepare for my burial.
Mar 14:11A lohe aʻela lākou, ʻoliʻoli ihola, a ʻae maila lākou i ka hāʻawi iā ia i kālā. ʻImi ihola ia i kahi e hiki pono ai ke kumakaia iā ia.They were delighted to hear this and promised to give him money. So he watched for an opportunity to hand him over.
Mar 14:16Hele akula nā haumāna, a hiki akula i ke kūlanakauhale, loaʻa iā lāua e like me kāna mea i ʻōlelo mai ai iā lāua: a hoʻomākaukau lāua i ka mōliaola.The disciples left, went into the city and found things just as Jesus had told them. So they prepared the Passover.
Mar 14:25He ʻoiaʻiʻo kaʻu e haʻi aku nei iā ʻoukou, ʻaʻole au e inu hou aku i ko ka hua o ke kumu waina, a hiki aku i ka lā e inu ai au i ka mea hou i loko o ke aupuni o ke Akua."I tell you the truth, I will not drink again of the fruit of the vine until that day when I drink it anew in the kingdom of God."
Mar 14:30ʻĪ maila Iesū iā ia, He ʻoiaʻiʻo kaʻu e haʻi aku nei iā ʻoe, i kēia lā, a i kēia pō nō, ʻaʻole e hiki ke kani ʻana o ka moa kualua, ʻekolu ou hōʻole ʻē ʻana mai iaʻu."I tell you the truth," Jesus answered, "today--yes, tonight--before the rooster crows twice you yourself will disown me three times."
Mar 14:35Hele iki akula ia a hina ihola ma ka lepo, a pule akula, inā e hiki ia mea, e lawe ʻia aku ia hora.Going a little farther, he fell to the ground and prayed that if possible the hour might pass from him.
Mar 14:36ʻĪ akula ia, E ʻAba, e ka Makua, ua hiki nā mea a pau loa iā ʻoe, e lawe aku ʻoe i kēia kīʻaha oʻu; akā hoʻi, ʻaʻole ʻo koʻu makemake e hana ʻia, aia ʻo kou."Abba", Father," he said, "everything is possible for you. Take this cup from me. Yet not what I will, but what you will."
Mar 14:37Hoʻi maila ia, loaʻa ihola lākou iā ia e hiamoe ana; ʻī maila ʻo ia iā Petero, E Simona, ke hiamoe nei anei ʻoe? ʻAʻole anei e hiki iā ʻoe ke makaʻala i hoʻokahi hora?Then he returned to his disciples and found them sleeping. "Simon," he said to Peter, "are you asleep? Could you not keep watch for one hour?
Mar 14:41Hele hou maila ʻo ia iā lākou, ʻo ke kolu ia o kona hele ʻana mai, ʻī maila iā lākou, E hiamoe aku ʻoukou, e hoʻomaha. Ua pau, ua hiki mai nei ka hora; aia hoʻi, ua kumakaia ʻia ke Keiki a ke kanaka i ka lima o ka poʻe hewa.Returning the third time, he said to them, "Are you still sleeping and resting? Enough! The hour has come. Look, the Son of Man is betrayed into the hands of sinners.
Mar 14:45A hiki maila ia, a laila hele koke akula ia i ona lā, ʻī akula, E Rabi, e Rabi; a honi akula iā ia.Going at once to Jesus, Judas said, "Rabbi!" and kissed him.
Mar 14:54Hahai mamao akula ʻo Petero iā ia, a hiki i ka hale o ke kahuna nui; a noho pū ia me ka poʻe kauā, e lalana ana iā ia iho i ke ahi.Peter followed him at a distance, right into the courtyard of the high priest. There he sat with the guards and warmed himself at the fire.
Mar 14:72ʻOʻoʻō hou maila ka moa. A laila, manaʻo ihola ʻo Petero i kā Iesū ʻōlelo ʻana mai iā ia, ʻAʻole e hiki i ke kani ʻana o ka moa kualua, a ʻekolu nō ou hōʻole ʻana mai iaʻu. A i kona noʻonoʻo ʻana, uē ihola ia.Immediately the rooster crowed the second time. Then Peter remembered the word Jesus had spoken to him: "Before the rooster crows twice you will disown me three times." And he broke down and wept.
Mar 15:31Pēlā pū akula nō hoʻi ka poʻe kāhuna nui a me ka poʻe kākau ʻōlelo, i hoʻomāʻewaʻewa aku ai, ʻī aʻe kekahi, Hoʻōla nō ʻo ia iā haʻi, ʻaʻole naʻe e hiki iā ia ke hoʻōla iā ia iho.In the same way the chief priests and the teachers of the law mocked him among themselves. "He saved others," they said, "but he can't save himself !
Mar 15:33Mai ka hora ʻaono, a hiki i ka hora ʻaiwa, pouli nō ka honua a pau.At the sixth hour darkness came over the whole land until the ninth hour.
Mar 15:42A hiki aʻela i ke ahiahi, no ka mea, ʻo ka lā hoʻomalolo ia, ʻo ka lā ma mua aku o ka lā Sābati,It was Preparation Day (that is, the day before the Sabbath). So as evening approached,
Luka 1:20Aia hoʻi, e paʻa ana kou leo, ʻaʻole e hiki iā ʻoe ke ʻōlelo, a hiki i ka lā e kō ai ia mau mea, no ka mea, ʻaʻole ʻoe i manaʻoʻiʻo mai i kaʻu mau ʻōlelo, e hoʻokō ʻia auaneʻi ia i ko lākou manawa.And now you will be silent and not able to speak until the day this happens, because you did not believe my words, which will come true at their proper time."
Luka 1:22A puka ia i waho, ʻaʻole i hiki iā ia ke ʻōlelo mai iā lākou; a ʻike ihola lākou, ua ʻike ʻo ia i ka mea ʻikea i loko o ka luakini; no ka mea, kūnou ʻo ia iā lākou, a ua paʻa nō kona leo.When he came out, he could not speak to them. They realized he had seen a vision in the temple, for he kept making signs to them but remained unable to speak.
Luka 1:37No ka mea, ʻaʻohe mea hiki ʻole i ke Akua.For nothing is impossible with God."
Luka 1:57A hiki ko ʻElisabeta manawa e hānau ai; hānau ihola ʻo ia i ke keiki kāne.When it was time for Elizabeth to have her baby, she gave birth to a son.
Luka 1:80A nui aʻela ua keiki lā, ikaika aʻela hoʻi kona manaʻo; ma nā wahi nahele nō hoʻi ia, a hiki i ka lā o kona hōʻike ʻia i ka ʻIseraʻela.And the child grew and became strong in spirit; and he lived in the desert until he appeared publicly to Israel.
Luka 2:4ʻO Iosepa kekahi i piʻi aʻe, mai Galilaia aʻe, mai loko mai o Nazareta ke kūlanakauhale a hiki i Iudea, i ko Dāvida kūlanakauhale i kapa ʻia ʻo Betelehema, (no ka mea, no ka hale ia a me ka ʻohana a Dāvida,)So Joseph also went up from the town of Nazareth in Galilee to Judea, to Bethlehem the town of David, because he belonged to the house and line of David.
Luka 2:6A ʻoiai lāua ma laila, hiki kona manawa e hānau ai.While they were there, the time came for the baby to be born,
Luka 2:51A iho aʻela ia me lāua a hiki i Nazareta, a noho ia ma lalo iho o lāua: a mālama ihola kona makuahine ia mau mea a pau ma kona naʻau.Then he went down to Nazareth with them and was obedient to them. But his mother treasured all these things in her heart.
Luka 3:2A e kahuna nui ana ʻo ʻAna a me Kaiapa, hiki maila ka ʻōlelo a ke Akua iā Ioane ke keiki a Zakaria, ma ka wao nahele.during the high priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas, the word of God came to John son of Zechariah in the desert.
Luka 3:8E hoʻohua hoʻi ʻoukou i nā hua e kū i ka mihi, mai hoʻomaka e ʻōhumu i loko o ʻoukou iho, ʻO ʻAberahama ko kākou makua; no ka mea, ke ʻōlelo aku nei au iā ʻoukou, e hiki nō i ke Akua ke hoʻāla mai i mau keiki na ʻAberahama no kēia mau pōhaku mai.Produce fruit in keeping with repentance. And do not begin to say to yourselves, 'We have Abraham as our father.' For I tell you that out of these stones God can raise up children for Abraham.
Luka 4:16A hiki hoʻi ia i Nazareta i kona wahi i hānai ʻia ai, komo ia, ma muli o kāna hana mau i ka lā Sābati, i loko o ka hale hālāwai, a kū i luna ia e heluhelu.He went to Nazareth, where he had been brought up, and on the Sabbath day he went into the synagogue, as was his custom. And he stood up to read.
Luka 4:42A ao aʻela, hele akula i kahi nāhelehele; a ʻimi akula nā kānaka iā ia, a hiki i ona lā, kāohi ihola lākou iā ia e haʻalele ʻole ʻo ia iā lākou.At daybreak Jesus went out to a solitary place. The people were looking for him and when they came to where he was, they tried to keep him from leaving them.
Luka 5:12Eia kekahi, iā ia e noho ana ma loko o kekahi o ia mau kūlanakauhale, aia hoʻi, he kanaka paʻapū i ka lēpera; a ʻike ʻo ia iā Iesū, moe ihola ia i lalo ke alo, nonoi akula iā ia, ʻī akula, E ka Haku, inā makemake ʻoe, e hiki nō iā ʻoe ke hoʻomaʻemaʻe iaʻu.While Jesus was in one of the towns, a man came along who was covered with leprosy. When he saw Jesus, he fell with his face to the ground and begged him, "Lord, if you are willing, you can make me clean."
Luka 5:21Hoʻomaka ihola nā Parisaio, a me nā kākau ʻōlelo e kūkākūkā, ʻī ihola, ʻO wai lā kēia e ʻōlelo nei i nā ʻōlelo hōʻinoʻino? E hiki lā iā wai ke kala i ka hala, ʻanoʻai ʻo ke Akua nō?The Pharisees and the teachers of the law began thinking to themselves, "Who is this fellow who speaks blasphemy? Who can forgive sins but God alone?"
Luka 5:34ʻĪ maila ʻo ia iā lākou, E hiki anei iā ʻoukou ke hoʻolilo i nā kānaka o ke keʻena mare i ka hoʻokē ʻai, i ka manawa e noho pū ai ke kāne mare me lākou?Jesus answered, "Can you make the guests of the bridegroom fast while he is with them?
Luka 5:35E hiki mai ana nā lā e lawe ʻia aku ai ke kāne mare, mai o lākou aku nei, a laila lākou e hoʻokē ʻai ai, ia mau lā.But the time will come when the bridegroom will be taken from them; in those days they will fast."
Luka 6:39ʻŌlelo maila ʻo ia i ka ʻōlelo nane iā lākou; E hiki anei i ka makapō ke alakaʻi i ka makapō? ʻAʻole anei lāua e hāʻule pū iho i ka lua?He also told them this parable: "Can a blind man lead a blind man? Will they not both fall into a pit?
Luka 6:42A, pehea lā e hiki ai iā ʻoe ke ʻōlelo aku i kou hoahānau, E ka hoahānau, hō mai naʻu e unuhi ka pula iki o loko o kou maka, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoe i ʻike i ke kaola i loko o kou maka iho? E ka hoʻokamani, e hoʻolei mua aʻe ʻoe i ke kaola mai loko aʻe o kou maka iho, a laila e ʻike leʻa ʻoe i ka unuhi i ka pula iki o loko o ka maka o kou hoahānau.How can you say to your brother, 'Brother, let me take the speck out of your eye,' when you yourself fail to see the plank in your own eye? You hypocrite, first take the plank out of your eye, and then you will see clearly to remove the speck from your brother's eye.
Luka 6:48Ua like ia me ke kanaka i kūkulu i ka hale, ua ʻeli ia a hohonu, ua hoʻonoho i ke kumu ma ka pōhaku; a nui maila ka waikahe, a pā ikaika mai ka waikahe i ua hale lā, ʻaʻole hiki ke hoʻonāueue aku ia, no ka mea, ua hoʻokumu ʻia ia ma ka pōhaku.He is like a man building a house, who dug down deep and laid the foundation on rock. When a flood came, the torrent struck that house but could not shake it, because it was well built.
Luka 7:4A hiki akula lākou i o Iesū lā, nonoi ikaika akula lākou iā ia, me ka ʻōlelo, Ua pono kēlā nona kēia mea āna e hana ai;When they came to Jesus, they pleaded earnestly with him, "This man deserves to have you do this,
Luka 7:20A hiki akula ua mau kānaka lā i o Iesū lā, ʻī akula, Na Ioane Bapetite māua i hoʻouna mai i ou nei e nīnau, ʻO ʻoe nō anei ka mea e hele mai ana? A, ʻo ka mea ʻē aʻe anei kā mākou e kali ai?When the men came to Jesus, they said, "John the Baptist sent us to you to ask, 'Are you the one who was to come, or should we expect someone else?' "
Luka 8:19A laila hele akula iā ia kona makuahine a me kona mau hoahānau, ʻaʻole naʻe i hiki i ona lā, no ka ʻaha kanaka.Now Jesus' mother and brothers came to see him, but they were not able to get near him because of the crowd.
Luka 8:26A hiki akula lākou i ka ʻāina o ko Gadara e kū pono ana i Galilaia.They sailed to the region of the Gerasenes, which is across the lake from Galilee.
Luka 8:35A haele aʻela nā kānaka i waho e ʻike ia mea; a hiki akula i o Iesū lā, ʻike ihola i ua kanaka lā no loko mai ona i puka mai ai nā daimonio, e noho ana ma nā wāwae o Iesū, ua ʻaʻahu ʻia, a ua pono kona manaʻo; weliweli ihola lākou.and the people went out to see what had happened. When they came to Jesus, they found the man from whom the demons had gone out, sitting at Jesus' feet, dressed and in his right mind; and they were afraid.
Luka 8:49Iā ia e ʻōlelo ana, hiki maila kekahi mai ka hale mai o ua luna hale hālāwai lā, ʻī maila iā ia, Ua make kāu kaikamahine; mai hoʻoluhi ʻoe i ke Kumu.While Jesus was still speaking, someone came from the house of Jairus, the synagogue ruler. "Your daughter is dead," he said. "Don't bother the teacher any more."
Luka 8:51A hiki akula ʻo ia i ka hale, ʻaʻole mea ʻē aʻe āna i ʻae mai ai e komo i loko, ʻo Petero, a me Iakobo, a me Ioane, a me ka makua kāne a me ka makuahine wale nō o ua kaikamahine lā.When he arrived at the house of Jairus, he did not let anyone go in with him except Peter, John and James, and the child's father and mother.
Luka 9:26No ka mea, ʻo ka mea e hilahila mai iaʻu, a i kaʻu mau ʻōlelo, ʻo ia kā ke Keiki a ke kanaka e hilahila ai, i kona wā e hiki mai ai me kona nani, a me ko ka Makua, a me ko ka poʻe ʻānela hemolele.If anyone is ashamed of me and my words, the Son of Man will be ashamed of him when he comes in his glory and in the glory of the Father and of the holy angels.
Luka 9:34A i kāna ʻōlelo ʻana pēlā, hiki mai ke ao e hoʻomalumalu mai ana iā lākou; makaʻu ihola lākou i ko lākou komo ʻana aʻe i loko o ua ao lā.While he was speaking, a cloud appeared and enveloped them, and they were afraid as they entered the cloud.
Luka 9:40A ua noi aku au i kāu mau haumāna, e mahiki aku iā ia; ʻaʻole e hiki iā lākou.I begged your disciples to drive it out, but they could not."
Luka 9:51Eia kekahi, i ka hiki ʻana o nā lā e lawe ʻia aku ai ia, kau pono kona maka e hele nō ia i Ierusalema;As the time approached for him to be taken up to heaven, Jesus resolutely set out for Jerusalem.
Luka 10:32Pēlā nō hoʻi kekahi pua na Levi, i kona hiki ʻana ma ia wahi, hele ia a nānā akula, māʻalo aʻela ia ma kekahi ʻaoʻao.So too, a Levite, when he came to the place and saw him, passed by on the other side.
Luka 10:33Akā, ʻo kekahi kanaka no Samaria, i kona hele ʻana, hiki akula ia i kahi ona e waiho ana; a ʻike akula iā ia, hū aʻela kona aloha iā ia.But a Samaritan, as he traveled, came where the man was; and when he saw him, he took pity on him.
Luka 11:2ʻĪ maila ʻo ia iā lākou, I ka wā e pule ai ʻoukou, e ʻōlelo, E ko mākou Makua i loko o ka lani, e hoʻāno ʻia aku kou inoa; e hiki mai kou aupuni; e mālama ʻia hoʻi kou makemake, e like me ia ma ka lani, pēlā hoʻi ma ka honua nei.He said to them, "When you pray, say: " 'Father, hallowed be your name, your kingdom come.
Luka 11:7A i ʻōlelo mai ua mea lā o loko, Mai hoʻoluhi mai ʻoe iaʻu; ua paʻa ka puka; eia au me kaʻu mau keiki ma kahi moe; ʻaʻole e hiki iaʻu ke ala aʻe i luna e hāʻawi aku iā ʻoe."Then the one inside answers, 'Don't bother me. The door is already locked, and my children are with me in bed. I can't get up and give you anything.'
Luka 11:20Akā, inā ma ka manamana lima o ke Akua i mahiki aku ai au i nā daimonio, ʻo ia hoʻi, ua hiki mai nō ke aupuni o ke Akua i o ʻoukou nei.But if I drive out demons by the finger of God, then the kingdom of God has come to you.
Luka 11:22Akā, i hiki mai i ona lā ka mea i ʻoi aku kona ikaika ma mua o kona, a lanakila ia ma luna ona, a laila e kāʻili aku ia mai ona aku i nā mea ʻoi āna i hilinaʻi ai, a e hāʻawi i kāna waiwai pio.But when someone stronger attacks and overpowers him, he takes away the armor in which the man trusted and divides up the spoils.
Luka 11:25A hiki mai ia, ʻike i ka hale ua kāhili ʻia a ua hoʻolakolako ʻia hoʻi.When it arrives, it finds the house swept clean and put in order.
Luka 11:46A laila, ʻī maila ia, Auē hoʻi ʻoukou, e ka poʻe kākāʻōlelo! No ka mea, ua hoʻoili ʻoukou i nā hāʻawe i luna o nā kānaka ʻane hiki ʻole ke hali, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoukou e hoʻopā iki ia mau hāʻawe me kekahi o ko ʻoukou mau manamana lima.Jesus replied, "And you experts in the law, woe to you, because you load people down with burdens they can hardly carry, and you yourselves will not lift one finger to help them.
Luka 11:51Mai ke koko mai o ʻAbela, a hiki i ke koko o Zakaria, ka mea i pepehi ʻia ma waena o ke kuahu a me ka luakini. ʻOiaʻiʻo, ke ʻōlelo aku nei au iā ʻoukou, e hoʻopaʻi ana nō ia ma luna iho o kēia hanauna.from the blood of Abel to the blood of Zechariah, who was killed between the altar and the sanctuary. Yes, I tell you, this generation will be held responsible for it all.
Luka 12:4Ke ʻōlelo aku hoʻi au iā ʻoukou, e kuʻu mau hoaaloha, Mai makaʻu ʻoukou i ka poʻe pepehi i ke kino, a ma hope aku, ʻaʻole o lākou mea e hiki ke hana."I tell you, my friends, do not be afraid of those who kill the body and after that can do no more.
Luka 12:10ʻO ka mea e ʻōlelo kūʻē i ke Keiki a ke kanaka, e hiki nō ia i ke kala ʻia; akā, ʻo ka mea e ʻōlelo hōʻino wale i ka ʻUhane Hemolele, ʻaʻole loa ia e kala ʻia.And everyone who speaks a word against the Son of Man will be forgiven, but anyone who blasphemes against the Holy Spirit will not be forgiven.
Luka 12:25ʻO wai kekahi mea o ʻoukou e hiki i kona manaʻo nui ʻana ke hoʻolōʻihi i kona kiʻekiʻe i hoʻokahi kūbita?Who of you by worrying can add a single hour to his life ?
Luka 12:26A i ʻole hoʻi e hiki iā ʻoukou ke hana i ka mea ʻuʻuku loa, no ke aha lā e manaʻo nui ai no nā mea ʻē aʻe?Since you cannot do this very little thing, why do you worry about the rest?
Luka 12:33E kūʻai lilo aku i ko ʻoukou waiwai, a e hāʻawi manawaleʻa aku. E hoʻolakolako iā ʻoukou iho i mau ʻaʻa moni nāhaehae ʻole, i waiwai pau ʻole ma ka lani, kahi hiki ʻole ai i ka ʻaihue, kahi e ʻino ʻole ai i ka mū.Sell your possessions and give to the poor. Provide purses for yourselves that will not wear out, a treasure in heaven that will not be exhausted, where no thief comes near and no moth destroys.
Luka 12:36A e hoʻolike hoʻi ʻoukou me ka poʻe kānaka e kali ana i ko lākou haku, ke hoʻi mai ia mai ka ʻahaʻaina mare mai, e hiki iā lākou ke wehe koke iā ia i kona hiki ʻana mai a kīkēkē.like men waiting for their master to return from a wedding banquet, so that when he comes and knocks they can immediately open the door for him.
Luka 12:37Pōmaikaʻi ka poʻe kauā a ka haku e ʻike ai e kiaʻi ana i kona wā e hiki mai ai. He ʻoiaʻiʻo kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku nei iā ʻoukou, e kākoʻo nō ʻo ia iā ia iho, a e hoʻonoho ʻo ia iā lākou e ʻai; a e hele mai ia e lawelawe na lākou.It will be good for those servants whose master finds them watching when he comes. I tell you the truth, he will dress himself to serve, will have them recline at the table and will come and wait on them.
Luka 12:38A i hiki mai ia i ka lua paha o ka wati, a i hiki mai ia i ke kolu paha o ka wati, a ʻike mai iā lākou pēlā, ua pōmaikaʻi ua poʻe kauā lā.It will be good for those servants whose master finds them ready, even if he comes in the second or third watch of the night.
Luka 12:39I ʻike hoʻi ʻoukou i kēia, inā i ʻike ka mea hale i ka hora e hiki mai ai ka ʻaihue, inā ua kiaʻi nō ia, ʻaʻole ia e kuʻu aku i kona hale e wāwahi ʻia mai.But understand this: If the owner of the house had known at what hour the thief was coming, he would not have let his house be broken into.
Luka 12:40No laila, e noho mākaukau hoʻi ʻoukou, no ka mea, e hiki mai ana ke Keiki a ke kanaka, i ka hora e manaʻo ʻole ʻia e ʻoukou.You also must be ready, because the Son of Man will come at an hour when you do not expect him."
Luka 12:43Pōmaikaʻi ua kauā lā ke ʻike mai kona haku iā ia e hana ana pēlā i kona hiki ʻana mai.It will be good for that servant whom the master finds doing so when he returns.
Luka 12:56E ka poʻe hoʻokamani! E hiki nō iā ʻoukou ke hoʻomaopopo i nā mea i ʻikea ma ka lani a ma ka honua; pehea lā i maopopo ʻole ai kēia manawa iā ʻoukou?Hypocrites! You know how to interpret the appearance of the earth and the sky. How is it that you don't know how to interpret this present time?
Luka 13:11Aia hoʻi, i laila kekahi wahine, he maʻi kona he ʻumikumamāwalu makahiki, ua hoʻokūlou ʻia ʻo ia, ʻaʻole loa e hiki iā ia ke ea aʻe i luna.and a woman was there who had been crippled by a spirit for eighteen years. She was bent over and could not straighten up at all.
Luka 13:24E hoʻoikaika iā ʻoukou e komo i ka ʻīpuka pilikia; no ka mea, ke haʻi aku nei au iā ʻoukou, he nui nō ka poʻe e ʻimi ana e komo, ʻaʻole nō e hiki."Make every effort to enter through the narrow door, because many, I tell you, will try to enter and will not be able to.
Luka 13:33Akā, he pono nō wau e holoholo i kēia lā, a i ka lā ʻapōpō, a i kēlā lā aku; no ka mea, ʻaʻole e hiki i ke kāula ke pepehi ʻia i kahi ma waho o Ierusalema.In any case, I must keep going today and tomorrow and the next day--for surely no prophet can die outside Jerusalem!
Luka 13:35Aia hoʻi, ko ʻoukou hale e waiho neoneo ana no ʻoukou; he ʻoiaʻiʻo kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku nei, ʻAʻole ʻoukou e ʻike ʻē iaʻu, a hiki i ka manawa e ʻōlelo mai ai ʻoukou, E hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia aku ka mea i hele mai nei ma ka inoa o ka Haku.Look, your house is left to you desolate. I tell you, you will not see me again until you say, 'Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord.' "
Luka 14:6ʻAʻole hiki iā lākou ke ʻōlelo iā ia me ka hoʻopohala i kēia mau mea.And they had nothing to say.
Luka 14:10Akā, i ka wā i kono ʻia ai ʻoe, e hele hoʻi ʻoe e noho iho ma kahi haʻahaʻa; a hiki mai ka mea nāna ʻoe i kono e ʻōlelo ʻo ia iā ʻoe, E ka hoaaloha, e ʻeu aʻe ʻoe i kahi maikaʻi aʻe; a laila e mahalo ʻia ʻoe i mua i ke alo o ka poʻe hoa ʻai e noho pū ana me ʻoe.But when you are invited, take the lowest place, so that when your host comes, he will say to you, 'Friend, move up to a better place.' Then you will be honored in the presence of all your fellow guests.
Luka 14:20ʻĪ maila hoʻi kekahi, Ua mare iho nei au i ka wahine, no laila ʻaʻole e hiki iaʻu ke hele aku."Still another said, 'I just got married, so I can't come.'
Luka 14:26Inā i hele mai kekahi kanaka i oʻu nei me ka hoʻowahāwahā ʻole i kona makua kāne, a me kona makuahine, a me kāna wahine, a me kāna mau keiki, a me kona mau hoahānau, a me kona ola nei, ʻaʻole e hiki iā ia ke lilo mai i haumāna naʻu."If anyone comes to me and does not hate his father and mother, his wife and children, his brothers and sisters--yes, even his own life--he cannot be my disciple.
Luka 14:27A ʻo ka mea ʻaʻole e hāpai i kona keʻa a hahai mai iaʻu, ʻaʻole e hiki iā ia ke lilo mai i haumāna naʻu.And anyone who does not carry his cross and follow me cannot be my disciple.
Luka 14:29O hiki ʻole iā ia ke hoʻopaʻa i ka hale ma hope iho o kāna hoʻokumu ʻana, a henehene mai iā ia ka poʻe a pau e nānā mai ana,For if he lays the foundation and is not able to finish it, everyone who sees it will ridicule him,
Luka 14:30Me ka ʻōlelo, Ua hoʻomaka kēia kanaka e kūkulu, ʻaʻole hoʻi i hiki iā ia ke hoʻopaʻa.saying, 'This fellow began to build and was not able to finish.'
Luka 14:31A ʻo wai lā hoʻi ke aliʻi e hele aku ana e kaua aku i kekahi aliʻi, ʻaʻole hoʻi e noho mua i lalo, e noʻonoʻo iho, e hiki paha iā ia e hoʻouka aku me nā kānaka he ʻumi tausani i ke aliʻi e hoʻouka mai ana iā ia me nā kānaka he iwakālua tausani?"Or suppose a king is about to go to war against another king. Will he not first sit down and consider whether he is able with ten thousand men to oppose the one coming against him with twenty thousand?
Luka 14:32A hiki ʻole, e hoʻouna ʻē aku ia i ka ʻelele ʻoi kaʻawale aku kēlā, e noi aku ana i kuʻikahi.If he is not able, he will send a delegation while the other is still a long way off and will ask for terms of peace.
Luka 14:33Pēlā hoʻi kēlā mea kēia mea o ʻoukou i haʻalele ʻole i kona mau mea a pau, ʻaʻole e hiki iā ia ke lilo mai i haumāna naʻu.In the same way, any of you who does not give up everything he has cannot be my disciple.
Luka 15:6A hiki mai ia i ka hale, hōʻuluʻulu ʻo ia i nā hoaaloha a me nā hoalauna, me ka ʻōlelo iā lākou, E hauʻoli pū mai me aʻu; no ka mea, ua loaʻa iaʻu kuʻu wahi hipa i nalowale.and goes home. Then he calls his friends and neighbors together and says, 'Rejoice with me; I have found my lost sheep.'
Luka 15:27Haʻi akula hoʻi ʻo ia iā ia, Ua hiki mai kou kaikaina; a ua kālua iho nei kou makua kāne i ke keiki bipi i kūpalu ʻia, no ka mea, ua loaʻa mai nei ʻo ia iā ia e ola ana.'Your brother has come,' he replied, 'and your father has killed the fattened calf because he has him back safe and sound.'
Luka 16:3ʻĪ ihola ka puʻukū iā ia iho, Pehea lā wau e hana ai? No ka mea, e lawe ana kuʻu haku i ka puʻukū mai oʻu aku nei; ʻaʻole hiki iaʻu ke mahi, a hilahila nō wau i ke noi."The manager said to himself, 'What shall I do now? My master is taking away my job. I'm not strong enough to dig, and I'm ashamed to beg--
Luka 16:13ʻAʻohe kauā e hiki ke hoʻokauā na nā haku ʻelua; no ka mea, e hoʻowahāwahā ʻo ia i kekahi me ka makemake i kekahi, a i ʻole ia, e hahai aku ia i kēlā, me ka haʻalele i kēia. ʻAʻole hoʻi e hiki iā ʻoukou ke hoʻokauā na ke Akua a me ka mamona."No servant can serve two masters. Either he will hate the one and love the other, or he will be devoted to the one and despise the other. You cannot serve both God and Money."
Luka 16:16E mau mai ana ke kānāwai a me ka poʻe kāula a hiki iā Ioane; a mai ia manawa mai, ua haʻi ʻia aku ke aupuni o ke Akua, a ma ka hoʻoikaika loa, e komo ai nā mea a pau."The Law and the Prophets were proclaimed until John. Since that time, the good news of the kingdom of God is being preached, and everyone is forcing his way into it.
Luka 16:26A he mea ʻē aʻe nō hoʻi, ua waiho ʻia mai he awāwa nui i waena o mākou a me ʻoukou, i ʻole ai e hiki ka poʻe e manaʻo ana e hele aku mai kēia wahi aku i o ʻoukou lā; a ʻo ko laila poʻe ʻaʻole e hiki ke hele mai o mākou nei.And besides all this, between us and you a great chasm has been fixed, so that those who want to go from here to you cannot, nor can anyone cross over from there to us.'
Luka 16:28No ka mea, he mau hoahānau kāne koʻu ʻelima, e ao aku ʻo ia iā lākou, o hiki mai lākou i kēia wahi ʻeha.for I have five brothers. Let him warn them, so that they will not also come to this place of torment.'
Luka 17:1A laila ʻōlelo maila ia i kāna mau haumāna, ʻAʻole loa e ʻole ka hiki ʻana mai o nā hoʻohihia ʻana, akā hoʻi, pōʻino ka mea e hiki mai ai ia!Jesus said to his disciples: "Things that cause people to sin are bound to come, but woe to that person through whom they come.
Luka 17:6ʻĪ maila hoʻi ka Haku, Inā he manaʻoʻiʻo ko ʻoukou e like me ka hua mākeke, e hiki iā ʻoukou ke ʻōlelo i kēia lāʻau sukamino, E hehu ʻia aku, a e kanu hou ʻia aku i ke kai, a e hoʻolohe nō ia iā ʻoukou.He replied, "If you have faith as small as a mustard seed, you can say to this mulberry tree, 'Be uprooted and planted in the sea,' and it will obey you.
Luka 17:20Nīnau akula ka poʻe Parisaio i ka manawa e hiki mai ai ke aupuni o ke Akua. ʻŌlelo maila ʻo ia iā lākou, ʻī maila, ʻAʻole ma ka ʻike maka ka hiki ʻana mai o ke aupuni o ke Akua.Once, having been asked by the Pharisees when the kingdom of God would come, Jesus replied, "The kingdom of God does not come with your careful observation,
Luka 17:22A laila ʻī maila ia i ka poʻe haumāna, E hiki mai ana nā lā e ake ai ʻoukou e ʻike i kekahi lā o ke Keiki a ke kanaka, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoukou e ʻike.Then he said to his disciples, "The time is coming when you will long to see one of the days of the Son of Man, but you will not see it.
Luka 17:27Ua ʻai lākou, ua inu hoʻi, ua mare aʻe, ua hoʻopalau ʻia nō hoʻi a hiki i ka lā i komo ai ʻo Noa i loko o ka hale lana, a hiki mai ke kai a Kahinaliʻi, a luku ihola iā lākou a pau.People were eating, drinking, marrying and being given in marriage up to the day Noah entered the ark. Then the flood came and destroyed them all.
Luka 18:8Ke haʻi aku nei au iā ʻoukou, e hoʻopono koke mai nō ʻo ia iā lākou. Akā hoʻi, i ka hiki ʻana mai o ke Keiki a ke kanaka, e ʻike anei ʻo ia ma ka honua ia manaʻoʻiʻo?I tell you, he will see that they get justice, and quickly. However, when the Son of Man comes, will he find faith on the earth?"
Luka 18:24ʻIke aʻela hoʻi Iesū i kona minamina loa ʻana, ʻī maila ia, ʻAne hiki ʻole i ka poʻe waiwai ke komo i loko o ke aupuni o ke Akua!Jesus looked at him and said, "How hard it is for the rich to enter the kingdom of God!
Luka 18:25E hiki i ke kāmelo ke komo ʻē i ka puka o ke kui kele ma mua o ke komo ʻana o ke kanaka waiwai i loko o ke aupuni o ke Akua.Indeed, it is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter the kingdom of God."
Luka 18:26ʻĪ ihola hoʻi ka poʻe e lohe ana, E hiki hoʻi iā wai lā ke hoʻōla ʻia?Those who heard this asked, "Who then can be saved?"
Luka 18:27ʻĪ maila hoʻi Iesū, ʻO nā mea hiki ʻole i kānaka, e hiki nō ia i ke Akua.Jesus replied, "What is impossible with men is possible with God."
Luka 19:3A ʻimi aʻela ia e ʻike iā Iesū i kona ʻano; ʻaʻole hoʻi e hiki no ka paʻapū o kānaka, no ka mea, he poupou kona kino.He wanted to see who Jesus was, but being a short man he could not, because of the crowd.
Luka 19:5A hiki akula ʻo Iesū ma ia wahi, nānā aʻela ia i luna, a ʻike iā ia, ʻōlelo aʻela iā ia, E Zakaio, e iho koke mai ʻoe i lalo; no ka mea, ua pono iaʻu ke noho ma kou hale i kēia lā.When Jesus reached the spot, he looked up and said to him, "Zacchaeus, come down immediately. I must stay at your house today."
Luka 19:9A laila ʻōlelo maila Iesū nona, I nēia lā ua hiki mai ke ola ma kēia hale, no ka mea, he mamo nō hoʻi ʻo ia nei na ʻAberahama.Jesus said to him, "Today salvation has come to this house, because this man, too, is a son of Abraham.
Luka 19:43No ka mea, e hiki mai ana nō nā lā iā ʻoe, e hana mai ai kou poʻe ʻenemi, i ka pā kaua a pōʻai iā ʻoe, a e hoʻopuni nō hoʻi lākou iā ʻoe, a e hoʻopaʻa iā ʻoe ma kēlā ʻaoʻao, a ma kēia ʻaoʻao a puni;The days will come upon you when your enemies will build an embankment against you and encircle you and hem you in on every side.
Luka 19:48ʻAʻole naʻe i loaʻa iā lākou ka mea e hiki ai; no ka mea, ua hoʻoikaika ka poʻe kānaka e hoʻolohe iā ia.Yet they could not find any way to do it, because all the people hung on his words.
Luka 20:26ʻAʻole e hiki iā lākou ke hoʻohihia iā ia ma kāna ʻōlelo i mua o ke alo o kānaka: a hakanū ihola lākou me ka mahalo i ka ʻōlelo āna i haʻi mai ai.They were unable to trap him in what he had said there in public. And astonished by his answer, they became silent.
Luka 20:36No ka mea, ʻaʻole e hiki iā lākou ke make hou, no ka mea, e like nō lākou me ka poʻe ʻānela; he poʻe keiki hoʻi lākou na ke Akua, nā keiki hoʻi o ke ala hou ʻana.and they can no longer die; for they are like the angels. They are God's children, since they are children of the resurrection.
Luka 21:6E hiki mai ana nā lā e hoʻohiolo ʻia ai kēia mau mea a ʻoukou e ʻike nei, ʻaʻole e koe kekahi pōhaku ma luna iho o kekahi pōhaku."As for what you see here, the time will come when not one stone will be left on another; every one of them will be thrown down."
Luka 21:7A laila nīnau akula lākou iā ia, ʻī akula, E ke Kumu, āhea lā uaneʻi e hiki mai ai ia mau mea? A he aha hoʻi ka hōʻailona o ko lākou hiki ʻana mai?"Teacher," they asked, "when will these things happen? And what will be the sign that they are about to take place?"
Luka 21:9A i ka wā e lohe ai ʻoukou i nā kaua, a me ka haunaele ʻana, mai hopohopo ʻoukou; no ka mea, ʻaʻole e ʻole ka hiki ʻē ʻana o ia mau mea; akā, ʻaʻole kokoke mai ka pau ʻana.When you hear of wars and revolutions, do not be frightened. These things must happen first, but the end will not come right away."
Luka 21:11E hiki mai ana nō nā ōlaʻi nui i kēlā wahi a i kēia wahi, a me nā kau wī, a me nā maʻi; a e ʻike ʻia aku hoʻi nā mea makaʻu a me nā hōʻailona nui ma ka lani.There will be great earthquakes, famines and pestilences in various places, and fearful events and great signs from heaven.
Luka 21:15No ka mea, e hāʻawi aku au i waha no ʻoukou a me ke akamai, ʻaʻole e hiki i ko ʻoukou poʻe ʻenemi a pau ke hoʻopohala, ʻaʻole hoʻi ke pale aʻe.For I will give you words and wisdom that none of your adversaries will be able to resist or contradict.
Luka 21:26E maʻule nō hoʻi nā kānaka, i ka makaʻu a me ka manaʻo ʻana i nā mea e hiki mai ana ma luna iho o ka honua; no ka mea, e hoʻonaue ʻia ana nā mea mana o ka lani.Men will faint from terror, apprehensive of what is coming on the world, for the heavenly bodies will be shaken.
Luka 21:31Pēlā hoʻi ʻoukou, i ka wā e ʻike ai ʻoukou i ka hiki ʻana mai o ia mau mea, e manaʻoʻiʻo ʻoukou ua kokoke mai nō ke aupuni o ke Akua.Even so, when you see these things happening, you know that the kingdom of God is near.
Luka 22:7A hiki mai ka lā o ka ʻahaʻaina berena hū ʻole, ka lā e pono ai ke pepehi i ke keiki hipa mōliaola;Then came the day of Unleavened Bread on which the Passover lamb had to be sacrificed.
Luka 22:14A hiki mai ka hora, noho ihola ia e ʻai, a me ka poʻe lunaʻōlelo he ʻumikumamālua me ia.When the hour came, Jesus and his apostles reclined at the table.
Luka 22:18No ka mea, ke ʻōlelo aku nei au iā ʻoukou, ʻaʻole au e inu i ko ke kumu waina, a hiki ʻē mai ke aupuni o ke Akua.For I tell you I will not drink again of the fruit of the vine until the kingdom of God comes."
Luka 22:40A hiki aku ia i laila, ʻī maila ʻo ia iā lākou, E pule ʻoukou o lilo i ka hoʻowalewale ʻia.On reaching the place, he said to them, "Pray that you will not fall into temptation."
Luka 23:5Koi ikaika akula nō naʻe lākou, e ʻōlelo ana, Ua hoʻohaunaele ʻo ia nei i kānaka i kāna aʻo ʻana a puni Iudea, mai Galilaia kahi i hoʻomaka ai, a hiki mai i kēia wahi.But they insisted, "He stirs up the people all over Judea by his teaching. He started in Galilee and has come all the way here."
Luka 23:29No ka mea, e hiki mai ana nā lā e ʻōlelo ai lākou, Pōmaikaʻi ka poʻe i pā, a me nā ʻōpū i hānau ʻole, a me nā ū i omo ʻole ʻia.For the time will come when you will say, 'Blessed are the barren women, the wombs that never bore and the breasts that never nursed!'
Luka 23:33A hiki akula lākou i ka wahi i kapa ʻia ʻo Kalevari, ma laila lākou i kau aku ai iā ia ma ke keʻa, a me nā lawehala, ma ka ʻākau kekahi, a ma ka hema kekahi.When they came to the place called the Skull, there they crucified him, along with the criminals--one on his right, the other on his left.
Luka 23:42ʻŌlelo akula hoʻi ʻo ia iā Iesū, E hoʻomanaʻo mai ʻoe iaʻu, e ka Haku, i ka wā e hiki ai ʻoe i kou aupuni.Then he said, "Jesus, remember me when you come into your kingdom. "
Luka 23:44A i ke ono o ka hora, he pouli ma luna o ka honua a pau, a hiki i ka iwa o ka hora.It was now about the sixth hour, and darkness came over the whole land until the ninth hour,
Luka 24:15Eia kekahi, i ko lāua kamaʻilio ʻana me ke kūkā pū, hiki maila ʻo Iesū, a hele pū akula me lāua.As they talked and discussed these things with each other, Jesus himself came up and walked along with them;
Luka 24:50A laila alakaʻi ʻo ia iā lākou i waho a hiki i Betania, hāpai aʻela i kona mau lima, a hoʻomaikaʻi maila iā lākou.When he had led them out to the vicinity of Bethany, he lifted up his hands and blessed them.
Ioane 1:46Nīnau maila ʻo Natanaʻela iā ia, E hiki mai anei kekahi mea maikaʻi no Nazareta mai? ʻĪ akula ʻo Pilipo iā ia, E hele mai, e ʻike."Nazareth! Can anything good come from there?" Nathanael asked. "Come and see," said Philip.
Ioane 2:4ʻŌlelo maila Iesū iā ia, E ka wahine, ʻo ke aha lā ia iā kāua? ʻAʻole i hiki mai koʻu manawa."Dear woman, why do you involve me?" Jesus replied. "My time has not yet come."
Ioane 3:2Hele akula ia i o Iesū lā i ka pō, ʻī akula iā ia, E Rabi, ua ʻike mākou he kumu ʻoe i hele mai nei mai ke Akua mai: no ka mea, ʻaʻole e hiki i kekahi kanaka ke hana i kēia mau hana mana āu e hana nei, ke ʻole ke Akua me ia.He came to Jesus at night and said, "Rabbi, we know you are a teacher who has come from God. For no one could perform the miraculous signs you are doing if God were not with him."
Ioane 3:3ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iesū iā ia, ʻī maila, ʻOiaʻiʻo, he ʻoiaʻiʻo kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku nei iā ʻoe, Inā e hānau hou ʻole ʻia ke kanaka, ʻaʻole e hiki iā ia ke ʻike aku i ke aupuni o ke Akua.In reply Jesus declared, "I tell you the truth, no one can see the kingdom of God unless he is born again."
Ioane 3:4Nīnau akula ʻo Nikodemo iā ia, Pehea lā e hiki ai i ke kanaka ke hānau ʻia i kona wā kahiko? E hiki anei iā ia ke komo hou i loko o ka ʻōpū o kona makuahine, a e hānau ʻia mai?"How can a man be born when he is old?" Nicodemus asked. "Surely he cannot enter a second time into his mother's womb to be born!"
Ioane 3:5ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iesū, ʻOiaʻiʻo, he ʻoiaʻiʻo kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku nei iā ʻoe, Inā e hānau ʻole ʻia ke kanaka i ka wai, a me ka ʻUhane, ʻaʻole e hiki iā ia ke komo i loko o ke aupuni o ke Akua.Jesus answered, "I tell you the truth, no one can enter the kingdom of God unless he is born of water and the Spirit.
Ioane 3:9ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Nikodemo, ʻī akula, Pehea lā e hiki ai kēia mau mea."How can this be?" Nicodemus asked.
Ioane 3:19Eia ka mea i hoʻāhewa ʻia ai; ua hiki mai ka mālamalama i ke ao nei, akā, ua makemake nā kānaka i ka pouli, ʻaʻole i ka mālamalama, no ka mea, ua hewa nā hana ʻana a lākou.This is the verdict: Light has come into the world, but men loved darkness instead of light because their deeds were evil.
Ioane 3:27ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Ioane, ʻī maila, ʻAʻole e hiki i ke kanaka ke lawe wale i kekahi mea, ke hāʻawi ʻole ʻia mai ia nāna mai ka lani mai.To this John replied, "A man can receive only what is given him from heaven.
Ioane 4:5A hiki akula ia i kekahi kūlanakauhale o Samaria, ʻo Sukara ka inoa, e kokoke ana i ka ʻāina a Iakoba i hāʻawi aku ai no kāna keiki no Iosepa.So he came to a town in Samaria called Sychar, near the plot of ground Jacob had given to his son Joseph.
Ioane 4:21ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iesū iā ia, E ka wahine, e manaʻoʻiʻo mai i kaʻu, e hiki mai auaneʻi ka manawa, ʻaʻole ma kēia mauna, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma Ierusalema e hoʻomana aku ai ʻoukou i ka Makua.Jesus declared, "Believe me, woman, a time is coming when you will worship the Father neither on this mountain nor in Jerusalem.
Ioane 4:25ʻŌlelo akula ka wahine iā ia, Ua ʻike nō au e hele mai ana ka Mesia, ka mea i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo Kristo; aia hiki mai ia, nāna nō e hoʻākāka mai nā mea a pau iā mākou.The woman said, "I know that Messiah" (called Christ) "is coming. When he comes, he will explain everything to us."
Ioane 4:35ʻAʻole anei ʻoukou e ʻōlelo, ʻEhā malama i koe, a hiki mai ka ʻohi palaoa ʻana? Aia hoʻi, ke ʻōlelo aku nei au iā ʻoukou, E ʻalawa aʻe ko ʻoukou mau maka, a e nānā i nā mahina ʻai; ua keʻokeʻo mai ʻānō no ka ʻohi ʻana.Do you not say, 'Four months more and then the harvest'? I tell you, open your eyes and look at the fields! They are ripe for harvest.
Ioane 4:43A ma hope iho o nā lā ʻelua, hele akula ia mai laila aku, a hiki i Galilaia.After the two days he left for Galilee.
Ioane 4:45A hiki maila ia i Galilaia, hoʻokipa maila ko Galilaia iā ia, no ko lākou ʻike ʻana i nā mea a pau āna i hana ai ma Ierusalema i ka ʻahaʻaina: no ka mea, ua hele nō lākou i ua ʻahaʻaina lā.When he arrived in Galilee, the Galileans welcomed him. They had seen all that he had done in Jerusalem at the Passover Feast, for they also had been there.
Ioane 4:47A lohe aʻela ia, ua hiki mai ʻo Iesū i Galilaia mai Iudea mai, hele akula ia i ona lā, nonoi akula iā ia, e iho aʻe ia e hoʻōla i kāna keiki: no ka mea, ua kokoke ia e make.When this man heard that Jesus had arrived in Galilee from Judea, he went to him and begged him to come and heal his son, who was close to death.
Ioane 5:19ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iesū, ʻī maila iā lākou, ʻOiaʻiʻo, he ʻoiaʻiʻo kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku nei iā ʻoukou, ʻAʻole e hiki i ke Keiki wale iho nō, ke hana aku i kekahi mea, ke ʻike ʻole ia i ka Makua e hana ana ia mea: no laila, ʻo nā mea āna i hana ai, ʻo ia hoʻi nā mea a ke Keiki e hana ai.Jesus gave them this answer: "I tell you the truth, the Son can do nothing by himself; he can do only what he sees his Father doing, because whatever the Father does the Son also does.
Ioane 5:25ʻOiaʻiʻo, he ʻoiaʻiʻo kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku nei iā ʻoukou, E hiki mai auaneʻi ka manawa, a ʻo nēia hoʻi ia, e hoʻolohe ai ka poʻe make i ka leo o ke Keiki a ke Akua; a ʻo ka poʻe hoʻolohe, ʻo lākou ke ola.I tell you the truth, a time is coming and has now come when the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God and those who hear will live.
Ioane 5:28Mai kāhāhā ko ʻoukou naʻau i kēia; no ka mea, e hiki mai auaneʻi ka manawa e lohe ai ka poʻe a pau i loko o nā ilina i kona leo,"Do not be amazed at this, for a time is coming when all who are in their graves will hear his voice
Ioane 5:30ʻAʻole e hiki iaʻu wale iho, ke hana i kekahi mea: e like me kaʻu i lohe ai, pēlā hoʻi kaʻu e hoʻopaʻi ai; a he pono kaʻu hoʻopaʻi ʻana; no ka mea, ʻaʻole wau e ʻimi i koʻu makemake iho, akā, i ka makemake o ka Makua nāna au i hoʻouna mai.By myself I can do nothing; I judge only as I hear, and my judgment is just, for I seek not to please myself but him who sent me.
Ioane 5:44Pehea lā e hiki ai iā ʻoukou ke manaʻoʻiʻo, me ko ʻoukou manaʻo ʻana i ka hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia o kekahi e kekahi, a me ka ʻimi ʻole i ka hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia mai e ke Akua wale nō?How can you believe if you accept praise from one another, yet make no effort to obtain the praise that comes from the only God ?
Ioane 6:17Eʻe akula lākou ma luna o ka moku, holo akula i kēlā kapa o ka moana wai ma Kaperenauma: a pōʻeleʻele ihola, ʻaʻole ʻo Iesū i hiki mai i o lākou lā.where they got into a boat and set off across the lake for Capernaum. By now it was dark, and Jesus had not yet joined them.
Ioane 6:25A loaʻa iā lākou ia ma kēlā kapa o ka moana wai, ʻī akula lākou iā ia, E Rabi, ināhea i hiki mai ʻoe i ʻaneʻi?When they found him on the other side of the lake, they asked him, "Rabbi, when did you get here?"
Ioane 6:27Mai hoʻoikaika ʻoukou no ka ʻai e pau wale, akā, no ka ʻai e mau ana a hiki i ke ola loa, ka mea a ke Keiki a ke kanaka e hāʻawi ai na ʻoukou: no ka mea, ʻo ia kā ka Makua ke Akua i hōʻoiaʻiʻo mai ai.Do not work for food that spoils, but for food that endures to eternal life, which the Son of Man will give you. On him God the Father has placed his seal of approval."
Ioane 6:44ʻAʻohe mea e hiki iā ia ke hele mai i oʻu nei, ke kauō ʻole mai iā ia ka Makua nāna au i hoʻouna mai; a naʻu ia e hoʻāla mai i ka lā ma hope."No one can come to me unless the Father who sent me draws him, and I will raise him up at the last day.
Ioane 6:52Hoʻopaʻapaʻa ihola nā Iudaio iā lākou iho, ʻī aʻela, Pehea lā e hiki ai iā ia ke hāʻawi mai i kona kino iā kākou e ʻai?Then the Jews began to argue sharply among themselves, "How can this man give us his flesh to eat?"
Ioane 6:60A lohe aʻela nā haumāna āna he nui, ʻī aʻela lākou, He ʻōlelo paʻakikī kēia; ʻo wai lā ka mea e hiki iā ia ke hoʻolohe aku ia.On hearing it, many of his disciples said, "This is a hard teaching. Who can accept it?"
Ioane 6:65A ʻī maila ia, No kēia mea kaʻu i ʻōlelo aku ai iā ʻoukou, ʻaʻole e hiki i kekahi, ke hele mai i oʻu nei, ke hāʻawi ʻole ʻia mai ia nāna e koʻu Makua.He went on to say, "This is why I told you that no one can come to me unless the Father has enabled him."
Ioane 7:6ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iesū iā lākou, ʻAʻole i hiki mai koʻu manawa: akā, ʻo ko ʻoukou manawa ua maopopo mau nō ia.Therefore Jesus told them, "The right time for me has not yet come; for you any time is right.
Ioane 7:8ʻO ʻoukou ke piʻi i kēia ʻahaʻaina: ʻaʻole au e piʻi ʻānō i kēia ʻahaʻaina: no ka mea, ʻaʻole i hiki maopopo mai koʻu manawa.You go to the Feast. I am not yet going up to this Feast, because for me the right time has not yet come."
Ioane 7:27Ua ʻike nō kākou i kahi i hele mai ai kēia: akā, aia hiki mai ka Mesia, ʻaʻole e ʻike kekahi i kona wahi i hele mai ai.But we know where this man is from; when the Christ comes, no one will know where he is from."
Ioane 7:30No ia mea, ʻimi ihola lākou e hopu iā ia; ʻaʻole naʻe i lālau aku kekahi lima iā ia, no ka mea, ʻaʻole i hiki mai kona manawa.At this they tried to seize him, but no one laid a hand on him, because his time had not yet come.
Ioane 7:31Akā, nui nā mea o ua ʻaha kanaka lā i manaʻoʻiʻo iā ia, ʻī ihola, Aia hiki mai ka Mesia, e ʻoi aku anei nā hana mana āna e hana mai ai, ma mua o nā mea a kēia kanaka i hana ai?Still, many in the crowd put their faith in him. They said, "When the Christ comes, will he do more miraculous signs than this man?"
Ioane 7:34E ʻimi auaneʻi ʻoukou iaʻu, ʻaʻole e loaʻa; a ma koʻu wahi e noho ai, ʻaʻole loa ʻoukou e hiki aku.You will look for me, but you will not find me; and where I am, you cannot come."
Ioane 7:36He aha hoʻi kēia mea āna i ʻōlelo mai nei, E ʻimi auaneʻi ʻoukou iaʻu, ʻaʻole e loaʻa; a ma koʻu wahi e noho ai, ʻaʻole loa ʻoukou e hiki aku?What did he mean when he said, 'You will look for me, but you will not find me,' and 'Where I am, you cannot come'?"
Ioane 7:39(ʻO kēia kāna i ʻōlelo ai no ka ʻUhane, ka mea e loaʻa auaneʻi i ka poʻe e manaʻoʻiʻo iā ia: ʻaʻole i hiki mai ka ʻUhane Hemolele ia manawa, no ka mea, ʻaʻole i hoʻonani ʻia ʻo Iesū ia wā.)By this he meant the Spirit, whom those who believed in him were later to receive. Up to that time the Spirit had not been given, since Jesus had not yet been glorified.
Ioane 8:9A lohe aʻela lākou, a ua hoʻāhewa ʻia lākou e ko lākou lunaʻikehala, hele pākahi akula lākou i waho, mai nā lunakahiko ka hoʻomaka ʻana, a hiki i ka poʻe i lalo loa; a koe ihola ʻo Iesū wale nō, a me ka wahine e kū ana i waena.At this, those who heard began to go away one at a time, the older ones first, until only Jesus was left, with the woman still standing there.
Ioane 8:20ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iesū i kēia mau ʻōlelo ma kahi waihona kālā, i kāna aʻo ʻana i loko o ka luakini; ʻaʻole hoʻi kekahi i lālau aku iā ia; no ka mea, ʻaʻole i hiki mai kona manawa.He spoke these words while teaching in the temple area near the place where the offerings were put. Yet no one seized him, because his time had not yet come.
Ioane 8:21ʻŌlelo hou maila ʻo Iesū iā lākou, E hele aku ana au, a e ʻimi ʻoukou iaʻu, a e make ʻoukou i loko o ko ʻoukou hewa: a i koʻu wahi e hele ai, ʻaʻole e hiki iā ʻoukou ke hele i laila.Once more Jesus said to them, "I am going away, and you will look for me, and you will die in your sin. Where I go, you cannot come."
Ioane 8:22A laila ʻōlelo ihola nā Iudaio, E pepehi anei kēlā iā ia iho? No ka mea, ʻī maila ia, I koʻu wahi e hele ai, ʻaʻole e hiki iā ʻoukou ke hele i laila.This made the Jews ask, "Will he kill himself ? Is that why he says, 'Where I go, you cannot come'?"
Ioane 8:43No ke aha lā i ʻike ʻole ai ʻoukou i kaʻu ʻōlelo? No ka mea, no ka hiki ʻole iā ʻoukou ke hoʻolohe i kaʻu ʻōlelo.Why is my language not clear to you? Because you are unable to hear what I say.
Ioane 9:4He pono noʻu e hana i nā hana a ka mea nāna au i hoʻouna mai, ʻoiai ka lā; e hiki mai auaneʻi ka pō, ʻaʻohe kanaka e hiki ke hana i laila.As long as it is day, we must do the work of him who sent me. Night is coming, when no one can work.
Ioane 9:16No ia hoʻi, ʻōlelo aʻela kekahi poʻe o nā Parisaio, ʻAʻole no ke Akua kēia kanaka, no ka mea, ʻaʻole ia i mālama i ka Sābati. ʻŌlelo maila kekahi poʻe, Pehea lā e hiki ai i ke kanaka hewa ke hana i nā hana mana me kēia? A mokuāhana ihola lākou.Some of the Pharisees said, "This man is not from God, for he does not keep the Sabbath." But others asked, "How can a sinner do such miraculous signs?" So they were divided.
Ioane 9:33Inā ʻaʻole no ke Akua mai kēia kanaka, inā ʻaʻole loa e hiki iā ia ke hana i kekahi mea.If this man were not from God, he could do nothing."
Ioane 10:21ʻŌlelo aʻela kekahi poʻe, ʻO kēia mau ʻōlelo ʻaʻole na ka mea i uluhia e ka daimonio: e hiki anei i ka daimonio ke hoʻokaʻakaʻa i nā maka o nā makapō?But others said, "These are not the sayings of a man possessed by a demon. Can a demon open the eyes of the blind?"
Ioane 10:29ʻO koʻu Makua, nāna lākou i hāʻawi naʻu, ua ʻoi aku ia ma mua o nā mea a pau: ʻaʻole he mea e hiki iā ia ke kāʻili aʻe iā lākou mai loko aʻe o ka lima o koʻu Makua.My Father, who has given them to me, is greater than all; no one can snatch them out of my Father's hand.
Ioane 11:17A hiki akula ʻo Iesū, ʻike ihola ia, ʻahā ona lā i loko o ka hale kupapaʻu.On his arrival, Jesus found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days.
Ioane 11:28A oki aʻela ia ʻōlelo, hoʻi akula ia, a hea malū akula iā Maria, kona kaikaina, ʻī akula, Ua hiki mai ke Kumu, a ke hea mai nei iā ʻoe.And after she had said this, she went back and called her sister Mary aside. "The Teacher is here," she said, "and is asking for you."
Ioane 11:30ʻAʻole i hiki aku ʻo Iesū i ke kūlanahale, aia nō ia ma kahi i hālāwai ai ʻo Mareta me ia.Now Jesus had not yet entered the village, but was still at the place where Martha had met him.
Ioane 11:32A hiki akula ʻo Maria i ko Iesū wahi, a ʻike akula iā ia, moe ihola ia ma kona wāwae, ʻī akula iā ia, E ka Haku, inā ʻo ʻoe ma ʻaneʻi, inā ʻaʻole i make kuʻu kaikunāne.When Mary reached the place where Jesus was and saw him, she fell at his feet and said, "Lord, if you had been here, my brother would not have died."
Ioane 11:37ʻŌlelo aʻela kekahi poʻe o lākou, ʻAʻole anei i hiki iā ia nei, nāna i hoʻokaʻakaʻa nā maka o ka makapō, ke hana, i ʻole ai e make kēia kanaka?But some of them said, "Could not he who opened the eyes of the blind man have kept this man from dying?"
Ioane 11:38A laila uē hou ihola ʻo Iesū i loko ona, a hiki ma ka hale kupapaʻu. He ana ia, a ua pani ʻia i ka pōhaku.Jesus, once more deeply moved, came to the tomb. It was a cave with a stone laid across the entrance.
Ioane 12:23ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iesū iā lākou, ʻī maila, Ua hiki mai ka hora e hoʻonani ʻia ai ke Keiki a ke kanaka.Jesus replied, "The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified.
Ioane 12:27ʻĀnō ua kaumaha kuʻu naʻau, a he aha kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku? E ka Makua, e hoʻopakele iaʻu i kēia hora? Akā, no kēia mea i hiki mai nei au i kēia hora."Now my heart is troubled, and what shall I say? 'Father, save me from this hour'? No, it was for this very reason I came to this hour.
Ioane 12:35ʻĪ maila ʻo Iesū iā lākou, Me ʻoukou ka mālamalama i ka manawa pōkole loa. E hele ʻoukou ʻoiai ka mālamalama iā ʻoukou, o hiki mai ka pouli i o ʻoukou nei; a ʻo ka mea e hele ana i ka pouli, ʻaʻole ia e ʻike i kona wahi e hele ai.Then Jesus told them, "You are going to have the light just a little while longer. Walk while you have the light, before darkness overtakes you. The man who walks in the dark does not know where he is going.
Ioane 12:39ʻAʻole nō hoʻi e hiki iā lākou ke manaʻoʻiʻo, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo hou mai ʻo ʻIsaia,For this reason they could not believe, because, as Isaiah says elsewhere:
Ioane 13:1Ma mua o ka ʻahaʻaina mōliaola, ʻike ihola ʻo Iesū, ua hiki mai kona manawa e hele aku ai ia i ka Makua mai kēia ao aku, i ke aloha ʻana i kona poʻe ponoʻī i ke ao nei, ua aloha ʻo ia iā lākou a hiki i ka hope.It was just before the Passover Feast. Jesus knew that the time had come for him to leave this world and go to the Father. Having loved his own who were in the world, he now showed them the full extent of his love.
Ioane 13:6A hiki mai ia i o Simona Petero lā; nīnau akula ʻo ia iā ia, E ka Haku, e holoi mai anei ʻoe i koʻu mau wāwae?He came to Simon Peter, who said to him, "Lord, are you going to wash my feet?"
Ioane 13:33E nā keiki aloha, he manawa pōkole koʻu me ʻoukou. E ʻimi mai auaneʻi ʻoukou iaʻu; a e like me kaʻu i ʻōlelo aku ai i nā Iudaio, Ma koʻu wahi e hele ai, ʻaʻole loa e hiki iā ʻoukou ke hele i laila; pēlā hoʻi kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku nei iā ʻoukou ʻānō."My children, I will be with you only a little longer. You will look for me, and just as I told the Jews, so I tell you now: Where I am going, you cannot come.
Ioane 13:36Nīnau akula Simona Petero iā ia, E ka Haku, ma hea ʻoe e hele ai? ʻĪ maila ʻo Iesū iā ia, ʻO koʻu wahi e hele ai, ʻaʻole e hiki iā ʻoe ʻānō ke hahai mai iaʻu; akā, ma muli e hahai mai nō ʻoe iaʻu.Simon Peter asked him, "Lord, where are you going?" Jesus replied, "Where I am going, you cannot follow now, but you will follow later."
Ioane 13:37ʻĪ akula ʻo Petero iā ia, E ka Haku, he aha ka mea e hiki ʻole ai iaʻu, ke hahai aku iā ʻoe i kēia wā? E waiho aku au i kuʻu ola nou.Peter asked, "Lord, why can't I follow you now? I will lay down my life for you."
Ioane 14:5ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Toma iā ia, E ka Haku, ʻaʻole o mākou ʻike i kou wahi e hele ai; a pehea lā e hiki ai iā mākou ke ʻike i ke ala?Thomas said to him, "Lord, we don't know where you are going, so how can we know the way?"
Ioane 14:6ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iesū iā ia, ʻO wau nō ke ala, a me ka ʻoiaʻiʻo, a me ke ola: ʻaʻole kekahi e hiki i ka Makua, ke hele ʻole ia ma oʻu nei.Jesus answered, "I am the way and the truth and the life. No one comes to the Father except through me.
Ioane 14:17ʻO ia ka ʻUhane ʻoiaʻiʻo, ka mea hiki ʻole ke loaʻa i ko ke ao nei, no ka mea, ʻaʻole lākou e nānā iā ia, ʻaʻole hoʻi e ʻike iā ia: akā, ke ʻike nei ʻoukou iā ia; no ka mea, ke noho nei ia me ʻoukou, a i loko o ʻoukou.the Spirit of truth. The world cannot accept him, because it neither sees him nor knows him. But you know him, for he lives with you and will be in you.
Ioane 15:4E noho ʻoukou i loko oʻu, a ʻo wau hoʻi i loko o ʻoukou. ʻAʻole e hiki i ka lālā ke hoʻohua ma ona iho, ke pili ʻole i ke kumu waina; pēlā e hiki ʻole ai iā ʻoukou ke pili ʻole mai iaʻu.Remain in me, and I will remain in you. No branch can bear fruit by itself; it must remain in the vine. Neither can you bear fruit unless you remain in me.
Ioane 15:5ʻO wau nō ke Kumu waina, ʻo ʻoukou nā lālā. ʻO ka mea e pili ana iaʻu, a ʻo wau hoʻi iā ia, ʻo ia ke hoʻohua nui mai; no ka mea, ʻaʻole mea iki e hiki iā ʻoukou ke hana, ke ʻole wau."I am the vine; you are the branches. If a man remains in me and I in him, he will bear much fruit; apart from me you can do nothing.
Ioane 15:26Aia hiki mai ke Kōkua, ka mea e hoʻouna ʻia e aʻu mai ka Makua mai, ʻo ia ka ʻUhane ʻoiaʻiʻo, ka mea i hele mai mai ka Makua mai, nāna nō e hōʻike aku noʻu:"When the Counselor comes, whom I will send to you from the Father, the Spirit of truth who goes out from the Father, he will testify about me.
Ioane 16:2E hoʻokuke lākou iā ʻoukou i waho o nā hale hālāwai; a e hiki mai nō ka manawa e manaʻo ʻia ka mea pepehi iā ʻoukou, ua hoʻomaikaʻi aku ia i ke Akua.They will put you out of the synagogue; in fact, a time is coming when anyone who kills you will think he is offering a service to God.
Ioane 16:4Akā, ʻo kēia mau mea kaʻu i ʻōlelo aku ai iā ʻoukou, aia hiki mai ka manawa, a laila e manaʻo ʻoukou ia mau mea, no ka mea, ua haʻi aku au iā ʻoukou. ʻAʻole naʻe au i haʻi aku ia mau mea iā ʻoukou i kinohou, no ka mea, ua noho pū au me ʻoukou.I have told you this, so that when the time comes you will remember that I warned you. I did not tell you this at first because I was with you.
Ioane 16:7He ʻoiaʻiʻo nō naʻe kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku nei iā ʻoukou; He pono nō ʻoukou e hele aku au: no ka mea, i ʻole au e hele aku, ʻaʻole e hiki mai ke Kōkua i o ʻoukou nei; akā, i hele aku au, naʻu nō ia e hoʻouna mai iā ʻoukou.But I tell you the truth: It is for your good that I am going away. Unless I go away, the Counselor will not come to you; but if I go, I will send him to you.
Ioane 16:8Aia hiki mai ia, nāna e hoʻākāka mai i ko ke ao nei i ka hewa, a i ka pono, a me ka hoʻāhewa ʻana:When he comes, he will convict the world of guilt in regard to sin and righteousness and judgment:
Ioane 16:12He nui kaʻu mau mea i koe e ʻōlelo aku iā ʻoukou, akā, ʻaʻole e hiki iā ʻoukou ke hoʻomaopopo i kēia manawa."I have much more to say to you, more than you can now bear.
Ioane 16:13Aia hiki mai kēlā, ʻo ka ʻUhane ʻoiaʻiʻo, nāna ʻoukou e aʻo mai i ka ʻoiaʻiʻo a pau: no ka mea, ʻaʻole nāna kāna ʻōlelo ʻana; akā, ʻo nā mea āna i lohe ai, ʻo ia kāna e ʻōlelo ai, a e hōʻike nō ʻo ia iā ʻoukou i nā mea e hiki mai ana.But when he, the Spirit of truth, comes, he will guide you into all truth. He will not speak on his own; he will speak only what he hears, and he will tell you what is yet to come.
Ioane 16:21ʻO ka wahine hānau keiki, he ʻehaʻeha kona, no ka mea, ua hiki mai kona hora; a i hānau ʻia ke keiki, ʻaʻohe ona manaʻo hou i ka pōpilikia, no ka ʻoliʻoli i ka hānau ʻia ʻo ke kanaka i loko o ke ao nei.A woman giving birth to a child has pain because her time has come; but when her baby is born she forgets the anguish because of her joy that a child is born into the world.
Ioane 16:25Ua ʻōlelo pohihihi aku au ia mau mea iā ʻoukou; e hiki mai nō ka manawa, ʻaʻole au e ʻōlelo pohihihi hou aku iā ʻoukou, akā, e hōʻike akāka aku au iā ʻoukou i nā mea o ka Makua."Though I have been speaking figuratively, a time is coming when I will no longer use this kind of language but will tell you plainly about my Father.
Ioane 16:32Aia hoʻi, e hiki ana ka hora, ʻānō hoʻi ua hiki mai, e hoʻopuehu ʻia kēlā mea kēia mea o ʻoukou ma kona wahi, a e haʻalele ʻoukou iaʻu e hoʻokahi wale nō; ʻaʻole hoʻi au e hoʻokahi wale ana, no ka mea, ʻo ka Makua pū me aʻu."But a time is coming, and has come, when you will be scattered, each to his own home. You will leave me all alone. Yet I am not alone, for my Father is with me.
Ioane 17:1ʻO kēia mau mea kā Iesū i ʻōlelo ai, a leha aʻela kona mau maka i ka lani, ʻī akula, E ka Makua, ua hiki mai ka hora; e hoʻonani mai ʻoe i kāu Keiki, i hoʻonani aku ai hoʻi kāu Keiki iā ʻoe.After Jesus said this, he looked toward heaven and prayed: "Father, the time has come. Glorify your Son, that your Son may glorify you.
Ioane 18:4ʻIke nō ʻo Iesū i nā mea a pau e hiki mai ana ma luna ona, a hele mai, a nīnau maila iā lākou, ʻO wai kā ʻoukou mea e ʻimi nei?Jesus, knowing all that was going to happen to him, went out and asked them, "Who is it you want?"
Ioane 18:28A laila alakaʻi akula lākou iā Iesū mai Kaiapa aku, a hiki i kahi hoʻokolokolo; a ua ao. ʻAʻole lākou i komo ma loko o kahi hoʻokolokolo, o haumia lākou, a pono ʻole ke ʻai i ka mōliaola.Then the Jews led Jesus from Caiaphas to the palace of the Roman governor. By now it was early morning, and to avoid ceremonial uncleanness the Jews did not enter the palace; they wanted to be able to eat the Passover.
Ioane 19:33A hiki lākou i o Iesū lā, a ʻike aʻela, ua make loa ia, ʻaʻole lākou i uhaʻi aku i kona mau wāwae.But when they came to Jesus and found that he was already dead, they did not break his legs.
Ioane 20:2No laila, holo akula ia a hiki i o Simona Petero lā, a me kekahi haumāna a Iesū i aloha ai, ʻī akula iā lāua, Ua lawe aku lākou i ka Haku mai ka hale kupapaʻu aku, ʻaʻole mākou i ʻike i kahi i waiho ai lākou iā ia.So she came running to Simon Peter and the other disciple, the one Jesus loved, and said, "They have taken the Lord out of the tomb, and we don't know where they have put him!"
Ioane 20:3A laila, hele akula ʻo Petero a me kēlā haumāna, a hiki ma ka hale kupapaʻu.So Peter and the other disciple started for the tomb.
Ioane 20:4Holo pū akula lāua; a māmā akula ua haumāna lā iā Petero, a hiki mua i ka hale kupapaʻu.Both were running, but the other disciple outran Peter and reached the tomb first.
Ioane 20:6A laila, hiki mai ʻo Simona Petero e hahai ana ma hope ona, a komo ihola i loko o ka hale kupapaʻu, a ʻike akula i ka lole olonā e waiho ana,Then Simon Peter, who was behind him, arrived and went into the tomb. He saw the strips of linen lying there,
Ioane 20:8A komo akula nō hoʻi ua haumāna lā, ka mea i hiki mua ma ka hale kupapaʻu, a ʻike akula, a manaʻoʻiʻo ihola.Finally the other disciple, who had reached the tomb first, also went inside. He saw and believed.
Ioane 21:6ʻĪ maila ʻo ia iā lākou, E kuʻu aku i ka ʻupena ma ka ʻaoʻao ʻākau o ka moku, a e loaʻa iā ʻoukou. No ia mea, kuʻu ihola lākou, ʻaʻole i hiki iā lākou ke huki mai ia i ka nui loa o nā iʻa.He said, "Throw your net on the right side of the boat and you will find some." When they did, they were unable to haul the net in because of the large number of fish.
ʻOih 1:2A hiki i ka lā i lawe ʻia aku ai ia i luna, ma hope o kāna kauoha ʻana mai ma ka ʻUhane Hemolele i nā lunaʻōlelo āna i wae mai ai.until the day he was taken up to heaven, after giving instructions through the Holy Spirit to the apostles he had chosen.
ʻOih 1:8Akā, e loaʻa nō iā ʻoukou ka mana, ke hiki mai ka ʻUhane Hemolele ma luna iho o ʻoukou; a e lilo auaneʻi ʻoukou i poʻe hōʻike noʻu ma Ierusalema, a ma Iudea a pau, a ma Samaria, a hiki wale aku i ke kihi o ka honua.But you will receive power when the Holy Spirit comes on you; and you will be my witnesses in Jerusalem, and in all Judea and Samaria, and to the ends of the earth."
ʻOih 1:22Mai ka hoʻomaka ʻana o Ioane e bapetizo ai, a hiki mai i ka lā i lawe ʻia aku ai ia mai o kākou aku, he mea pono e lilo kekahi o lākou i mea hōʻike pū me kākou i kona ala hou ʻana mai.beginning from John's baptism to the time when Jesus was taken up from us. For one of these must become a witness with us of his resurrection."
ʻOih 2:1A hiki ʻiʻo maila ka lā Penetekota, ua ʻākoakoa pū lākou a pau, me ka manaʻo lōkahi.When the day of Pentecost came, they were all together in one place.
ʻOih 2:20E lilo ʻē nō ka lā i pouli, a me ka mahina hoʻi i koko, ma mua o ka hiki ʻana o ua lā nui kaulana lā o ka Haku.The sun will be turned to darkness and the moon to blood before the coming of the great and glorious day of the Lord.
ʻOih 2:24Ua hoʻāla hou mai ke Akua iā ia me ka wehe iho i nā apo o ka make; no ka mea, he mea hiki ʻole i kēlā mea, e hoʻopaʻa iā ia.But God raised him from the dead, freeing him from the agony of death, because it was impossible for death to keep its hold on him.
ʻOih 2:29E nā kānaka, nā hoahānau, e hiki mai iaʻu ke ʻōlelo huna ʻole aku iā ʻoukou no Dāvida, ka makua aliʻi, ua make nō ia, ua kanu ʻia hoʻi, a ke waiho nei nō kona hale lua i o kākou nei, a i kēia manawa."Brothers, I can tell you confidently that the patriarch David died and was buried, and his tomb is here to this day.
ʻOih 3:19No ia mea e mihi ʻoukou, a e huli mai, i pau ko ʻoukou hewa i ka holoi ʻia, i ka hiki ʻana mai o nā manawa hoʻomaha, mai ke alo mai o ka Haku:Repent, then, and turn to God, so that your sins may be wiped out, that times of refreshing may come from the Lord,
ʻOih 3:21He pono ke hoʻokipa aku ka lani iā ia, a hiki aku i ka wā e hoʻoponopono ʻia mai ai nā mea a pau i ʻōlelo ʻia mai e ke Akua, ma ka waha o nā kāula hemolele ona, mai kinohi mai.He must remain in heaven until the time comes for God to restore everything, as he promised long ago through his holy prophets.
ʻOih 4:14A ʻike akula lākou i ke kanaka i hoʻōla ʻia, e kū pū ana me lākou, ʻaʻole hiki iā lākou ke hoʻopohala aku.But since they could see the man who had been healed standing there with them, there was nothing they could say.
ʻOih 4:16ʻĪ aʻela, He aha kā kākou e hana aku ai i kēia mau kānaka; no ka mea, ʻo ka hōʻailona mana kaulana a lāua nei i hana ai, ua maopopo nō ia i nā mea a pau e noho nei ma Ierusalema; ʻaʻole naʻe e hiki iā kākou ke hōʻole aku."What are we going to do with these men?" they asked. "Everybody living in Jerusalem knows they have done an outstanding miracle, and we cannot deny it.
ʻOih 4:20No ka mea, ʻaʻole hiki iā māua ke ʻōlelo ʻole aku i nā mea a māua i ʻike ai, a i lohe ai.For we cannot help speaking about what we have seen and heard."
ʻOih 5:21A lohe lākou, komo aʻela lākou i loko o ka luakini i ke kakahiaka nui, aʻo aʻela lākou. A hiki maila ke kahuna nui, a me ka poʻe me ia, hoʻākoakoa maila lākou i ka ʻaha luna kānāwai, a me nā lunakahiko a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela, a hoʻouna akula ma ka hale paʻahao i lawe ʻia mai lākou.At daybreak they entered the temple courts, as they had been told, and began to teach the people. When the high priest and his associates arrived, they called together the Sanhedrin--the full assembly of the elders of Israel--and sent to the jail for the apostles.
ʻOih 5:22A hiki aʻela nā ilāmuku, ʻaʻole loaʻa iā lākou ma loko o ka hale paʻahao, hoʻi mai lākou, ʻī maila,But on arriving at the jail, the officers did not find them there. So they went back and reported,
ʻOih 5:39Akā, inā na ke Akua, ʻaʻole hiki iā ʻoukou ke hoʻoluʻi, o loaʻa paha uaneʻi ʻoukou e paio ana i ke Akua.But if it is from God, you will not be able to stop these men; you will only find yourselves fighting against God."
ʻOih 6:10ʻAʻole naʻe i hiki iā lākou ke kū i mua o ke akamai a me ke koikoi o kāna ʻōlelo ʻana.but they could not stand up against his wisdom or the Spirit by whom he spoke.
ʻOih 7:11Ua hiki mai he wī ma luna o ka ʻāina a pau ʻo ʻAigupita a me Kanaʻana, a me ka pōpilikia nui: ʻaʻole i loaʻa i ko kākou mau kūpuna ka mea ʻai."Then a famine struck all Egypt and Canaan, bringing great suffering, and our fathers could not find food.
ʻOih 7:17A kokoke hiki mai ka wā i ʻōlelo ʻia mai ai, a ke Akua i hoʻohiki mai ai iā ʻAberahama, māhuahua nā kānaka, a lehulehu aʻela ma ʻAigupita;"As the time drew near for God to fulfill his promise to Abraham, the number of our people in Egypt greatly increased.
ʻOih 7:31A ʻike akula ʻo Mose, kāhāhā akula i kēia mea i ʻike ʻia; a hoʻokokoke akula nō hoʻi ia e mākaʻikaʻi, a hiki mai ka leo o ka Haku i ona lā,When he saw this, he was amazed at the sight. As he went over to look more closely, he heard the Lord's voice:
ʻOih 7:45ʻO ka mea hoʻi a ko kākou poʻe kūpuna i lawe a kaʻi mai ai me Iosua, i ke kuleana o ka lāhui kanaka ʻē a ke Akua i kipaku aku ai, mai ka maka aku o ko kākou poʻe kūpuna, a hiki wale mai i nā lā o Dāvida.Having received the tabernacle, our fathers under Joshua brought it with them when they took the land from the nations God drove out before them. It remained in the land until the time of David,
ʻOih 7:52ʻO wai kekahi mea o ka poʻe kāula i hoʻomaʻau ʻole ʻia e ko ʻoukou poʻe kūpuna? Ua pepehi hoʻi lākou i ka poʻe nāna i haʻi mua mai i ka hiki ʻana mai o ka Mea Hemolele, ka mea a ʻoukou i kumakaia iho nei a pepehi ihola.Was there ever a prophet your fathers did not persecute? They even killed those who predicted the coming of the Righteous One. And now you have betrayed and murdered him--
ʻOih 8:24ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Simona, ʻī akula, E pule aku ʻolua i ka Haku noʻu i hiki ʻole mai ai kēia mau mea a ʻolua e ʻōlelo mai nei ma luna oʻu.Then Simon answered, "Pray to the Lord for me so that nothing you have said may happen to me."
ʻOih 8:31ʻĪ akula kēlā, Pehea lā e hiki ai iaʻu, ke aʻo ʻole mai kekahi iaʻu? Nonoi akula ʻo ia iā Pilipo e piʻi aʻe, a e noho pū me ia."How can I," he said, "unless someone explains it to me?" So he invited Philip to come up and sit with him.
ʻOih 8:36A i ko lāua hele ʻana ma ke alaloa, hiki akula lāua ma kahi wai: ʻŌlelo aʻe ua luna lā, Aiʻa, he wai, he aha ka mea e keʻakeʻa mai iaʻu e bapetizo ʻia ai?As they traveled along the road, they came to some water and the eunuch said, "Look, here is water. Why shouldn't I be baptized?"
ʻOih 8:40ʻIkea aʻela ʻo Pilipo ma ʻAzoto. I kona hele ʻana, haʻi aʻela ia i ka ʻeuanelio ma nā kūlanakauhale a pau, a hiki akula i Kaisareia.Philip, however, appeared at Azotus and traveled about, preaching the gospel in all the towns until he reached Caesarea.
ʻOih 9:3A i kona hele ʻana aku, a kokoke ia i hiki i Damaseko, ʻanapu koke mai a puni ihola ia i ka mālamalama mai ka lani mai.As he neared Damascus on his journey, suddenly a light from heaven flashed around him.
ʻOih 9:8Ala maila ʻo Saulo, mai ka honua mai, ʻoaka aʻela kona mau maka, ʻaʻole naʻe ia i ʻike i kekahi mea. Alakaʻi lima akula lākou iā ia a hiki aku i Damaseko.Saul got up from the ground, but when he opened his eyes he could see nothing. So they led him by the hand into Damascus.
ʻOih 9:26A hiki akula ʻo Saulo i Ierusalema, hoʻāʻo akula ia e hui pū me nā haumāna, makaʻu maila lākou a pau iā ia, no ka mea, ʻaʻole lākou i manaʻo he haumāna ia.When he came to Jerusalem, he tried to join the disciples, but they were all afraid of him, not believing that he really was a disciple.
ʻOih 9:32A i ko Petero kaʻahele ʻana ma nā wahi a pau, hiki aʻela ia i ka poʻe haipule e noho ana ma Luda.As Peter traveled about the country, he went to visit the saints in Lydda.
ʻOih 9:38Ua kokoke nō ʻo Luda ma Iope, a lohe aʻela nā haumāna i ko Petero hiki ʻana ma laila, hoʻouna akula lākou i ʻelua kānaka iā ia, nonoi akula lāua ʻaʻole e hoʻokaʻulua i kona hele ʻana i o lākou lā.Lydda was near Joppa; so when the disciples heard that Peter was in Lydda, they sent two men to him and urged him, "Please come at once!"
ʻOih 9:39Kū aʻela ʻo Petero i luna, a hele pū me lāua: a hiki akula ia, alakaʻi akula lākou iā ia i ua keʻena lā ma luna; a kū pū me ia nā wāhine kāne make a pau e uē ana, a e hōʻike ana i nā pālule, a me nā kapa komo a Doreka i hana ai i kona wā i noho pū ai me lākou.Peter went with them, and when he arrived he was taken upstairs to the room. All the widows stood around him, crying and showing him the robes and other clothing that Dorcas had made while she was still with them.
ʻOih 10:13A hiki maila kekahi leo i ona lā, E Petero; e ala, e pepehi, a ʻai.Then a voice told him, "Get up, Peter. Kill and eat."
ʻOih 10:15Hiki hou mai ua leo lā iā ia, ʻo ka lua ia, ʻO ka mea i huikala ʻia e ke Akua, mai kapa aku ʻoe, he pono ʻole.The voice spoke to him a second time, "Do not call anything impure that God has made clean."
ʻOih 10:24A ia lā aʻe, hiki akula lākou i Kaisareia; a e kakali ana ʻo Korenelio iā lākou, ua hoʻākoakoa ʻo ia i kona poʻe hoahānau a me kona poʻe hoalauna punahele.The following day he arrived in Caesarea. Cornelius was expecting them and had called together his relatives and close friends.
ʻOih 10:30ʻĪ akula ʻo Korenelio, ʻEhā lā ma mua aku nei, e hoʻokē ʻai ana au, a hiki i kēia hora; a i ka hora ʻaiwa, pule ihola au ma koʻu hale, aia hoʻi, kū maila kekahi kanaka i mua oʻu me ka ʻaʻahu hinuhinu,Cornelius answered: "Four days ago I was in my house praying at this hour, at three in the afternoon. Suddenly a man in shining clothes stood before me
ʻOih 10:32No laila e hoʻouna aku ʻoe ma Iope, e kiʻi iā Simona, i kapa ʻia ʻo Petero; ua hoʻokipa ʻia ia ma loko o ka hale o Simona ka hana ʻili, aia ma ke kahakai; a hiki mai ia, nāna nō e ʻōlelo mai iā ʻoe.Send to Joppa for Simon who is called Peter. He is a guest in the home of Simon the tanner, who lives by the sea.'
ʻOih 10:47E hiki anei i kekahi ke pāpā mai i ka wai i bapetizo ʻole ʻia lākou nei, ka poʻe i loaʻa ka ʻUhane Hemolele, e like me mākou?"Can anyone keep these people from being baptized with water? They have received the Holy Spirit just as we have."
ʻOih 11:5I kuʻu pule ʻana ma ke kūlanakauhale ma Iope, hihiʻo ʻia ihola wau, ʻike akula au ma ke akakū, i ka iho ʻana mai o kekahi pūʻolo, ua like me ke kuʻina nui i hui ʻia nā kihi ʻehā; i kuʻu ʻia mai ka lani mai, a hiki mai iaʻu."I was in the city of Joppa praying, and in a trance I saw a vision. I saw something like a large sheet being let down from heaven by its four corners, and it came down to where I was.
ʻOih 11:11Aia hoʻi, hiki koke maila nā kānaka ʻekolu, ma ka hale aʻu i noho ai, ua hoʻouna ʻia mai iaʻu, mai Kaisareia mai."Right then three men who had been sent to me from Caesarea stopped at the house where I was staying.
ʻOih 11:17A inā hāʻawi mai ke Akua i ka makana na lākou, e like me kākou, ka poʻe i manaʻoʻiʻo aku i ka Haku iā Iesū Kristo, he mea aha lā wau e hiki ai iaʻu ke hōʻole aku i ke Akua?So if God gave them the same gift as he gave us, who believed in the Lord Jesus Christ, who was I to think that I could oppose God?"
ʻOih 11:19No laila, ʻo ka poʻe i hoʻopuehu ʻia i ka hoʻomaʻau ʻana i puka mai no Setepano, hele nō lākou a hiki i Poinike, a i Kupero, a i ʻAnetioka, e haʻi aku ana i ka ʻōlelo i nā Iudaio wale nō.Now those who had been scattered by the persecution in connection with Stephen traveled as far as Phoenicia, Cyprus and Antioch, telling the message only to Jews.
ʻOih 11:20Kekahi poʻe o lākou, he mau kānaka no Kupero a no Kurenaio kekahi, a hiki lākou i ʻAnetioka, aʻo maila lākou i ko Helene, e haʻi mai ana i ka ʻeuanelio o ka Haku ʻo Iesū.Some of them, however, men from Cyprus and Cyrene, went to Antioch and began to speak to Greeks also, telling them the good news about the Lord Jesus.
ʻOih 11:22Kaulana akula ia mea a hiki i nā pepeiao o ka ʻekalesia ma Ierusalema; hoʻouna aʻela lākou iā Barenaba e hele i ʻAnetioka.News of this reached the ears of the church at Jerusalem, and they sent Barnabas to Antioch.
ʻOih 11:23A hiki aʻela ia, a ʻike aʻela i ka hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia e ke Akua, ʻoliʻoli ihola ia, a hoʻoikaika maila ʻo ia iā lākou a pau, e hoʻopili lākou i ka Haku me ka manaʻo ikaika o ka naʻau.When he arrived and saw the evidence of the grace of God, he was glad and encouraged them all to remain true to the Lord with all their hearts.
ʻOih 11:28Kū maila kekahi o lākou, ʻo ʻAgabo kona inoa, hōʻike maila, ma ka ʻUhane, he wī nui e hiki mai ana ma nā ʻāina a pau; a hiki ʻiʻo mai nō i ke au iā Kelaudio Kaisara.One of them, named Agabus, stood up and through the Spirit predicted that a severe famine would spread over the entire Roman world. (This happened during the reign of Claudius.)
ʻOih 12:10A hala kekahi papa kiaʻi, a me ka lua o ka papa, a hiki aku lāua i ka pani hao e hiki aku ai i ke kūlanakauhale; wehe wale mai ka puka no lāua, a puka akula lāua ma waho, a hele akula, a hala kekahi alanui; haʻalele koke ihola ka ʻānela iā ia.They passed the first and second guards and came to the iron gate leading to the city. It opened for them by itself, and they went through it. When they had walked the length of one street, suddenly the angel left him.
ʻOih 13:4Na ka ʻUhane Hemolele lāua i hoʻouna aʻe, e hele aʻela lāua i Seleukia; a ma laila aku lāua i holo ai a hiki i Kupero.The two of them, sent on their way by the Holy Spirit, went down to Seleucia and sailed from there to Cyprus.
ʻOih 13:5A hiki lāua i Salami, haʻi maila lāua i ka ʻōlelo a ke Akua ma loko o nā hale hālāwai o nā Iudaio; ʻo Ioane nō hoʻi kekahi hoa lawehana na lāua.When they arrived at Salamis, they proclaimed the word of God in the Jewish synagogues. John was with them as their helper.
ʻOih 13:6Kaʻahele akula lākou i ka mokupuni a hiki i Papo, loaʻa iā lākou kekahi kilo, he kāula wahaheʻe hoʻi ia, he Iudaio, ʻo Bariesū kona inoa.They traveled through the whole island until they came to Paphos. There they met a Jewish sorcerer and false prophet named Bar-Jesus,
ʻOih 13:11Eia hoʻi, ʻānō lā e kau mai ana ka lima o ka Haku ma luna ou, a e makapō nō ʻoe, ʻaʻole e ʻike aku i ka lā a hiki i kekahi manawa. Hāʻule koke maila ma luna ona ka pouli a me ka moʻowini. Holoholo aʻela ia e ʻimi i mea alakaʻi lima nona.Now the hand of the Lord is against you. You are going to be blind, and for a time you will be unable to see the light of the sun." Immediately mist and darkness came over him, and he groped about, seeking someone to lead him by the hand.
ʻOih 13:13Holo akula ʻo Paulo mā mai Papo a hiki mai i Perege no Pamepulia: a haʻalele ʻo Ioane iā lāua, a hoʻi akula i Ierusalema.From Paphos, Paul and his companions sailed to Perga in Pamphylia, where John left them to return to Jerusalem.
ʻOih 13:20A ma hope iho o ia mau mea, hāʻawi maila ia i mau luna kānāwai, i ʻehā paha haneri makahiki a me kanalima, a hiki i ka wā o Samuʻela, ke kāula.All this took about 450 years. "After this, God gave them judges until the time of Samuel the prophet.
ʻOih 13:24Ma mua o kona hiki ʻana mai, ua haʻi mua mai nō ʻo Ioane, i ka bapetizo ʻana o ka mihi i nā kānaka a pau o ʻIseraʻela.Before the coming of Jesus, John preached repentance and baptism to all the people of Israel.
ʻOih 13:39A ʻo nā mea a pau, ʻaʻole e hiki iā ʻoukou ma ke kānāwai o Mose ke hoʻāpono ʻia, ua hoʻāpono ʻia nō ma ona lā ka poʻe manaʻoʻiʻo a pau.Through him everyone who believes is justified from everything you could not be justified from by the law of Moses.
ʻOih 13:40No laila, e mālama pono ʻoukou, o hiki mai auaneʻi ma luna o ʻoukou, ka mea i ʻōlelo ʻia mai ai e nā kāula;Take care that what the prophets have said does not happen to you:
ʻOih 13:44A hiki i ka lā Sābati, kokoke pau loa ke kūlanakauhale i ka ʻākoakoa, e hoʻolohe i ka ʻōlelo a ke Akua.On the next Sabbath almost the whole city gathered to hear the word of the Lord.
ʻOih 13:47No ka mea, pēlā ka Haku i kauoha mai ai iā mākou, Ua hoʻonoho wau iā ʻoe i mālamalama no ko nā ʻāina ʻē, i lilo ʻoe i mea e ola ai a hiki i nā kūkulu o ka honua.For this is what the Lord has commanded us: " 'I have made you a light for the Gentiles, that you may bring salvation to the ends of the earth.' "
ʻOih 14:18I kā lāua ʻōlelo ʻana i kēia mau mea, mai hiki ʻole nō iā lāua ke hoʻopaʻa mai i ka ʻaha kanaka, i ʻole lākou e kaumaha aku na lāua.Even with these words, they had difficulty keeping the crowd from sacrificing to them.
ʻOih 14:24Kaʻahele aʻela lāua iā Pisidia, a hiki aʻela i Pamepulia.After going through Pisidia, they came into Pamphylia,
ʻOih 14:27A hiki ʻana aʻe i laila, hoʻākoakoa maila lāua i ka ʻekalesia, a haʻi maila i nā mea a ke Akua i hana mai ai me lāua, a me kona wehe ʻana i ka puka o ka manaʻoʻiʻo no ko nā ʻāina ʻē.On arriving there, they gathered the church together and reported all that God had done through them and how he had opened the door of faith to the Gentiles.
ʻOih 15:1A iho maila kekahi poʻe, mai Iudea mai, aʻo maila lākou i nā hoahānau, Inā ʻaʻole ʻoukou e ʻoki poepoe ʻia, e like me ka ʻaoʻao o Mose, ʻaʻole hiki iā ʻoukou ke hoʻōla ʻia.Some men came down from Judea to Antioch and were teaching the brothers: "Unless you are circumcised, according to the custom taught by Moses, you cannot be saved."
ʻOih 15:4A hiki lākou i Ierusalema, ʻapo maila ka ʻekalesia iā lākou, a me nā lunaʻōlelo, a me nā lunakahiko, a haʻi akula lākou i nā mea a pau a ke Akua i hana mai ai me lākou.When they came to Jerusalem, they were welcomed by the church and the apostles and elders, to whom they reported everything God had done through them.
ʻOih 15:10No ia mea lā ʻeā, no ke aha lā ʻoukou e hoʻāʻo aku nei i ke Akua e kau mai ma luna o ka ʻāʻī o nā haumāna i ka ʻauamo hiki ʻole iā kākou a me ko kākou poʻe kūpuna, ke amo?Now then, why do you try to test God by putting on the necks of the disciples a yoke that neither we nor our fathers have been able to bear?
ʻOih 16:7A hiki maila lākou i Musia, hoʻāʻo ihola e hele iā Bitunia; akā, ʻaʻole i ʻae mai ka ʻUhane iā lākou.When they came to the border of Mysia, they tried to enter Bithynia, but the Spirit of Jesus would not allow them to.
ʻOih 16:8A māʻalo aʻe iā Musia, iho akula lākou a hiki i Teroa.So they passed by Mysia and went down to Troas.
ʻOih 17:10Hoʻouna koke aʻela nā hoahānau iā Paulo lāua me Sila i Beroia i ka pō. A hiki lāua i laila, komo aʻela i loko o ka hale hālāwai o ka poʻe Iudaio.As soon as it was night, the brothers sent Paul and Silas away to Berea. On arriving there, they went to the Jewish synagogue.
ʻOih 17:19Lālau akula lākou iā ia, a lawe akula iā ia i ʻAreiopago, ʻī akula, E hiki anei iā mākou ke aʻo i kēia ʻōlelo hou āu e haʻi mai nei?Then they took him and brought him to a meeting of the Areopagus, where they said to him, "May we know what this new teaching is that you are presenting?
ʻOih 18:2A loaʻa iā ia kekahi Iudaio, ʻo ʻAkula kona inoa, i hānau ʻia ma Poneto, ia wā mua iho kona hiki ʻana mai, mai ʻItalia mai, me kāna wahine, ʻo Perisekila, (no ka mea, ua kauoha akula ʻo Kelaudio i ka poʻe Iudaio a pau e haʻalele iā Roma,) a hele maila ia i o lāua lā.There he met a Jew named Aquila, a native of Pontus, who had recently come from Italy with his wife Priscilla, because Claudius had ordered all the Jews to leave Rome. Paul went to see them,
ʻOih 18:5A hiki maila ʻo Sila lāua me Timoteo, mai Makedonia mai, a laila ikaika loa ʻo Paulo ma ka ʻōlelo, a hōʻike akula i nā Iudaio iā Iesū, ʻo ia nō ka Mesia.When Silas and Timothy came from Macedonia, Paul devoted himself exclusively to preaching, testifying to the Jews that Jesus was the Christ.
ʻOih 18:21A uē akula ia iā lākou, ʻī akula, He mea pono iaʻu ke mālama i kēia ʻahaʻaina e hiki mai ana, ma Ierusalema; akā, e hoʻi hou mai nō wau i o ʻoukou nei ke ʻae mai ke Akua. Holo akula ia, mai ʻEpeso aku.But as he left, he promised, "I will come back if it is God's will." Then he set sail from Ephesus.
ʻOih 18:27Manaʻo ihola ia e hele aku i ʻAkaia, a laila palapala akula nā hoahānau i nā haumāna, kauoha akula iā lākou e ʻapo mai iā ia. A hiki akula ia, kōkua nui akula ia i ka poʻe manaʻoʻiʻo, no ka lokomaikaʻi ʻia mai.When Apollos wanted to go to Achaia, the brothers encouraged him and wrote to the disciples there to welcome him. On arriving, he was a great help to those who by grace had believed.
ʻOih 19:4ʻĪ maila ʻo Paulo, Bapetizo maila ʻo Ioane i ka bapetizo ʻana o ka mihi, i ka ʻī ʻana mai i kānaka, e manaʻoʻiʻo aku lākou i ka mea e hiki mai ana ma hope ona, ʻo ka Mesia nō ia, ʻo Iesū nō.Paul said, "John's baptism was a baptism of repentance. He told the people to believe in the one coming after him, that is, in Jesus."
ʻOih 19:6A kau akula ʻo Paulo i nā lima ma luna iho o lākou, hiki maila ka ʻUhane Hemolele ma luna o lākou; a ʻōlelo aʻela lākou ma ka ʻōlelo ʻē, a wānana maila.When Paul placed his hands on them, the Holy Spirit came on them, and they spoke in tongues and prophesied.
ʻOih 19:21A pau kēia mau mea i ka hana ʻia, manaʻo ihola ʻo Paulo ma ka ʻuhane, e kaʻahele ma Makedonia a me ʻAkaia, a laila, e hele i Ierusalema, ʻī aʻela, A hiki au i laila, ma ia hope aku, pono iaʻu ke ʻike iā Roma.After all this had happened, Paul decided to go to Jerusalem, passing through Macedonia and Achaia. "After I have been there," he said, "I must visit Rome also."
ʻOih 19:36No ka hiki ʻole i kekahi ke hōʻole i kēia mau mea, he pono iā ʻoukou e hoʻolaʻi, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hana wikiwiki.Therefore, since these facts are undeniable, you ought to be quiet and not do anything rash.
ʻOih 19:40No ka mea, e hoʻopiʻi ʻia mai paha auaneʻi kākou, no ka haunaele o kēia lā, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hiki iā kākou ke haʻi aku i ka mea i ʻākoakoa ai kēia ʻaha kanaka.As it is, we are in danger of being charged with rioting because of today's events. In that case we would not be able to account for this commotion, since there is no reason for it."
ʻOih 20:4Hele pū akula me ia a hiki i ʻĀsia ʻo Sopatero, no Beroia, a me ʻArisetareko lāua ʻo Sekunedo no Tesalonike, a me Gaio lāua ʻo Timoteo no Derebe, a me Tukiko lāua ʻo Teropima no ʻĀsia.He was accompanied by Sopater son of Pyrrhus from Berea, Aristarchus and Secundus from Thessalonica, Gaius from Derbe, Timothy also, and Tychicus and Trophimus from the province of Asia.
ʻOih 20:6A ma hope iho o nā lā o ka berena hū ʻole, holo akula mākou mai Pilipi aku, pō ʻalima hiki aku mākou i o lākou lā ma Teroa; ma laila mākou i noho ai i nā lā ʻehiku.But we sailed from Philippi after the Feast of Unleavened Bread, and five days later joined the others at Troas, where we stayed seven days.
ʻOih 20:7A i ka lā mua o ka hebedoma, i ko nā haumāna ʻākoakoa ʻana e wāwahi i ka berena, kamaʻilio maila ʻo Paulo iā lākou, ua mākaukau hoʻi e holo ia kakahiaka aʻe. Hoʻolōʻihi hoʻi i ka ʻōlelo ʻana a hiki i ke aumoe.On the first day of the week we came together to break bread. Paul spoke to the people and, because he intended to leave the next day, kept on talking until midnight.
ʻOih 20:15Holo akula mākou mai laila aku, a ao aʻe hiki ma Kio, a ia lā aʻe, hiki mākou i Samo, a noho ma Terogulio; a ia lā aʻe, hele mai mākou a Mileto.The next day we set sail from there and arrived off Kios. The day after that we crossed over to Samos, and on the following day arrived at Miletus.
ʻOih 20:16Ua paʻa nō ko Paulo manaʻo, e holo ma ʻEpeso aʻe, ʻaʻole hoʻi e kali ma ʻĀsia; no ka mea, ua wikiwiki nō ia, inā pono iā ia ke hiki i Ierusalema ma ka lā Penetekota.Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus to avoid spending time in the province of Asia, for he was in a hurry to reach Jerusalem, if possible, by the day of Pentecost.
ʻOih 20:18A hiki lākou i ona lā, ʻī maila ʻo ia iā lākou, Ua ʻike nō ʻoukou, mai ka lā maka mua aʻu i hiki mai ai i ʻĀsia nei, i ke ʻano o koʻu noho ʻana me ʻoukou i nā manawa a pau,When they arrived, he said to them: "You know how I lived the whole time I was with you, from the first day I came into the province of Asia.
ʻOih 20:32E nā hoahānau, ʻānō lā, ke hāʻawi aku nei au iā ʻoukou i ke Akua, a i ka ʻōlelo o kona lokomaikaʻi, i ka mea hiki ke hoʻokūpaʻa iā ʻoukou, a me ka hāʻawi iā ʻoukou i hoʻoilina ma waena o ka poʻe a pau i hoʻomaʻemaʻe ʻia."Now I commit you to God and to the word of his grace, which can build you up and give you an inheritance among all those who are sanctified.
ʻOih 21:5A i ka pau ʻana o kēia mau lā, haʻalele iho iā mākou ia wahi a hele akula; ukali aloha maila lākou a pau, a me nā wāhine, a me nā keiki iā mākou, a hiki ma waho o ua kūlanakauhale lā; kukuli ihola mākou ma kahakai, pule akula.But when our time was up, we left and continued on our way. All the disciples and their wives and children accompanied us out of the city, and there on the beach we knelt to pray.
ʻOih 21:7A pau ko mākou holo ʻana ma ka moku, mai Turo mai, hiki mākou i Petolemai, honi akula i nā hoahānau, a noho pū ihola me lākou, hoʻokahi lā.We continued our voyage from Tyre and landed at Ptolemais, where we greeted the brothers and stayed with them for a day.
ʻOih 21:8A ia lā aʻe, hele maila mākou ka poʻe me Paulo a hiki i Kaisareia; a komo akula i loko o ka hale o Pilipo, ʻo ke kahuna ʻeuanelio, ʻo ia kekahi o nā hiku, a noho pū ihola mākou me ia.Leaving the next day, we reached Caesarea and stayed at the house of Philip the evangelist, one of the Seven.
ʻOih 21:11A hiki maila ia i o mākou lā, lawe ihola ia i ko Paulo kāʻei, nakinaki ihola i kona mau lima a me nā wāwae ona iho, ʻī aʻela, Ke ʻī mai nei ka ʻUhane Hemolele, Penei e nakinaki ai nā Iudaio ma Ierusalema i ke kanaka nona kēia kāʻei, a e hāʻawi aku iā ia i nā lima o ko nā ʻāina ʻē.Coming over to us, he took Paul's belt, tied his own hands and feet with it and said, "The Holy Spirit says, 'In this way the Jews of Jerusalem will bind the owner of this belt and will hand him over to the Gentiles.' "
ʻOih 21:17A hiki mākou i Ierusalema, ʻapo maila nā haumāna iā mākou me ka ʻoliʻoli.When we arrived at Jerusalem, the brothers received us warmly.
ʻOih 21:22He aha lā hoʻi? E ʻākoakoa ʻiʻo mai nō ka ʻaha kanaka; no ka mea, e lohe auaneʻi lākou i kou hiki ʻana mai.What shall we do? They will certainly hear that you have come,
ʻOih 21:26A laila lawe aʻela ʻo Paulo i ua mau kānaka lā, a ia lā aʻe, huikala pū aʻela kēlā iā ia iho me lākou, a komo akula i ka luakini, e hōʻike aku i ka mālama ʻana o nā lā huikala, a hiki i ka wā e hāʻawi ʻia aku ai ka mōhai, no kēlā mea kēia mea e lākou.The next day Paul took the men and purified himself along with them. Then he went to the temple to give notice of the date when the days of purification would end and the offering would be made for each of them.
ʻOih 21:33A hiki mai ua luna tausani lā, hopu maila iā ia, a kauoha akula e paʻa ia i nā kaula hao ʻelua; nīnau maila, ʻO wai kēia? He aha ka mea āna i hana ai?The commander came up and arrested him and ordered him to be bound with two chains. Then he asked who he was and what he had done.
ʻOih 21:34ʻUāʻuā akula kekahi i kekahi mea, a ʻo kekahi i kekahi mea i waena o ka ʻaha kanaka. ʻAʻole i hiki iā ia ke ʻike i ka ʻoiaʻiʻo, no ka haunaele, kauoha akula ia, e alakaʻi iā ia ma loko o ka pā kaua.Some in the crowd shouted one thing and some another, and since the commander could not get at the truth because of the uproar, he ordered that Paul be taken into the barracks.
ʻOih 22:11A i ka hiki ʻole ʻana iaʻu ke ʻike, no ka nani o ia mālamalama, alakaʻi lima ʻia aku au e koʻu poʻe hoa hele, a hiki i Damaseko.My companions led me by the hand into Damascus, because the brilliance of the light had blinded me.
ʻOih 22:22Hoʻolohe akula lākou iā ia a hiki i kēia hua, a laila hoʻokiʻekiʻe loa aʻela lākou i ko lākou leo, ʻī aʻela, E kiola aku iā ia pēlā, mai ka honua aku; no ka mea, ʻaʻole ia e pono ke ola.The crowd listened to Paul until he said this. Then they raised their voices and shouted, "Rid the earth of him! He's not fit to live!"
ʻOih 23:1Haka pono maila ʻo Paulo i ka ʻaha luna kānāwai, ʻī maila, E nā kānaka, nā hoahānau, ua noho kupa wau me ka lunaʻikehala maikaʻi wale nō i ke Akua a hiki mai nei i kēia lā.Paul looked straight at the Sanhedrin and said, "My brothers, I have fulfilled my duty to God in all good conscience to this day."
ʻOih 23:15No ia mea, ʻānō, e nonoi aku ʻoukou me ka ʻaha luna kānāwai i ka luna tausani, e kaʻi mai ia i o ʻoukou nei, i ka lā ʻapōpō, me he mea lā e nīnau hou aku i mea e akāka ai nona: a ʻo mākou nei, ua mākaukau mākou e pepehi iā ia i ka wā ʻaʻole ia e hiki kokoke mai.Now then, you and the Sanhedrin petition the commander to bring him before you on the pretext of wanting more accurate information about his case. We are ready to kill him before he gets here."
ʻOih 23:27Ua hopu ʻia kēia kanaka e nā Iudaio, a mai pepehi ʻia ʻo ia e lākou; a laila, hiki ʻē akula au me ka poʻe koa, a hoʻopakele iā ia, no koʻu lohe ʻana, he Roma ia.This man was seized by the Jews and they were about to kill him, but I came with my troops and rescued him, for I had learned that he is a Roman citizen.
ʻOih 23:33A hiki akula lākou i Kaisareia, hāʻawi akula lākou i ka palapala i ke aliʻi kiaʻāina, a hoʻokū ihola iā Paulo i mua ona.When the cavalry arrived in Caesarea, they delivered the letter to the governor and handed Paul over to him.
ʻOih 23:35ʻĪ maila ia, A hiki mai ka poʻe hoʻopiʻi iā ʻoe, a laila e hoʻolohe aku au iā ʻoe. Kauoha aʻela ia e mālama ʻia ʻo ia ma loko o ko Herode hale aliʻi.he said, "I will hear your case when your accusers get here." Then he ordered that Paul be kept under guard in Herod's palace.
ʻOih 24:11E hiki nō iā ʻoe ke hoʻomaopopo, he ʻumi aʻe nei lā wale nō i hala, a me kumamālua, mai koʻu piʻi ʻana aku i Ierusalema e hoʻomana.You can easily verify that no more than twelve days ago I went up to Jerusalem to worship.
ʻOih 24:13ʻAʻole hoʻi e hiki iā lākou ʻānō ke hōʻoiaʻiʻo i nā mea a lākou e hoʻopiʻi mai nei iaʻu.And they cannot prove to you the charges they are now making against me.
ʻOih 24:24A hala kekahi mau lā, hiki maila ʻo Pelika me kāna wahine, ʻo Derausila, he Iudaio nō ia, kiʻi akula kēlā iā Paulo, hoʻolohe akula iā ia no ka manaʻoʻiʻo i loko o Kristo.Several days later Felix came with his wife Drusilla, who was a Jewess. He sent for Paul and listened to him as he spoke about faith in Christ Jesus.
ʻOih 24:25A i kāna kamaʻilio ʻana no ka pono, a me ka pākiko, a me ka hoʻokolokolo ʻia e hiki mai ana ma hope, haʻalulu ihola ʻo Pelika, ʻī akula, Ō hoʻi ʻoe i kēia wā; a loaʻa iaʻu ka manawa kaʻawale, e kiʻi hou aku nō au iā ʻoe.As Paul discoursed on righteousness, self-control and the judgment to come, Felix was afraid and said, "That's enough for now! You may leave. When I find it convenient, I will send for you."
ʻOih 24:27A hala aʻela nā makahiki ʻelua, hiki aʻela ma ko Pelika hakahaka, ʻo Porekio Peseto, a waiho ihola ʻo Pelika iā Paulo e paʻa ana, no kona makemake e hōʻoluʻolu i nā Iudaio.When two years had passed, Felix was succeeded by Porcius Festus, but because Felix wanted to grant a favor to the Jews, he left Paul in prison.
ʻOih 25:1A hiki aʻela ʻo Peseto i ua panalāʻau lā, a hala nā lā ʻekolu, a piʻi akula ia i Ierusalema, mai Kaisareia aku.Three days after arriving in the province, Festus went up from Caesarea to Jerusalem,
ʻOih 25:5ʻĪ hou maila ia, ʻO ka poʻe e hiki o ʻoukou, e iho pū lākou me aʻu; inā he mea hewa i loko o ia kanaka, e hoʻopiʻi lākou nona.Let some of your leaders come with me and press charges against the man there, if he has done anything wrong."
ʻOih 25:7A hiki maila ia, kū maila ka poʻe Iudaio, i iho mai mai Ierusalema mai, a hoʻopiʻi akula iā Paulo i nā mea hewa, he nui loa, ʻaʻole hoʻi i hiki iā lākou ke hōʻoiaʻiʻo mai.When Paul appeared, the Jews who had come down from Jerusalem stood around him, bringing many serious charges against him, which they could not prove.
ʻOih 25:11Inā i hewa au, a inā i hana au i ka mea e pono ai ka make, ʻaʻole au e hōʻole aku i ka make; akā, inā he mea ʻole kēia mau mea a lākou e hoʻopiʻi mai nei iaʻu, ʻaʻole loa e hiki i kekahi ke hāʻawi aku iaʻu iā lākou. Ke hoʻopiʻi nei au iā Kaisara.If, however, I am guilty of doing anything deserving death, I do not refuse to die. But if the charges brought against me by these Jews are not true, no one has the right to hand me over to them. I appeal to Caesar!"
ʻOih 25:13A hala aʻela kekahi mau lā, hiki maila i Kaisareia, ʻo ʻAgeripa, ke aliʻi lāua me Berenike e aloha mai iā Peseto.A few days later King Agrippa and Bernice arrived at Caesarea to pay their respects to Festus.
ʻOih 25:17A hiki maila lākou i ʻaneʻi, ʻaʻole au i kali hou aku; ia lā aʻe, noho au ma ka noho hoʻokolokolo, a kēnā akula e kaʻi ʻia mai ua kanaka lā.When they came here with me, I did not delay the case, but convened the court the next day and ordered the man to be brought in.
ʻOih 25:23A ia lā aʻe, hiki maila ʻo ʻAgeripa, lāua me Berenike, me ka hanohano nui, a komo akula i kahi hoʻolohe, me nā luna tausani, a me nā kānaka koʻikoʻi o ia kūlanakauhale, a laila, kauoha aku ʻo Peseto a kaʻi ʻia mai ʻo PauloThe next day Agrippa and Bernice came with great pomp and entered the audience room with the high ranking officers and the leading men of the city. At the command of Festus, Paul was brought in.
ʻOih 26:8No ke aha lā ʻoukou i manaʻo ai he mea hiki ʻole i ke Akua ke hoʻāla mai i ka poʻe make?Why should any of you consider it incredible that God raises the dead?
ʻOih 26:11Hoʻopaʻi pinepine akula au iā lākou ma loko o nā hale hālāwai a pau, a koi akula au iā lākou e ʻōlelo hōʻino; a no koʻu ukiuki loa iā lākou, hoʻomaʻau akula au iā lākou a hiki i nā kūlanakauhale o nā ʻāina ʻē.Many a time I went from one synagogue to another to have them punished, and I tried to force them to blaspheme. In my obsession against them, I even went to foreign cities to persecute them.
ʻOih 26:22No ke kōkua ʻana mai o ke Akua iaʻu, ua kūpaʻa nō wau, a hiki mai nei i kēia lā, e hōʻike ana aku i ka poʻe liʻiliʻi, a me ka poʻe nui, i ka ʻī ʻana aku i kēia mau mea wale nō, i nā mea a ka poʻe kāula, a me Mose nō hoʻi i ʻōlelo mai ai, e hiki mai ana:But I have had God's help to this very day, and so I stand here and testify to small and great alike. I am saying nothing beyond what the prophets and Moses said would happen--
ʻOih 27:5Holo aʻela mākou a hala ke kai ʻo Kilikia, a me Pamepulia, a hiki mākou ma Mura o Lukia.When we had sailed across the open sea off the coast of Cilicia and Pamphylia, we landed at Myra in Lycia.
ʻOih 27:7Holo lohi akula mākou i nā lā he nui loa, a hiki ʻāpuʻepuʻe mākou i Kenido, no ka mea, ʻaʻole i ʻae ʻia ka makani iā mākou, holo aʻela mākou ma lalo o Kerete, ma Salemone;We made slow headway for many days and had difficulty arriving off Cnidus. When the wind did not allow us to hold our course, we sailed to the lee of Crete, opposite Salmone.
ʻOih 27:8A hala ia wahi me ka ʻāpuʻepuʻe hiki akula mākou i kahi i kapa ʻia ʻo Nāawamaikaʻi, kahi i kokoke mai i ke kūlanakauhale ʻo Lasaia.We moved along the coast with difficulty and came to a place called Fair Havens, near the town of Lasea.
ʻOih 27:9Ua lōʻihi loa ka manawa i hala, a ua hiki nō hoʻi ka wā pono ʻole ke holo, no ka mea, ua hala ka wā hoʻokē ʻai, a laila aʻo maila ʻo Paulo iā lākou,Much time had been lost, and sailing had already become dangerous because by now it was after the Fast. So Paul warned them,
ʻOih 27:12ʻAʻole hoʻi i pono loa kēlā awa i ka hoʻoilo, no ia mea, hōʻike mai ka nui i ka manaʻo e holo aku, inā paha lākou e hiki aku i Poinike i ka hoʻoilo, he awa nō ia ma Kerete e huli ana ma Liba, a me Koro.Since the harbor was unsuitable to winter in, the majority decided that we should sail on, hoping to reach Phoenix and winter there. This was a harbor in Crete, facing both southwest and northwest.
ʻOih 27:15Punia ihola ka moku, ʻaʻole hiki ke hoʻokū i ka makani, hoʻokuʻu aʻela mākou a holo.The ship was caught by the storm and could not head into the wind; so we gave way to it and were driven along.
ʻOih 27:16A holo aʻela mākou ma lalo o kekahi ʻāina, ua kapa ʻia ʻo Kelaude, hiki ʻāpuʻepuʻe iā mākou ke paʻa iho i ka waʻapā.As we passed to the lee of a small island called Cauda, we were hardly able to make the lifeboat secure.
ʻOih 27:27A hiki i ka pō ʻumikumamāhā, ua hoʻoholoholo ʻia aʻela mākou ma ʻAderia, a i ke aumoe, manaʻo ihola nā luina e kokoke ana lākou i ka ʻāina.On the fourteenth night we were still being driven across the Adriatic Sea, when about midnight the sailors sensed they were approaching land.
ʻOih 27:31ʻŌlelo aʻela ʻo Paulo i ka luna haneri, a me ka poʻe koa, Inā ʻaʻole lākou nei e noho i ka moku, ʻaʻole loa e hiki iā ʻoukou ke hoʻōla ʻia.Then Paul said to the centurion and the soldiers, "Unless these men stay with the ship, you cannot be saved."
ʻOih 27:39A ao aʻela, ʻaʻole lākou i ʻike ia ʻāina; kaunānā naʻe lākou i kekahi kaikūʻono me ke kahakai. Manaʻo ihola lākou, inā e hiki, e hoʻokomo i ka moku i laila.When daylight came, they did not recognize the land, but they saw a bay with a sandy beach, where they decided to run the ship aground if they could.
ʻOih 27:43Makemake ihola ka luna haneri e hoʻōla iā Paulo, hōʻole akula i ko lākou manaʻo; kēnā akula i ka poʻe hiki ke ʻau, ʻo lākou ke lele mua a hiki i uka.But the centurion wanted to spare Paul's life and kept them from carrying out their plan. He ordered those who could swim to jump overboard first and get to land.
ʻOih 27:44A ʻo ke koena, ma nā papa kahi, a ma nā mea o ka moku kahi; a pēlā lākou a pau i pakele ai a hiki i ka ʻāina.The rest were to get there on planks or on pieces of the ship. In this way everyone reached land in safety.
ʻOih 28:13A mai laila aku mākou i holo ai a hiki i Regio, a hala kekahi lā, pā maila ka makani, mai ke kūkulu hema mai, a ia lā aʻe, hiki mākou i Puteoli:From there we set sail and arrived at Rhegium. The next day the south wind came up, and on the following day we reached Puteoli.
ʻOih 28:16A hiki mākou i Roma, hāʻawi akula ka luna haneri i ka poʻe paʻahao i ke aliʻi o ka poʻe koa. I ʻae ʻia akula ʻo Paulo e noho kaʻawale i kona wahi iho, me kekahi koa nāna ia i mālama aku.When we got to Rome, Paul was allowed to live by himself, with a soldier to guard him.
Roma 1:10E noi mau ana, inā e hiki i kekahi manawa, i kēia wā aku nei paha, e hele pōmaikaʻi aku wau me ka ʻae ʻana mai o ke Akua, a hiki i o ʻoukou lā.in my prayers at all times; and I pray that now at last by God's will the way may be opened for me to come to you.
Roma 1:13Eia hoʻi, ʻaʻole oʻu makemake e ʻike ʻole ʻoukou, e nā hoahānau, i kuʻu manaʻo pinepine ʻana e hele i o ʻoukou lā, (akā, ua kāohi ʻia a hiki i kēia wā,) i loaʻa mai hoʻi iaʻu kekahi hua ma waena o ʻoukou, e like me ia ma waena o nā lāhui kanaka ʻē.I do not want you to be unaware, brothers, that I planned many times to come to you (but have been prevented from doing so until now) in order that I might have a harvest among you, just as I have had among the other Gentiles.
Roma 1:15Pēlā hoʻi, ma ka mea hiki iaʻu, ua mākaukau wau e haʻi aku i ka ʻeuanelio iā ʻoukou nō hoʻi ma Roma.That is why I am so eager to preach the gospel also to you who are at Rome.
Roma 1:19No ka mea, ʻo ka mea e hiki ke ʻike ʻia no ke Akua, ua akāka ia iā lākou; no ka mea, ua hoʻākāka mai nō ke Akua ia mea iā lākou.since what may be known about God is plain to them, because God has made it plain to them.
Roma 3:8E ʻōlelo anei kākou, e like me kā mākou i ʻōlelo ʻino ʻia mai ai, a e like me kā kekahi poʻe i ʻōlelo no mākou, E hana hewa kākou e hiki mai ai ka maikaʻi? He pono ko lākou hoʻohewa ʻia.Why not say--as we are being slanderously reported as saying and as some claim that we say--"Let us do evil that good may result"? Their condemnation is deserved.
Roma 4:21A ua maopopo leʻa kona manaʻo e hiki nō iā ia ke hoʻokō mai i ka mea āna i ʻōlelo mai ai.being fully persuaded that God had power to do what he had promised.
Roma 5:7No ka mea, ʻaneʻane hiki ʻole i kekahi ke make no ke kanaka pono; malia e hiki paha i kekahi ke make no ke kanaka lokomaikaʻi.Very rarely will anyone die for a righteous man, though for a good man someone might possibly dare to die.
Roma 5:13No ka mea, i loko o ke ao nei ka hewa a hiki mai ke kānāwai; akā, ʻaʻole i manaʻo ʻia ka hewa i ka manawa kānāwai ʻole.for before the law was given, sin was in the world. But sin is not taken into account when there is no law.
Roma 5:18No ia hoʻi, me ke kau ʻana o ka hoʻāhewa ma luna o nā kānaka a pau ma ka hala o ka mea hoʻokahi; pēlā i hiki mai ai ka hoʻāpono ma luna o nā kānaka a pau e ola, ma ka pono o ka mea hoʻokahi.Consequently, just as the result of one trespass was condemnation for all men, so also the result of one act of righteousness was justification that brings life for all men.
Roma 7:9No ia hoʻi, ola nō au ma mua me ke kānāwai ʻole, a hiki mai ke kauoha, ala aʻela ka hewa, a make ihola au.Once I was alive apart from law; but when the commandment came, sin sprang to life and I died.
Roma 8:3No ka mea, no ka hiki ʻole i ke kānāwai, no kona nāwaliwali ma ke kino, ʻo ke Akua, i kona hoʻouna ʻana mai i kāna Keiki ponoʻī ma ke ʻano o ke kino hewa, a ma ka mōhai no ka hala, ua hoʻāhewa maila nō ia i ka hewa i loko o ke kino;For what the law was powerless to do in that it was weakened by the sinful nature, God did by sending his own Son in the likeness of sinful man to be a sin offering. And so he condemned sin in sinful man,
Roma 8:7No ka mea, ʻo ka manaʻo ma ke kino, he mea kūʻē i ke Akua; ʻaʻole ia i mālama i ke kānāwai o ke Akua, ʻaʻole loa e hiki.the sinful mind is hostile to God. It does not submit to God's law, nor can it do so.
Roma 8:8No laila ʻo ka poʻe ma ke kino, ʻaʻole e hiki iā lākou ke hōʻoluʻolu i ke Akua.Those controlled by the sinful nature cannot please God.
Roma 8:22No ka mea, ua ʻike nō kākou ua auē pū nā mea i hana ʻia a pau, a ua ʻehaʻeha hoʻi, a hiki i kēia manawa.We know that the whole creation has been groaning as in the pains of childbirth right up to the present time.
Roma 8:26A ke kōkua mai nei nō hoʻi ka ʻUhane i ko kākou nāwaliwali; no ka mea, ʻaʻole kākou i ʻike i kā kākou mea e pule pono aku ai; akā, ua nonoi aku ka ʻUhane no kākou me nā uē ʻana ʻaʻole e hiki ke haʻi ʻia aʻe.In the same way, the Spirit helps us in our weakness. We do not know what we ought to pray for, but the Spirit himself intercedes for us with groans that words cannot express.
Roma 8:38No ka mea, ke manaʻo maopopo nei au, ʻaʻole e hiki i ka make a me ke ola, ʻaʻole i nā ʻānela a me nā aliʻi a me nā mea ikaika, ʻaʻole hoʻi i nā mea o nēia wā a me nā mea ma hope aku, ʻaʻole hoʻi i nā luna kānāwai,For I am convinced that neither death nor life, neither angels nor demons, neither the present nor the future, nor any powers,
Roma 9:21ʻAʻole anei e hiki i ka potera ke hana iho no loko o ka pōpō lepo hoʻokahi i kekahi ipu no ka mahalo ʻia, a i kekahi no ka mahalo ʻole ʻia?Does not the potter have the right to make out of the same lump of clay some pottery for noble purposes and some for common use?
Roma 11:8(E like me ka mea i palapala ʻia, Ua hāʻawi mai ke Akua iā lākou i naʻau hiamoe, a me nā maka ʻike ʻole, a me nā pepeiao lohe ʻole,) a hiki i kēia lā.as it is written: "God gave them a spirit of stupor, eyes so that they could not see and ears so that they could not hear, to this very day."
Roma 11:23A ʻo lākou nei hoʻi, i ʻole lākou e noho mau ma ka manaʻoʻiʻo ʻole, e pākuʻi hou ʻia auaneʻi lākou; no ka mea, e hiki nō i ke Akua ke pākuʻi hou iā lākou.And if they do not persist in unbelief, they will be grafted in, for God is able to graft them in again.
Roma 11:25No ka mea, ʻaʻole au makemake e ʻike ʻole ʻoukou, e nā hoahānau, i kēia pohihihi, o akamai ʻoukou i ko ʻoukou manaʻo; ua loaʻa ka moʻowini i kekahi poʻe o ka ʻIseraʻela a hiki i ka manawa e komo mai ai ka nui o ko nā ʻāina ʻē.I do not want you to be ignorant of this mystery, brothers, so that you may not be conceited: Israel has experienced a hardening in part until the full number of the Gentiles has come in.
Roma 12:18Inā he mea hiki, ma kahi e hiki ai ʻoukou, e kuʻikahi ʻoukou me nā kānaka a pau.If it is possible, as far as it depends on you, live at peace with everyone.
Roma 14:4ʻO wai ʻoe ka mea e hoʻāhewa ana i kā haʻi kauā? Aia nō i kona haku ponoʻī kona kūpaʻa ʻana, a ʻo kona hāʻule ʻana; a e hoʻokūpaʻa ʻia nō ia, no ka mea, e hiki nō i ke Akua ke hoʻokūpaʻa iā ia.Who are you to judge someone else's servant? To his own master he stands or falls. And he will stand, for the Lord is able to make him stand.
Roma 15:14Ua maopopo leʻa hoʻi ko ʻoukou iaʻu, e nā hoahānau, ua piha ʻoukou i ka lokomaikaʻi, ua nui hoʻi ko ʻoukou ʻike, a e hiki nō iā ʻoukou ke aʻo aku kekahi i kekahi.I myself am convinced, my brothers, that you yourselves are full of goodness, complete in knowledge and competent to instruct one another.
Roma 15:19Ma ka mana o nā hōʻailona, a me nā mea kupanaha, a ma ka mana o ka ʻUhane o ke Akua; ua hoʻolaha nui aku au i ka ʻeuanelio a Kristo, mai Ierusalema a puni, a hiki aku i ʻIluriko.by the power of signs and miracles, through the power of the Spirit. So from Jerusalem all the way around to Illyricum, I have fully proclaimed the gospel of Christ.
1-Kor 1:8Nāna nō ʻoukou e hoʻokūpaʻa, a hiki aku i ka hopena, i hewa ʻole ʻoukou i ka lā o ko kākou Haku ʻo Iesū Kristo.He will keep you strong to the end, so that you will be blameless on the day of our Lord Jesus Christ.
1-Kor 2:14Akā, ʻo ke kanaka ma ke kino, ʻaʻole e loaʻa iā ia nā mea o ka ʻUhane o ke Akua; no ka mea, ua lapuwale ia mau mea iā ia, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hiki iā ia ke hoʻomaopopo aku; no ka mea, ma ka ʻUhane wale nō e ʻike ʻia ai lākou.The man without the Spirit does not accept the things that come from the Spirit of God, for they are foolishness to him, and he cannot understand them, because they are spiritually discerned.
1-Kor 3:1E nā hoahānau, ʻaʻole e hiki iaʻu ke ʻōlelo aku iā ʻoukou, me he poʻe ma ka ʻUhane lā, akā, me he poʻe ma ke kino, me he poʻe kamaliʻi lā i loko o Kristo.Brothers, I could not address you as spiritual but as worldly--mere infants in Christ.
1-Kor 3:2Ua hānai aku au iā ʻoukou i ka waiū, ʻaʻole i ka ʻai; no ka mea, ʻaʻole ʻoukou i hiki ma mua, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hiki i kēia wā.I gave you milk, not solid food, for you were not yet ready for it. Indeed, you are still not ready.
1-Kor 3:3Ma ko ke kino nō ʻoukou a hiki i kēia wā; no ka mea, i kā ʻoukou pāonioni ʻana, a me ka paio, a me ka mokuāhana, ʻaʻole anei ʻoukou ma ko ke kino, a hele hoʻi ma ko ke kanaka?You are still worldly. For since there is jealousy and quarreling among you, are you not worldly? Are you not acting like mere men?
1-Kor 3:11No ka mea, ʻaʻole e hiki i ke kanaka ke hoʻonoho i kumu ʻē aʻe, ʻo ka mea i hoʻonoho ʻia wale nō; ʻo ia ʻo Iesū Kristo.For no one can lay any foundation other than the one already laid, which is Jesus Christ.
1-Kor 3:22Inā ʻo Paulo, inā ʻo ʻApolo, inā ʻo Kepa, inā ʻo ko ke ao nei, inā ʻo ke ola, inā ʻo ka make, inā ʻo nā mea o nēia wā, inā ʻo nā mea e hiki mai ana; no ʻoukou nō nā mea a pau loa;whether Paul or Apollos or Cephas or the world or life or death or the present or the future--all are yours,
1-Kor 4:5No ia mea, mai hoʻohewa ʻē i kekahi mea, a hiki mai ka Haku, nāna nō e hoʻomaopopo mai nā mea i hūnā ʻia o ka pouli, a e hōʻike mai hoʻi nā manaʻo o nā naʻau; a laila e loaʻa mai i kēlā kanaka a i kēia kanaka ka hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia, mai ke Akua mai.Therefore judge nothing before the appointed time; wait till the Lord comes. He will bring to light what is hidden in darkness and will expose the motives of men's hearts. At that time each will receive his praise from God.
1-Kor 4:11A hiki i kēia hora, ua pōloli mākou, ua make wai, ua ʻōlohelohe, ua hana ʻino ʻia mai, ua kuewa wale nō.To this very hour we go hungry and thirsty, we are in rags, we are brutally treated, we are homeless.
1-Kor 4:13A i ʻōlelo hōʻino ʻia mai, nonoi aku nō mākou: ua hoʻolilo ʻia mai mākou e like me ka ʻōpala o ke ao nei, a me ka pelapela o nā mea a pau, a hiki i kēia wā.when we are slandered, we answer kindly. Up to this moment we have become the scum of the earth, the refuse of the world.
1-Kor 4:18Ke haʻanoʻu mai nei kekahi poʻe me ka manaʻo iho, ʻaʻole au e hiki aku i o ʻoukou lā.Some of you have become arrogant, as if I were not coming to you.
1-Kor 6:5Ke ʻōlelo aku nei au i kēia mea, i hilahila ai ʻoukou. He ʻoiaʻiʻo anei, ʻaʻohe kanaka naʻauao i waena o ʻoukou? ʻAʻole hoʻokahi, i hiki iā ia ke hoʻoponopono ma waena o kona poʻe hoahānau iho?I say this to shame you. Is it possible that there is nobody among you wise enough to judge a dispute between believers?
1-Kor 7:5Mai hoʻonele wale ʻoukou i kekahi i kekahi, aia wale nō ma ka like o ka manaʻo, a i mea hoʻi e lilo loa ai i ka hoʻokē ʻai a me ka pule; a e hui hou nō, i hoʻowalewale ʻole mai ai ʻo Sātana iā ʻoukou, no ko ʻoukou hiki ʻole i ka hoʻomanawanui.Do not deprive each other except by mutual consent and for a time, so that you may devote yourselves to prayer. Then come together again so that Satan will not tempt you because of your lack of self-control.
1-Kor 7:9Akā, i hiki ʻole iā lākou ke hoʻomanawanui, e mare nō lākou; no ka mea, ua maikaʻi ka mare, ʻaʻole ke kuko.But if they cannot control themselves, they should marry, for it is better to marry than to burn with passion.
1-Kor 7:21Inā i hea ʻia mai ʻoe, e hoʻokauā ana, mai manaʻo ʻoe ia mea; akā, inā e hiki ke kuʻu wale ʻia mai ʻoe, e hele nō.Were you a slave when you were called? Don't let it trouble you--although if you can gain your freedom, do so.
1-Kor 9:6ʻO māua wale nō a me Barenaba, ʻaʻole anei e hiki iā māua ke hoʻōki i ka hana?Or is it only I and Barnabas who must work for a living?
1-Kor 10:13ʻAʻole a ʻoukou hoʻowalewale ʻē aʻe, ʻo nā mea maoli wale nō; a he mālama nō ko ke Akua; ʻaʻole ia e kuʻu mai iā ʻoukou i ka hoʻowalewale ʻia ma kahi hiki ʻole iā ʻoukou ke kūpaʻa; akā, ke hoʻowalewale ʻia ʻoukou, e hoʻomākaukau nō kēlā i kahi e pakele ai, i hiki iā ʻoukou ke kūpaʻa.No temptation has seized you except what is common to man. And God is faithful; he will not let you be tempted beyond what you can bear. But when you are tempted, he will also provide a way out so that you can stand up under it.
1-Kor 10:21ʻAʻole e hiki iā ʻoukou ke inu pū i ke kīʻaha o ka Haku a me ke kīʻaha o nā daimonio. ʻAʻole e hiki iā ʻoukou ke pili pū aku i ka papa pāʻina a ka Haku me ka papa pāʻina a nā daimonio.You cannot drink the cup of the Lord and the cup of demons too; you cannot have a part in both the Lord's table and the table of demons.
1-Kor 11:19E ʻoiaʻiʻo nō, e hiki mai nō ka manaʻo kūʻē i waena o ʻoukou, i maopopo mai ka poʻe i ʻāpono ʻia i waena o ʻoukou.No doubt there have to be differences among you to show which of you have God's approval.
1-Kor 11:26No ka mea, i nā wā a pau loa a ʻoukou e ʻai ai i kēia berena, a e inu hoʻi i kēia kīʻaha, e haʻi aku ana ʻoukou i ka make o ka Haku, a hiki hou mai ia.For whenever you eat this bread and drink this cup, you proclaim the Lord's death until he comes.
1-Kor 11:34A inā e pōloli kekahi, e ʻai ia ma kona wahi iho; i ʻole ʻoukou e hoʻohewa ʻia, i ko ʻoukou ʻākoakoa ʻana. A ʻo nā mea ʻē aʻe, a hiki aku au, naʻu nō ia e hoʻoponopono aku.If anyone is hungry, he should eat at home, so that when you meet together it may not result in judgment. And when I come I will give further directions.
1-Kor 12:3No ia mea, ke hōʻike aku nei au iā ʻoukou, ʻaʻole he kanaka hoʻohiki ʻino iā Iesū, ke ʻōlelo ʻo ia ma ka ʻUhane o ke Akua. ʻAʻole he kanaka e hiki iā ia ke ʻōlelo aku iā Iesū, he Haku, ke ʻōlelo ʻole ʻia ma ka ʻUhane Hemolele.Therefore I tell you that no one who is speaking by the Spirit of God says, "Jesus be cursed," and no one can say, "Jesus is Lord," except by the Holy Spirit.
1-Kor 12:21ʻAʻole hoʻi e hiki i ka maka, ke ʻōlelo i ka lima, ʻAʻole oʻu hemahema ke lilo ʻoe: ʻaʻole hoʻi pēlā ke poʻo i ka wāwae, ʻAʻole oʻu hemahema ke lilo ʻoe.The eye cannot say to the hand, "I don't need you!" And the head cannot say to the feet, "I don't need you!"
1-Kor 13:2A inā iaʻu ka wānana, a inā i ʻike au i nā mea pohihihi a pau, a me nā mea a pau e naʻauao ai; a inā iaʻu ka manaʻoʻiʻo e hiki ai ke hoʻoneʻe i nā kuahiwi, a i loaʻa ʻole hoʻi ke aloha, he mea ʻole wau.If I have the gift of prophecy and can fathom all mysteries and all knowledge, and if I have a faith that can move mountains, but have not love, I am nothing.
1-Kor 13:10Akā, i ka wā e hiki mai ai ka mea hemolele, a laila, e pau ka mea pohihihi i ka lilo ʻia.but when perfection comes, the imperfect disappears.
1-Kor 14:13No laila, ʻo ka mea ʻōlelo i ka ʻōlelo ʻē, e pule ia, i hiki iā ia ke hoʻākāka aku.For this reason anyone who speaks in a tongue should pray that he may interpret what he says.
1-Kor 14:16Inā e hoʻomaikaʻi aku ʻoe me ka ʻuhane wale nō, pehea lā e hiki ai i ka mea e noho ana ma ka naʻaupō, ke ʻōlelo, ʻĀmene, i kāu hoʻomaikaʻi ʻana aku; no ka mea, ʻaʻole ia i lohe i ka mea āu i ʻōlelo ai.If you are praising God with your spirit, how can one who finds himself among those who do not understand say "Amen" to your thanksgiving, since he does not know what you are saying?
1-Kor 15:23ʻO kēlā mea kēia mea, ma kona wā pono; ʻo Kristo ka hua mua; a laila, ʻo ko Kristo poʻe, i kona wā e hiki mai ai.But each in his own turn: Christ, the firstfruits; then, when he comes, those who belong to him.
1-Kor 15:25No ka mea, iā ia nō ke aupuni, a hiki i ka wā e waiho ai ia i nā ʻenemi a pau ma lalo iho o kona mau wāwae.For he must reign until he has put all his enemies under his feet.
1-Kor 15:37ʻO ka mea āu e lūlū nei, ʻaʻole ʻoe i lūlū i ke kino e hiki mai ana, ʻo ka hua wale nō, ʻo ka huita paha, he mea ʻē paha.When you sow, you do not plant the body that will be, but just a seed, perhaps of wheat or of something else.
1-Kor 15:50Ke ʻōlelo nei au i kēia, e nā hoahānau, ʻaʻole e hiki i ka ʻiʻo a me ke koko ke noho aku ma ke aupuni o ke Akua; ʻaʻole hoʻi ka palahō ma kahi palahō ʻole.I declare to you, brothers, that flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God, nor does the perishable inherit the imperishable.
1-Kor 16:2I ka lā mua o ka hebedoma, e hoʻāna ʻē kēlā mea kēia mea o ʻoukou i kāna iho, e like me kona hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻia mai, i hōʻiliʻili ʻole ai ʻoukou i koʻu wā e hiki aku ai.On the first day of every week, each one of you should set aside a sum of money in keeping with his income, saving it up, so that when I come no collections will have to be made.
1-Kor 16:3A hiki aku au, a laila, ʻo nā mea a ʻoukou e manaʻo ai ma ka palapala, naʻu nō lākou e hoʻouna aku, e lawe i ko ʻoukou manawaleʻa i Ierusalema.Then, when I arrive, I will give letters of introduction to the men you approve and send them with your gift to Jerusalem.
1-Kor 16:8E noho nō au ma ʻEpeso, a hiki i ka Penetekota.But I will stay on at Ephesus until Pentecost,
1-Kor 16:10Inā e hiki aku ʻo Timoteo, e mālama ʻoukou, i noho pū ia me ʻoukou, me ka makaʻu ʻole; no ka mea, ke hana nei ia i ka hana a ka Haku e like me aʻu nei.If Timothy comes, see to it that he has nothing to fear while he is with you, for he is carrying on the work of the Lord, just as I am.
1-Kor 16:11Mai hoʻowahāwahā kekahi iā ia; e alakaʻi mai iā ia me ka maluhia i hiki i oʻu nei; no ka mea, e kakali nō au iā ia, me nā hoahānau.No one, then, should refuse to accept him. Send him on his way in peace so that he may return to me. I am expecting him along with the brothers.
1-Kor 16:17Ua ʻoliʻoli au i ka hiki ʻana o Setepana, a me Foretunato, a me ʻAkaiko; no ka mea, ua pani lākou i ko ʻoukou hakahaka.I was glad when Stephanas, Fortunatus and Achaicus arrived, because they have supplied what was lacking from you.
1-Kor 16:22Inā ʻaʻole e aloha kekahi i ka Haku iā Iesū Kristo, e hoʻomāinoino ʻia ʻo ia, i ka wā e hiki mai ai ka Haku.If anyone does not love the Lord--a curse be on him. Come, O Lord !
2-Kor 1:4Nāna mākou e hōʻoluʻolu mai i nā pilikia a pau o mākou, i hiki iā mākou ke hōʻoluʻolu aku i ka poʻe i loko o nā pilikia a pau, ma ka ʻoluʻolu o mākou i hōʻoluʻolu ʻia mai ai e ke Akua.who comforts us in all our troubles, so that we can comfort those in any trouble with the comfort we ourselves have received from God.
2-Kor 1:8No laila, e nā hoahānau, ʻaʻole o mākou makemake e ʻike ʻole ʻoukou i ko mākou pilikia i hiki aʻe i o mākou lā i ʻĀsia; no ka mea, ua hoʻopilikia loa ʻia mākou, ʻaʻole ikaika iki, ʻaʻole mākou i manaʻo e ola.We do not want you to be uninformed, brothers, about the hardships we suffered in the province of Asia. We were under great pressure, far beyond our ability to endure, so that we despaired even of life.
2-Kor 1:13No ka mea, ʻo nā mea a ʻoukou i heluhelu ai me ka hōʻoiaʻiʻo mai, a ke manaʻo nei au e hōʻoiaʻiʻo ana ʻoukou a hiki i ka hope, ʻo ia wale nō kā mākou i palapala aku ai iā ʻoukou.For we do not write you anything you cannot read or understand. And I hope that,
2-Kor 1:23Ke kāhea aku nei au i ke Akua i mea hōʻike no kuʻu ʻuhane, ʻo ka minamina iā ʻoukou koʻu mea i hiki ʻole aku ai ma mua i Korineto.I call God as my witness that it was in order to spare you that I did not return to Corinth.
2-Kor 3:5ʻAʻole hoʻi e hiki iā mākou kekahi mea ma ko mākou noʻonoʻo ʻana, ʻo mākou wale; akā, ʻo ke Akua nō ko mākou mea e hiki ai.Not that we are competent in ourselves to claim anything for ourselves, but our competence comes from God.
2-Kor 3:7Inā paha ua nani ka ʻoihana no ka make i kākau ʻia ma loko o nā pōhaku me nā hua ʻōlelo, i hiki ʻole i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela ke haka pono aku i ka maka o Mose, no ke ʻalohi o kona maka, ka mea e nalowale ana;Now if the ministry that brought death, which was engraved in letters on stone, came with glory, so that the Israelites could not look steadily at the face of Moses because of its glory, fading though it was,
2-Kor 3:13ʻAʻole like me Mose i uhi iho ai i kona maka i ka pale, i hiki ʻole i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela ke nānā pono i ka hope o ua mea lā e nalowale ana:We are not like Moses, who would put a veil over his face to keep the Israelites from gazing at it while the radiance was fading away.
2-Kor 3:14Akā, ua hoʻopouli ʻia ko lākou naʻau; no ka mea, a hiki i nēia manawa, i ka heluhelu ʻana i ke kauoha kahiko, ua koe nō ka pale, ʻaʻole i wehe ʻia; ua pau nō hoʻi ia mea iā Kristo.But their minds were made dull, for to this day the same veil remains when the old covenant is read. It has not been removed, because only in Christ is it taken away.
2-Kor 9:8A e hiki nō i ke Akua ke hoʻonui aʻe i nā mea maikaʻi a pau iā ʻoukou; i lako mau ʻoukou i nā mea a pau, i māhuahua kā ʻoukou hana maikaʻi ʻana ma nā mea a pau:And God is able to make all grace abound to you, so that in all things at all times, having all that you need, you will abound in every good work.
2-Kor 9:15E aloha ʻia aku ke Akua no kona makana nui ʻaʻole e hiki ke haʻi ʻia aku.Thanks be to God for his indescribable gift!
2-Kor 10:12ʻAʻole mākou e hiki ke hoʻopili aku, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hoʻohālike aku iā mākou iho me kekahi poʻe e hoʻomaikaʻi ana iā lākou iho; no ka mea, i ke ana ʻana iā lākou iho ma ko lākou iho, a i ka hoʻohālike ʻana iā lākou iho me ko lākou iho, ʻaʻole i naʻauao lākou.We do not dare to classify or compare ourselves with some who commend themselves. When they measure themselves by themselves and compare themselves with themselves, they are not wise.
2-Kor 10:13ʻAʻole mākou e kaena i nā mea i ana ʻole ʻia, akā, e like me ke ana o ka mokuna a ke Akua i hāʻawi mai ai, e hiki aku ana i o ʻoukou lā.We, however, will not boast beyond proper limits, but will confine our boasting to the field God has assigned to us, a field that reaches even to you.
2-Kor 10:14ʻAʻole mākou i hele ma ʻō aku o ko mākou mokuna me he hiki ʻole aku i o ʻoukou lā; akā, ua hiki aku hoʻi mākou i o ʻoukou lā me ka ʻeuanelio a Kristo.We are not going too far in our boasting, as would be the case if we had not come to you, for we did get as far as you with the gospel of Christ.
2-Kor 12:1ʻAʻole paha oʻu pono ke kaena aku: akā, e hiki auaneʻi au ma nā hihiʻo a me nā hōʻike ʻana mai a ka Haku.I must go on boasting. Although there is nothing to be gained, I will go on to visions and revelations from the Lord.
2-Kor 12:4Ua lawe ʻia aku ʻo ia i luna i paradaiso, a lohe aʻela ia i nā hua ʻōlelo hiki ʻole ke pane aʻe, ʻaʻole hoʻi e pono ke ʻekemu ʻia aku e ke kanaka.was caught up to paradise. He heard inexpressible things, things that man is not permitted to tell.
2-Kor 12:20No ka mea, ke makaʻu nei au, a i kuʻu hiki aku, e ʻike aku paha auaneʻi au iā ʻoukou ʻaʻohe like me kuʻu makemake, a e ʻikea mai hoʻi au e ʻoukou ʻaʻohe like me ko ʻoukou makemake: malia paha o ʻikea auaneʻi ka hakakā, ka ukiuki, ka inaina, ka hoʻopaʻapaʻa, ke ʻaki, ka ʻōhumu, ka hoʻohaha, a me ka haunaele.For I am afraid that when I come I may not find you as I want you to be, and you may not find me as you want me to be. I fear that there may be quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, factions, slander, gossip, arrogance and disorder.
2-Kor 12:21ʻAnoʻai paha o hoʻohaʻahaʻa iho nō hoʻi kuʻu Akua iaʻu i waena o ʻoukou, i kuʻu hiki hou ʻana aku; a kanikau iho au i nā mea he nui i hana hewa ʻē ma mua, ʻaʻole hoʻi i mihi i ka haumia, a me ka moekolohe, a me ke kuʻulala a lākou i hana ai.I am afraid that when I come again my God will humble me before you, and I will be grieved over many who have sinned earlier and have not repented of the impurity, sexual sin and debauchery in which they have indulged.
2-Kor 13:2Ua haʻi ʻē aku au ma mua, ke haʻi ʻē aku nei hoʻi au, e like me aʻu e noho hou ana me ʻoukou; akā, ma kahi ʻē ke palapala aku nei au i ka poʻe i hana hewa ma mua, a me nā mea ʻē aʻe a pau, a hiki hou aku au, ʻaʻole au e minamina iā lākou.I already gave you a warning when I was with you the second time. I now repeat it while absent: On my return I will not spare those who sinned earlier or any of the others,
2-Kor 13:10No ia hoʻi, ke palapala aku nei au ia mau mea ma kahi ʻē, o hoʻowalania aku au ke hiki aku i o ʻoukou lā, e like me ka mana a ka Haku i hāʻawi mai ai noʻu, no ka hoʻokūpaʻa, ʻaʻole no ka luku aku.This is why I write these things when I am absent, that when I come I may not have to be harsh in my use of authority--the authority the Lord gave me for building you up, not for tearing you down.
Gal 2:12No ka mea, ma mua o ka hiki ʻana mai o kekahi poʻe mai o Iakobo mai, ua ʻai pū ihola ia me ko nā ʻāina ʻē; a hiki maila lākou, hoʻokaʻawale aʻela ʻo ia iā ia iho, e makaʻu ana i ka poʻe i ʻoki poepoe ʻia.Before certain men came from James, he used to eat with the Gentiles. But when they arrived, he began to draw back and separate himself from the Gentiles because he was afraid of those who belonged to the circumcision group.
Gal 3:4Ua makehewa anei kēlā mau mea pilikia i hiki mai ai i o ʻoukou lā? Inā pēlā ua makehewa paha.Have you suffered so much for nothing--if it really was for nothing?
Gal 3:17ʻO kēia kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku nei, ʻo ka berita i hoʻopaʻa ʻē ʻia ma mua e ke Akua no Kristo, ʻaʻole e hiki i ke kānāwai i kau ʻia ma hope mai o nā haneri makahiki ʻehā a me kanakolu ke hōʻole aku, i hāʻule ai ka ʻōlelo.What I mean is this: The law, introduced
Gal 3:19I mea aha hoʻi ke kānāwai? Ua kau ʻia mai ia no nā hala, a hiki mai ka mamo nona ka ʻōlelo; a ua hoʻolaha ʻia aʻela ia e nā ʻānela ma ka lima o ka mea ʻuao.What, then, was the purpose of the law? It was added because of transgressions until the Seed to whom the promise referred had come. The law was put into effect through angels by a mediator.
Gal 3:21Ua kūʻē nō anei ke kānāwai i nā ʻōlelo a ke Akua? ʻAʻole loa: no ka mea, inā i hāʻawi ʻia mai ke kānāwai e hiki iā ia ke hoʻōla, inā nō ma ke kānāwai ka pono.Is the law, therefore, opposed to the promises of God? Absolutely not! For if a law had been given that could impart life, then righteousness would certainly have come by the law.
Gal 3:23A ma mua o ka hiki ʻana mai o ka manaʻoʻiʻo, ua hoʻopaʻa ʻia kākou ma lalo o ke kānāwai, ua pio hoʻi a hiki i ka manawa e hoʻākāka ʻia mai ai ka manaʻoʻiʻo.Before this faith came, we were held prisoners by the law, locked up until faith should be revealed.
Gal 3:25Akā, i ka hiki ʻana mai o ka manaʻoʻiʻo, ʻaʻole e noho hou kākou ma lalo o ke kumu alakaʻi.Now that faith has come, we are no longer under the supervision of the law.
Gal 4:2Aia nō ia ma lalo o nā kumu a me nā kahu, a hiki i ka manawa i hōʻike ʻia mai ai e ka makua.He is subject to guardians and trustees until the time set by his father.
Gal 4:4Akā, i ka hiki ʻana mai o ka manawa maopopo, hoʻouna maila ke Akua i kāna Keiki, a ka wahine i hānau ai, i hānau ma lalo o ke kānāwai.But when the time had fully come, God sent his Son, born of a woman, born under law,
Gal 4:15He aha lā hoʻi ko ʻoukou pōmaikaʻi ʻana? No ka mea, ke hōʻike maka aku nei au no ʻoukou, inā he mea hiki ia, inā ua pōʻalo aʻe ʻoukou i ko ʻoukou mau maka a hāʻawi mai iaʻu.What has happened to all your joy? I can testify that, if you could have done so, you would have torn out your eyes and given them to me.
Gal 5:17No ka mea, ua kūʻē ke kuko o ke kino i ko ka ʻUhane, a ʻo ko ka ʻUhane i ko ke kino; a ua kūʻē ia mau mea i kekahi i kekahi, i hiki ʻole ai iā ʻoukou ke hana i nā mea a ʻoukou i makemake ai.For the sinful nature desires what is contrary to the Spirit, and the Spirit what is contrary to the sinful nature. They are in conflict with each other, so that you do not do what you want.
ʻEpeso 1:14ʻO ia ka hōʻoiaʻiʻo o ko kākou noho ʻana, a hiki aku i ke ola i kūʻai ʻia mai, i hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia ai kona nani.who is a deposit guaranteeing our inheritance until the redemption of those who are God's possession--to the praise of his glory.
ʻEpeso 1:21Ma luna aʻe o nā aliʻi a pau, ʻo nā mea ikaika, ʻo nā mea mana, nā haku, a me nā inoa a pau i kapa ʻia, ʻaʻole ma kēia ao wale nō, ma kēlā ao e hiki mai ana kekahi.far above all rule and authority, power and dominion, and every title that can be given, not only in the present age but also in the one to come.
ʻEpeso 3:18I hiki iā ʻoukou ke ʻike me nā haipule a pau i ka laulā, a me ka loa, a me ka hohonu, a me ke kiʻekiʻe;may have power, together with all the saints, to grasp how wide and long and high and deep is the love of Christ,
ʻEpeso 4:13A hiki aku kākou a pau i ka lōkahi ʻana o ka manaʻoʻiʻo, a me ka ʻike aku i ke Keiki a ke Akua, a lilo i kanaka makua, i poʻe naʻauao loa ma nā mea o Kristo:until we all reach unity in the faith and in the knowledge of the Son of God and become mature, attaining to the whole measure of the fullness of Christ.
ʻEpeso 5:6E ao o hoʻopunipuni mai kekahi iā ʻoukou i nā ʻōlelo wahaheʻe: no kēia mau mea e hiki mai ana ka inaina o ke Akua ma luna o nā keiki hoʻolohe ʻole.Let no one deceive you with empty words, for because of such things God's wrath comes on those who are disobedient.
ʻEpeso 6:11E ʻaʻahu iho ʻoukou i ke kāhiko a pau a ke Akua, i hiki iā ʻoukou ke kūpaʻa i mua o nā hana maʻalea a ka diabolō.Put on the full armor of God so that you can take your stand against the devil's schemes.
ʻEpeso 6:13No ia hoʻi, e lawe ʻoukou i ke kāhiko a pau a ke Akua, i pono iā ʻoukou ke kūpaʻa, ke hiki mai ka lā ʻino; a pau aʻela nā mea i ka hana ʻia, e kūpaʻa ʻoukou.Therefore put on the full armor of God, so that when the day of evil comes, you may be able to stand your ground, and after you have done everything, to stand.
ʻEpeso 6:16Ma luna o ia mau mea a pau, e lawe hoʻi i ka ʻaʻahu a poʻo o ka manaʻoʻiʻo, i mea e hiki ai iā ʻoukou ke kinai iho i nā ihe wela a pau o ka mea ʻino.In addition to all this, take up the shield of faith, with which you can extinguish all the flaming arrows of the evil one.
Pilipi 1:6Ua maopopo koʻu manaʻo i kēia mea, ʻo ka mea nāna i hoʻomaka i ka hana maikaʻi i loko o ʻoukou, nāna nō ia e hoʻomau a hiki i ka lā o Iesū Kristo.being confident of this, that he who began a good work in you will carry it on to completion until the day of Christ Jesus.
Pilipi 1:10I hoʻomaopopo hoʻi ʻoukou i nā mea maikaʻi loa; i ʻoiaʻiʻo ʻoukou, i hihia ʻole hoʻi, a hiki i ka lā o Kristo;so that you may be able to discern what is best and may be pure and blameless until the day of Christ,
Pilipi 1:26I nui aʻe hoʻi ko ʻoukou hauʻoli noʻu ma o Kristo Iesū lā, i kuʻu hiki hou ʻana aku i o ʻoukou lā.so that through my being with you again your joy in Christ Jesus will overflow on account of me.
Pilipi 2:24Ua maopopo hoʻi kuʻu manaʻo ma ka Haku, e hiki koke aku hoʻi au i o ʻoukou lā.And I am confident in the Lord that I myself will come soon.
Pilipi 3:4Akā, ʻo wau paha ka mea hiki ke paulele ma ko ke kino. Inā paha e manaʻo kekahi he mea iā ia e paulele ai ma ko ke kino, he nui aku hoʻi kaʻu.though I myself have reasons for such confidence. If anyone else thinks he has reasons to put confidence in the flesh, I have more:
Pilipi 3:11Malia paha e hiki aku auaneʻi au i ke ala hou ʻana o ka poʻe i make.and so, somehow, to attain to the resurrection from the dead.
Pilipi 3:21Nāna e hoʻololi aʻe ko kākou kino haʻahaʻa, i lilo ia i ʻano like me kona kino nani, ma ka mana e hiki ai iā ia ke hoʻolilo i nā mea a pau nona.who, by the power that enables him to bring everything under his control, will transform our lowly bodies so that they will be like his glorious body.
Pilipi 4:10Ua ʻoliʻoli nui au i ka Haku, no ka mea, ua kupu hou mai ko ʻoukou manaʻo e kōkua iaʻu; ma laila nō ʻoukou i manaʻo ai, akā, ʻaʻole a ʻoukou mea e hiki ai.I rejoice greatly in the Lord that at last you have renewed your concern for me. Indeed, you have been concerned, but you had no opportunity to show it.
Pilipi 4:13E hiki nō iaʻu nā mea a pau, ke kōkua mai ʻo Kristo iaʻu.I can do everything through him who gives me strength.
Kol 1:6I hiki mai i o ʻoukou lā e like me ia ma ka honua a pau; a ua hua mai hoʻi i ka hua, me ia hoʻi i waena o ʻoukou, mai ka lā i lohe ai ʻoukou, a i ʻike ai hoʻi i ke aloha o ke Akua, ma ka ʻoiaʻiʻo.that has come to you. All over the world this gospel is bearing fruit and growing, just as it has been doing among you since the day you heard it and understood God's grace in all its truth.
Kol 1:28ʻO ia kā mākou e haʻi aku nei, e aʻo ana i nā kānaka a pau, a e hoʻonaʻauao ana i nā kānaka a pau i ka naʻauao ʻiʻo, e hiki iā mākou ke hōʻike i nā kānaka a pau i hemolele i loko o Kristo Iesū.We proclaim him, admonishing and teaching everyone with all wisdom, so that we may present everyone perfect in Christ.
Kol 2:17He aka nō ia mau mea no nā mea e hiki mai ana: akā ʻo ke kino, no Kristo nō ia.These are a shadow of the things that were to come; the reality, however, is found in Christ.
Kol 3:6No ia mau mea e hiki mai ai ka inaina o ke Akua ma luna iho o nā keiki a ka hoʻolohe ʻole.Because of these, the wrath of God is coming.
Kol 4:4I hiki iaʻu ke hoʻomaopopo ia mea, me he mea pono lā iaʻu ke ʻōlelo aku.Pray that I may proclaim it clearly, as I should.
Kol 4:10Ke uē aku nei ʻo ʻArisetareko, koʻu hoa pio iā ʻoukou, lāua ʻo Mareko ke keiki a ko Barenaba kaikuahine, (nona ʻoukou i kauoha ʻia aku ai, ʻo ia kā ʻoukou e hoʻokipa ai, ke hiki aku ia i o ʻoukou lā,)My fellow prisoner Aristarchus sends you his greetings, as does Mark, the cousin of Barnabas. (You have received instructions about him; if he comes to you, welcome him.)
1-Tes 1:5No ka mea, ʻaʻole ma ka ʻōlelo wale nō i hiki aku ai kā mākou ʻeuanelio i o ʻoukou lā, akā, ma ka mana nō hoʻi, a me ka ʻUhane Hemolele, a me ka hōʻoiaʻiʻo loa; ua ʻike hoʻi ʻoukou i ke ʻano o ko mākou noho ʻana i waena o ʻoukou, no ʻoukou.because our gospel came to you not simply with words, but also with power, with the Holy Spirit and with deep conviction. You know how we lived among you for your sake.
1-Tes 2:19He aha hoʻi ko mākou manaʻolana a me ka ʻoliʻoli, a me ka lei e hauʻoli ai mākou? ʻAʻole anei ʻo ʻoukou ia, i ke alo o ko kākou Haku ʻo Iesū Kristo i kona hiki ʻana mai?For what is our hope, our joy, or the crown in which we will glory in the presence of our Lord Jesus when he comes? Is it not you?
1-Tes 3:1A i hiki ʻole iā mākou ke hoʻomanawanui hou aku, manaʻo ihola mākou he pono ke waiho hoʻokahi ʻia mai ma ʻAtenai.So when we could stand it no longer, we thought it best to be left by ourselves in Athens.
1-Tes 3:4No ka mea, i ko mākou noho pū ʻana me ʻoukou, ua haʻi ʻē aku mākou iā ʻoukou, e hōʻino ʻia ana kākou; a ua hiki maila nō ia pēlā, ua ʻike hoʻi ʻoukou.In fact, when we were with you, we kept telling you that we would be persecuted. And it turned out that way, as you well know.
1-Tes 3:13I hoʻokūpaʻa mai ʻo ia i ko ʻoukou naʻau i kīnā ʻole ka hemolele i mua o ke Akua, ʻo ko kākou Makua, i ka hiki ʻana mai o ko kākou Haku ʻo Iesū Kristo, me kona poʻe hoʻāno a pau loa.May he strengthen your hearts so that you will be blameless and holy in the presence of our God and Father when our Lord Jesus comes with all his holy ones.
1-Tes 4:15Eia kā mākou e ʻōlelo aku nei iā ʻoukou ma ka ʻōlelo a ka Haku, ʻo kākou ka poʻe e ola ana i ka hiki ʻana mai o ka Haku, ʻaʻole kākou e hiki ʻē aku ma mua o ka poʻe e hiamoe ana.According to the Lord's own word, we tell you that we who are still alive, who are left till the coming of the Lord, will certainly not precede those who have fallen asleep.
1-Tes 5:2No ka mea, ua ʻike paka nō ʻoukou ē, ʻo ka lā o ka Haku, me he ʻaihue lā i ka pō, pēlā nō ia e hiki mai ai.for you know very well that the day of the Lord will come like a thief in the night.
1-Tes 5:23A na ke Akua e malu ai e hoʻomaʻemaʻe loa mai iā ʻoukou; a e mālama pono ʻia mai ko ʻoukou naʻau, a me ko ʻoukou ʻuhane, a me ko ʻoukou kino, me ka hala ʻole, a hiki mai ko kākou Haku, ʻo Iesū Kristo.May God himself, the God of peace, sanctify you through and through. May your whole spirit, soul and body be kept blameless at the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ.
2-Tes 1:10Ia lā, i kona hiki ʻana mai e hoʻonani ʻia aku ai e kona poʻe hoʻāno a pau, a e mahalo ʻia aku ai i waena o ka poʻe a pau i manaʻoʻiʻo iā ia, (no ka mea, ua manaʻoʻiʻo ʻia mai kā mākou hōʻike ʻana e ʻoukou.)on the day he comes to be glorified in his holy people and to be marveled at among all those who have believed. This includes you, because you believed our testimony to you.
2-Tes 2:1Ke nonoi aku nei mākou iā ʻoukou, e nā hoahānau, no ka hiki ʻana mai o ko kākou Haku ʻo Iesū Kristo, a me ko kākou ʻākoakoa ʻana aku i ona lā;Concerning the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ and our being gathered to him, we ask you, brothers,
2-Tes 2:2Mai hoʻonaue koke ʻoukou i ko ʻoukou manaʻo, mai pīhoihoi i kekahi ʻuhane, a i kekahi ʻōlelo, a i kekahi ʻepisetole paha a mākou aku, me he mea e hiki koke mai ana lā ka lā o Kristo.not to become easily unsettled or alarmed by some prophecy, report or letter supposed to have come from us, saying that the day of the Lord has already come.
2-Tes 2:3Mai puni ʻoukou i kekahi i kēlā mea a i kēia mea; no ka mea, e hiki ʻē mai ana nō ma mua ka hāʻule ʻana, a e hōʻike ʻia aʻe hoʻi ua kanaka lā o ka hewa, ke keiki o ka make;Don't let anyone deceive you in any way, for [that day will not come] until the rebellion occurs and the man of lawlessness is revealed, the man doomed to destruction.
2-Tes 2:7No ka mea, ke hoʻoikaika nei ka pohihihi o ua hewa lā; akā, ʻo ka mea alalai, e keʻakeʻa aku ana nō ia a hiki i kona wā e lawe ʻia aku ai.For the secret power of lawlessness is already at work; but the one who now holds it back will continue to do so till he is taken out of the way.
2-Tes 2:8A laila, e hōʻike ʻia mai ua Hewa lā, ʻo kā ka Haku ia e kinai aku ai me ka hā o kona waha, a e luku ai hoʻi me ka ʻōlinolino nui o kona hiki ʻana mai.And then the lawless one will be revealed, whom the Lord Jesus will overthrow with the breath of his mouth and destroy by the splendor of his coming.
2-Tes 2:9ʻO ka hiki ʻana mai o ua mea lā, ma muli nō ia o kā Sātana hana ʻana, me ka mana a pau, a me nā hōʻailona, a me nā mea kupanaha hoʻopunipuni;The coming of the lawless one will be in accordance with the work of Satan displayed in all kinds of counterfeit miracles, signs and wonders,
1-Tim 3:5No ka mea, inā i ʻike ʻole ke kanaka i ka hoʻomalu ʻana i kona hale iho, pehea lā e hiki ai iā ia ke mālama i ka ʻekalesia o ke Akua?(If anyone does not know how to manage his own family, how can he take care of God's church?)
1-Tim 4:13Eia kāu e hana ai a hiki wale aku au, ʻo ka heluhelu palapala, ʻo ka hoʻoikaika aku, a me ke aʻo aku.Until I come, devote yourself to the public reading of Scripture, to preaching and to teaching.
1-Tim 5:25Pēlā nō hoʻi nā hana maikaʻi, ua akāka ʻē nō kekahi; a ʻo nā mea i ʻole pēlā, ʻaʻole naʻe e hiki ke hūnā ʻia.In the same way, good deeds are obvious, and even those that are not cannot be hidden.
1-Tim 6:7No ka mea, ʻaʻohe a kākou mea i lawe mai ai i loko o kēia ao, he ʻoiaʻiʻo hoʻi ʻaʻohe a kākou mea e hiki ke lawe pū aku i waho.For we brought nothing into the world, and we can take nothing out of it.
1-Tim 6:14E mālama ʻoe i kēia kauoha i kīnā ʻole, me ka hala ʻole, a hiki wale aku i ka ʻikea ʻana mai o ko kākou Haku ʻo Iesū Kristo;to keep this command without spot or blame until the appearing of our Lord Jesus Christ,
1-Tim 6:16Nona wale nō ka make ʻole, e noho mau ana i loko o ka mālamalama kahi e hiki ʻole aku ai ke kanaka; ʻaʻole ʻike ʻia e ke kanaka, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hiki iā ia ke nānā aku; iā ia mau loa hoʻi ka mahalo a me ka mana. ʻĀmene.who alone is immortal and who lives in unapproachable light, whom no one has seen or can see. To him be honor and might forever. Amen.
1-Tim 6:19E hoʻāhu ana i kumu maikaʻi na lākou iho, no ka manawa e hiki mai ana, i paʻa aku ai lākou i ke ola mau loa.In this way they will lay up treasure for themselves as a firm foundation for the coming age, so that they may take hold of the life that is truly life.
2-Tim 1:12No laila hoʻi au i loʻohia ai i kēia mau mea. Akā, ʻaʻole au i hilahila; no ka mea, ua ʻike au i ka mea aʻu i hilinaʻi aku ai, ke manaʻoʻiʻo nei hoʻi au, e hiki nō iā ia ke mālama i kaʻu mea i hāʻawi aku ai iā ia a hiki wale aku i kēlā lā.That is why I am suffering as I am. Yet I am not ashamed, because I know whom I have believed, and am convinced that he is able to guard what I have entrusted to him for that day.
2-Tim 2:4ʻAʻole ke kanaka kaua e hoʻohihia iā ia iho i nā mea o kēia ola ʻana; i hiki hoʻi iā ia ke hōʻoluʻolu i ka mea nāna ia i kūkā e lilo i koa.No one serving as a soldier gets involved in civilian affairs--he wants to please his commanding officer.
2-Tim 2:13A inā e kūpaʻa ʻole kākou, ʻo ia naʻe ke kūpaʻa mau; ʻaʻole e hiki iā ia ke hōʻole iā ia iho.if we are faithless, he will remain faithful, for he cannot disown himself.
2-Tim 3:1Eia hoʻi kāu mea e ʻike ai; a i nā lā ma hope e hiki mai ana nā manawa pōpilikia.But mark this: There will be terrible times in the last days.
2-Tim 3:7E aʻo mau ana hoʻi, akā, ʻaʻole loa e hiki iā lākou ke ʻike i ka ʻoiaʻiʻo.always learning but never able to acknowledge the truth.
2-Tim 3:9Akā, ʻaʻole lākou e hiki i ke kauwahi hou aku; no ka mea, e akāka ana nō i nā kānaka a pau ko lākou lapuwale e like me ke akāka ʻana o ko lāua lā.But they will not get very far because, as in the case of those men, their folly will be clear to everyone.
2-Tim 3:15A, mai kou wā kamaliʻi ʻuʻuku mai, ua ʻike ʻoe i ka palapala hemolele, i ka mea e hiki iā ia ke hoʻonaʻauao iā ʻoe e ola ai, ma ka manaʻoʻiʻo i loko o Kristo Iesū.and how from infancy you have known the holy Scriptures, which are able to make you wise for salvation through faith in Christ Jesus.
2-Tim 4:1Ke kauoha aku nei au i mua o ke alo o ke Akua a me ka Haku, ʻo Iesū Kristo, ʻo ka mea e hoʻokolokolo ana i ka poʻe ola a me ka poʻe make i kona hiki ʻana mai, a i kona aupuni;In the presence of God and of Christ Jesus, who will judge the living and the dead, and in view of his appearing and his kingdom, I give you this charge:
2-Tim 4:3No ka mea, e hiki mai ana ka manawa e hoʻolohe ʻole ai lākou i ka ʻōlelo pono; akā, me ka pepeiao maneʻo e hāpuku lākou i nā kumu aʻo na lākou ma muli o ko lākou kuko iho.For the time will come when men will not put up with sound doctrine. Instead, to suit their own desires, they will gather around them a great number of teachers to say what their itching ears want to hear.
2-Tim 4:18A e hoʻopakele mai ana nō ka Haku iaʻu i nā hana hewa a pau, a e mālama mai hoʻi a hiki i kona aupuni i ka lani; nona hoʻi ka hoʻonani mau loa ʻia aku. ʻĀmene.The Lord will rescue me from every evil attack and will bring me safely to his heavenly kingdom. To him be glory for ever and ever. Amen.
Tito 1:9E hoʻopaʻa ana i ka ʻōlelo ʻoiaʻiʻo, me ia i aʻo ʻia ai, i hiki iā ia ma ke aʻo pono ʻana aku ke paipai aku a me ka hoʻopaʻa aku i ka poʻe e hōʻole mai ana.He must hold firmly to the trustworthy message as it has been taught, so that he can encourage others by sound doctrine and refute those who oppose it.
Tito 2:8E hōʻike i ka ʻōlelo pono, ʻaʻole e hiki ke hoʻāhewa ʻia mai; i hilahila ai ka mea e hoʻoʻokoʻa ana, no ka loaʻa ʻole iā ia ka hala e ʻōlelo ʻino mai ai no ʻoukou.and soundness of speech that cannot be condemned, so that those who oppose you may be ashamed because they have nothing bad to say about us.
Pil 1:8No laila, ʻoiai ua hiki nō iaʻu i loko o Kristo ke kauleo ikaika aku iā ʻoe i ka mea e pono ai;Therefore, although in Christ I could be bold and order you to do what you ought to do,
Pil 1:13Ua makemake naʻe au e kāohi iā ia e noho pū me aʻu, i hiki iā ia ke mālama mai iaʻu nou, i kuʻu paʻa ʻana no ka ʻeuanelio:I would have liked to keep him with me so that he could take your place in helping me while I am in chains for the gospel.
Heb 2:5ʻAʻole hoʻi ʻo ia i hoʻolilo iho ma lalo iho o ka poʻe ʻānela i ke ao e hiki mai ana, a mākou e ʻōlelo nei.It is not to angels that he has subjected the world to come, about which we are speaking.
Heb 2:14A, i ka lawe pū ʻana o na keiki i ka ʻiʻo a me ke koko, pēlā hoʻi ʻo ia i lawe pū ai i ua mau mea lā; i hiki ai iā ia, ma kona make ʻana, ke hoʻopio i ka mea iā ia ka mana e make ai, ʻo ia ka diabolō:Since the children have flesh and blood, he too shared in their humanity so that by his death he might destroy him who holds the power of death--that is, the devil--
Heb 2:17No laila, ua pono e hoʻohālike loa ʻia ʻo ia me kona poʻe hoahānau, i lilo ai ia i kahuna nui aloha, a me ka hoʻopono ma nā mea no ke Akua, i hiki ai ia ka hoʻomalu ʻana no ka hewa o kānaka.For this reason he had to be made like his brothers in every way, in order that he might become a merciful and faithful high priest in service to God, and that he might make atonement for the sins of the people.
Heb 2:18A, no ka mea ua ʻehaʻeha ʻo ia i ka hoʻowalewale ʻia, ua hiki nō iā ia ke kōkua i ka poʻe i hoʻowalewale ʻia mai.Because he himself suffered when he was tempted, he is able to help those who are being tempted.
Heb 3:6Akā, ʻo Kristo, i kona keiki ʻana ma luna o kona hale iho; ʻo kākou nō hoʻi ua hale lā, ke hoʻopaʻa kākou i ka manaʻo pono, a me ka manaʻolana e ʻoliʻoli ai i mau a hiki i ka hopena.But Christ is faithful as a son over God's house. And we are his house, if we hold on to our courage and the hope of which we boast.
Heb 3:14No ka mea, e loaʻa mai ana nō ʻo Kristo iā kākou, ke hoʻopaʻa kākou i ko kākou manaʻo pono mua i mau a hiki i ka hopena;We have come to share in Christ if we hold firmly till the end the confidence we had at first.
Heb 3:19No laila lā, ua ʻike kākou, ʻaʻole i hiki iā lākou ke komo i loko, no ka manaʻoʻiʻo ʻole.So we see that they were not able to enter, because of their unbelief.
Heb 5:2E hiki nō iā ia ke lokomaikaʻi aku i ka poʻe naʻaupō, a me ka poʻe hele hewa; no ka mea, ʻo ia nō kekahi i hoʻopuni ʻia mai e ka nāwaliwali;He is able to deal gently with those who are ignorant and are going astray, since he himself is subject to weakness.
Heb 5:7ʻO ia hoʻi, i nā lā o kona noho kino ʻana, ua kaumaha akula i ka pule, a me ka nonoi ʻana, me ke kāhea nui ʻana, a me nā waimaka heleleʻi, i ka mea e hiki iā ia ke hoʻopakele mai iā ia i ka make, a ua lohea mai ʻo ia no nā mea āna i makaʻu ai;During the days of Jesus' life on earth, he offered up prayers and petitions with loud cries and tears to the one who could save him from death, and he was heard because of his reverent submission.
Heb 6:1No laila e waiho ana i nā hua mua o nā ʻōlelo a Kristo, e hele aku kākou i mua a hiki i ke oʻo loa ʻana; ʻaʻole e hoʻonoho hou ana i ke kumu no ka mihi ʻana i nā hana e make ai, a no ka manaʻoʻiʻo i ke Akua,Therefore let us leave the elementary teachings about Christ and go on to maturity, not laying again the foundation of repentance from acts that lead to death, and of faith in God,
Heb 6:4No ka mea, ʻaʻole e hiki i ka poʻe i hoʻonaʻauao ʻia mai, a i hoʻāʻo hoʻi i ka haʻawina mai ka lani mai, a i hoʻolako ʻia hoʻi e ka ʻUhane Hemolele,It is impossible for those who have once been enlightened, who have tasted the heavenly gift, who have shared in the Holy Spirit,
Heb 6:5A i ʻai hoʻi i ka ʻōlelo maikaʻi a ke Akua, a me ka mana o ke ao e hiki mai ana,who have tasted the goodness of the word of God and the powers of the coming age,
Heb 6:6A ua hāʻule iho nō naʻe, ʻaʻole e hiki ke hoʻāla hou ʻia i ka mihi: ua kau hou aku lākou i ke Keiki a ke Akua ma ke keʻa no lākou iho, me ka hoʻomāinoino aku iā ia ma ke ākea.if they fall away, to be brought back to repentance, because to their loss they are crucifying the Son of God all over again and subjecting him to public disgrace.
Heb 6:11Ke makemake nei nō hoʻi mākou e hōʻike ʻoukou i ua hoʻoikaika mau ʻana lā, i maopopo loa ai ka manaʻolana a hiki i ka hopena.We want each of you to show this same diligence to the very end, in order to make your hope sure.
Heb 6:13No ka mea, i ko ke Akua haʻi mua ʻana iā ʻAberahama, no ka hiki ʻole iā ia ke hoʻohiki ma o ka mea ʻoi aku, ua hoʻohiki iho ʻo ia ma ona lā iho,When God made his promise to Abraham, since there was no one greater for him to swear by, he swore by himself,
Heb 6:18Ma nā mea luli ʻole ʻelua, kahi i hiki ʻole ai i ke Akua he hoʻopunipuni, e hoʻohoihoi loa ʻia mai ai kākou ka poʻe i holo i ka puʻuhonua, e hoʻopaʻa i ka manaʻolana i waiho ʻia mai ma ko kākou alo:God did this so that, by two unchangeable things in which it is impossible for God to lie, we who have fled to take hold of the hope offered to us may be greatly encouraged.
Heb 7:9ʻO ia hoʻi, inā e hiki iaʻu ke ʻōlelo penei, ʻo Levi hoʻi, ʻo ka mea i loaʻa iā ia ka hapaʻumi o ka waiwai, ʻo ia kekahi i hāʻawi aku i ka hapaʻumi o ka waiwai i loko o ʻAberahama.One might even say that Levi, who collects the tenth, paid the tenth through Abraham,
Heb 7:25No ia mea, e hiki mau ai iā ia ke hoʻōla i ka poʻe i hele mai i ke Akua ma ona lā, no kona ola mau loa ʻana e ʻuao ana no lākou.Therefore he is able to save completely those who come to God through him, because he always lives to intercede for them.
Heb 8:8Akā, i ka loaʻa ʻana o ke kīnā, ua ʻōlelo mai ʻo ia iā lākou, Eia hoʻi, wahi a Iēhova, e hiki mai ana nō nā lā e hana hou aku ai au i berita hou me ka ʻohana ʻIseraʻela, a me ka ʻohana Iuda;But God found fault with the people and said: "The time is coming, declares the Lord, when I will make a new covenant with the house of Israel and with the house of Judah.
Heb 8:11ʻAʻole lākou e aʻo aku, kēlā kānaka i kona hoa noho, a kēia kanaka i kona hoahānau, me ka ʻōlelo ʻana aku, E ʻike i ka Haku; no ka mea, e pau auaneʻi lākou i ka ʻike iaʻu mai ka mea liʻiliʻi a hiki i ka mea nui o lākou.No longer will a man teach his neighbor, or a man his brother, saying, 'Know the Lord,' because they will all know me, from the least of them to the greatest.
Heb 9:5A ma luna iho ona nā kerubima nani e hoʻomalumalu ana i ka noho aloha; ʻaʻole hiki iā mākou ke ʻōlelo maopopo loa i kēia mau mea, ʻānō.Above the ark were the cherubim of the Glory, overshadowing the atonement cover. But we cannot discuss these things in detail now.
Heb 9:9He aka nō ia a hiki i kēia manawa, kahi i kaumaha ʻia aku ai nā ʻālana a me nā mōhai, nā mea i hiki ʻole ke hoʻomaopopo loa i ka pono ma ka naʻau o ka mea nāna ia ʻoihana;This is an illustration for the present time, indicating that the gifts and sacrifices being offered were not able to clear the conscience of the worshiper.
Heb 9:10Nā ʻoihana ma ke kino, ma ka mea ʻai, a me ka mea inu, a me kēlā holoi ʻana, a me kēia holoi ʻana, i kauoha ʻia mai a hiki i ka manawa e hoʻoponopono hou ʻia ai.They are only a matter of food and drink and various ceremonial washings--external regulations applying until the time of the new order.
Heb 9:11Akā, i ka hiki ʻana mai o Kristo, ʻo ke kahuna nui no ka pono e hiki mai ana, ma ka halelewa nui aʻe, hemolele loa, ʻaʻole i hana ʻia e nā lima, ʻaʻole ia no kēia ao.When Christ came as high priest of the good things that are already here, he went through the greater and more perfect tabernacle that is not man-made, that is to say, not a part of this creation.
Heb 9:14E hiki loa aku i ke koko o Kristo, ʻo ka mea i kaumaha aku iā ia iho i ke Akua ma ka ʻUhane mau loa me ke kīnā ʻole, ke hoʻohuikala i ko ʻoukou naʻau i nā hana e make ai, e mālama aku ai i ke Akua ola.How much more, then, will the blood of Christ, who through the eternal Spirit offered himself unblemished to God, cleanse our consciences from acts that lead to death, so that we may serve the living God!
Heb 9:15No ia mea, ua lilo ʻo ia i ʻuao no ka berita hou, a i ka lilo ʻana o kona make ʻana i uku hoʻōla no nā hewa i hana ʻia ma ka berita mua, e hiki ai i ka poʻe i kāhea ʻia ke loaʻa ka hoʻoilina mau i haʻi mua ʻia mai.For this reason Christ is the mediator of a new covenant, that those who are called may receive the promised eternal inheritance--now that he has died as a ransom to set them free from the sins committed under the first covenant.
Heb 9:28Pēlā hoʻi ʻo Kristo, a pau kona hoʻolilo hoʻokahi ʻana iā ia iho i mōhai e halihali aku i ka hewa o ka lehulehu, e ʻike hou ʻia ʻo ia me ka mōhai ʻole, i ka lua o kona hiki ʻana mai, e ola ai, ka poʻe e kiaʻi ana iā ia.so Christ was sacrificed once to take away the sins of many people; and he will appear a second time, not to bear sin, but to bring salvation to those who are waiting for him.
Heb 10:1A ʻo ke kānāwai iā ia ke aka, no nā mea maikaʻi e hiki mai ana, ʻaʻole ke kino maoli a ua mau mea lā, ʻaʻole loa e hiki iā ia me nā mōhai i kaumaha ʻia aku i kēlā makahiki a i kēia makahiki ke hoʻohemolele i ka poʻe i hoʻokoke i laila.The law is only a shadow of the good things that are coming--not the realities themselves. For this reason it can never, by the same sacrifices repeated endlessly year after year, make perfect those who draw near to worship.
Heb 10:2No ka mea, inā i hiki iā ia, ʻaʻole anei i oki ua mau mōhai lā? No ka mea, ʻo ka poʻe hoʻomana, i hoʻohuikala hoʻokahi ʻia, ʻaʻole lākou i ʻike hou i ko lākou hewa iho.If it could, would they not have stopped being offered? For the worshipers would have been cleansed once for all, and would no longer have felt guilty for their sins.
Heb 10:4A he ʻoiaʻiʻo, he mea hiki ʻole i ke koko o nā bipi kāne a me nā kao ke kala aku i ka hewa.because it is impossible for the blood of bulls and goats to take away sins.
Heb 10:5No laila, i kona hiki ʻana mai i ke ao nei, ʻī akula ia, ʻO ka mōhai a me ka ʻālana, ʻo kaʻu ia i makemake ʻole ai, akā, he kino kāu i hoʻomākaukau ai noʻu.Therefore, when Christ came into the world, he said: "Sacrifice and offering you did not desire, but a body you prepared for me;
Heb 10:11A ʻo nā kāhuna ua kū lākou e hana ana i ka ʻoihana i kēlā lā i kēia lā, e kaumaha pinepine ana i ua mau mōhai lā, i nā mea hiki ʻole ke kala i ka hewa;Day after day every priest stands and performs his religious duties; again and again he offers the same sacrifices, which can never take away sins.
Heb 10:37A liʻuliʻu iki aku, ʻo ka mea e hiki mai ana e hiki mai nō ia, ʻaʻole e hoʻokaʻulua aku.For in just a very little while, "He who is coming will come and will not delay.
Heb 11:6Akā, he mea hiki ʻole ke hōʻoluʻolu i ke Akua me ka manaʻoʻiʻo ʻole; no ka mea, ʻo ka mea e hele ana i ke Akua, e pono nō e manaʻoʻiʻo ʻo ia, he mea ʻiʻo nō ia, a, he mea hoʻi e uku mai ana i ka poʻe i ʻimi ikaika iā ia.And without faith it is impossible to please God, because anyone who comes to him must believe that he exists and that he rewards those who earnestly seek him.
Heb 11:15No ka mea, inā i manaʻo lākou i kēlā ʻāina a lākou i haʻalele ai, ua hiki nō iā lākou ke hoʻi aku i laila.If they had been thinking of the country they had left, they would have had opportunity to return.
Heb 11:19Ua manaʻo hoʻi ia, e hiki i ke Akua ke hoʻāla mai iā ia mai ka make mai; mai laila mai hoʻi, i loaʻa ai ʻo ia iā ia ma ke aka.Abraham reasoned that God could raise the dead, and figuratively speaking, he did receive Isaac back from death.
Heb 11:20Ma ka manaʻoʻiʻo i hoʻomaikaʻi aku ai ʻo ʻIsaʻaka iā Iakoba a me ʻEsau no nā mea e hiki mai ana.By faith Isaac blessed Jacob and Esau in regard to their future.
Heb 12:18Eia hoʻi, ʻaʻole ʻoukou i hele mai i ka mauna e hiki ke hoʻopā kino ʻia aku, a me ke ahi e lapalapa ana, a me nā ao ʻeleʻele, a me ka pouli, a me ka ʻino,You have not come to a mountain that can be touched and that is burning with fire; to darkness, gloom and storm;
Heb 12:20(No ka mea, ʻaʻole i hiki iā lākou ke hoʻomanawanui, i ka pāpā ʻana mai, Inā e pili ka holoholona i ka mauna e hailuku ʻia ʻo ia, a houhou ʻia paha i ka ihe:because they could not bear what was commanded: "If even an animal touches the mountain, it must be stoned."
Heb 12:22Akā, ua hele mai nō ʻoukou i ka mauna Ziona, a i ke kūlanakauhale o ke Akua ola, i ko ka lani Ierusalema, a i ke anaina hiki ʻole ke helu ʻia o nā ʻānela;But you have come to Mount Zion, to the heavenly Jerusalem, the city of the living God. You have come to thousands upon thousands of angels in joyful assembly,
Heb 13:6E hiki nō iā kākou ke ʻōlelo wiwo ʻole aku, ʻO ka Haku koʻu mea nāna e kōkua mai, ʻaʻole au e makaʻu i kā kanaka e hana mai ai iaʻu.So we say with confidence, "The Lord is my helper; I will not be afraid. What can man do to me?"
Iak 1:21No ia mea lā, e pale aku ʻoukou i ka haumia a pau, a me ka hū wale ʻana o ka ʻino, a e ʻapo mai ʻoukou me ke akahai i ka ʻōlelo i pākuʻi ʻia, ʻo ia ka mea e hiki ai ke hoʻōla i kā ʻoukou poʻe ʻuhane.Therefore, get rid of all moral filth and the evil that is so prevalent and humbly accept the word planted in you, which can save you.
Iak 2:14E nā hoahānau oʻu, he aha ka waiwai, ke ʻōlelo kekahi, he manaʻoʻiʻo kona, ʻaʻole hoʻi āna hana? E hiki anei i ka manaʻoʻiʻo ke hoʻōla iā ia?What good is it, my brothers, if a man claims to have faith but has no deeds? Can such faith save him?
Iak 3:2No ka mea, ma nā mea he nui ua hewa kākou a pau: i hewa ʻole kekahi ma kāna ʻōlelo, ʻo ia ke kanaka hemolele, e hiki hoʻi iā ia ke hoʻopaʻa i kona kino iho a pau i ke kaula waha.We all stumble in many ways. If anyone is never at fault in what he says, he is a perfect man, able to keep his whole body in check.
Iak 3:8Akā, ʻo ke alelo, ʻaʻole loa e hiki i ke kanaka ke hoʻolakalaka ia mea; he mea ʻino laka ʻole ia, ua piha i ka mea ʻawahia e make ai.but no man can tame the tongue. It is a restless evil, full of deadly poison.
Iak 3:12E nā hoahānau oʻu, e hiki anei i ka lāʻau fiku ke hua mai i ka hua ʻoliva, a ʻo ke kumu waina hoʻi i ka fiku? ʻOiaʻiʻo hoʻi, ʻaʻole e hiki i ka pūnāwai hoʻokahi ke kahe mai i ka wai ʻawaʻawa a me ka wai ʻono.My brothers, can a fig tree bear olives, or a grapevine bear figs? Neither can a salt spring produce fresh water.
Iak 4:2Ua kuko hoʻi ʻoukou, ʻaʻole i loaʻa; ua huāhuā aʻela ʻoukou me ka pepehi aku, ʻaʻole e hiki iā ʻoukou ke loaʻa mai; ua hakakā ʻoukou me ke kaua aku, ʻaʻole naʻe i loaʻa, no ko ʻoukou noi ʻole aku:You want something but don't get it. You kill and covet, but you cannot have what you want. You quarrel and fight. You do not have, because you do not ask God.
Iak 4:12Hoʻokahi nō mea nāna i hāʻawi i ke kānāwai, e hiki nō iā ia ke hoʻōla a me ka luku aku hoʻi. ʻO wai lā hoʻi ʻoe e hoʻohewa aku nei iā haʻi?There is only one Lawgiver and Judge, the one who is able to save and destroy. But you--who are you to judge your neighbor?
Iak 5:7I nui ke aho, e nā hoahānau, a hiki mai ka Haku. Eia hoʻi, ke kakali nei ka mahi ʻai i ka hua ōhāhā o ka honua, e hoʻomanawanui ana ma ia mea a hiki mai ke kuāua mua a me ke kuāua hope.Be patient, then, brothers, until the Lord's coming. See how the farmer waits for the land to yield its valuable crop and how patient he is for the autumn and spring rains.
Iak 5:8E ahonui nō hoʻi ʻoukou, e hoʻoikaika i ko ʻoukou naʻau; no ka mea, ua kokoke mai ka hiki ʻana mai o ka Haku.You too, be patient and stand firm, because the Lord's coming is near.
1-Pet 1:10ʻO ia ke ola a nā kāula i huli ai, me ka ʻimi ikaika, ʻo ka poʻe i wānana mai i ka pono e hiki mai ana i o ʻoukou nei.Concerning this salvation, the prophets, who spoke of the grace that was to come to you, searched intently and with the greatest care,
1-Pet 2:12A e noho pono hoʻi ʻoukou, i waena o ko nā ʻāina ʻē; i hoʻonani aku ai lākou i ke Akua, ke hiki mai ka lā o ka ʻike ʻana mai, no ko lākou ʻike ʻana i kā ʻoukou hana maikaʻi, ma ka mea a lākou e ʻōhumu nei iā ʻoukou, me he poʻe hana hewa lā.Live such good lives among the pagans that, though they accuse you of doing wrong, they may see your good deeds and glorify God on the day he visits us.
1-Pet 4:12E nā pōkiʻi ē, ʻo ka pilikia e hiki mai ana i o ʻoukou lā, i mea e hoʻāʻo mai ai iā ʻoukou, mai haʻohaʻo ʻoukou ia mea, me he mea hou lā e hiki mai ai iā ʻoukou:Dear friends, do not be surprised at the painful trial you are suffering, as though something strange were happening to you.
1-Pet 4:17No ka mea, e hiki mai auaneʻi ka manawa e hoʻomaka ai ka hoʻohewa ʻia ma ko ka hale o ke Akua; a inā ma o kākou nei ka mua, he aha lā uaneʻi ka hope o ka poʻe i mālama ʻole i ka ʻeuanelio a ke Akua?For it is time for judgment to begin with the family of God; and if it begins with us, what will the outcome be for those who do not obey the gospel of God?
1-Pet 4:18A inā he mea ʻaneʻane hiki ʻole ke ola ʻana o ka poʻe pono, ma hea lā uaneʻi kahi e ʻikea ai ka poʻe ʻaiā, a me ka hana hewa?And, "If it is hard for the righteous to be saved, what will become of the ungodly and the sinner?"
1-Pet 5:1ʻO wau ʻo kekahi lunakahiko, a he mea hōʻike i ko Iesū ʻeha ʻana, a he hoaaloha pū no ka nani e hiki mai ana, ke nonoi aku nei au i nā lunakahiko o ʻoukou.To the elders among you, I appeal as a fellow elder, a witness of Christ's sufferings and one who also will share in the glory to be revealed:
1-Pet 5:4A hiki i ka wā e hōʻike ʻia mai ai ke kahu hipa nui, a laila e loaʻa iā ʻoukou ka lei nani loa, ʻaʻole loa e mae.And when the Chief Shepherd appears, you will receive the crown of glory that will never fade away.
2-Pet 1:15Akā hoʻi, e hoʻoikaika mau wau, i hiki iā ʻoukou, ke manaʻo mau i kēia mau mea ma hope o kuʻu make ʻana.And I will make every effort to see that after my departure you will always be able to remember these things.
2-Pet 1:16No ka mea, ʻaʻole mākou i hahai ma muli o nā ʻōlelo wahaheʻe i ʻimi akamai ʻia, i ko mākou hōʻike ʻana aku iā ʻoukou i ka mana, a me ka hiki ʻana mai o ko kākou Haku ʻo Iesū Kristo, akā, he poʻe ʻike maka mākou i kona nani.We did not follow cleverly invented stories when we told you about the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, but we were eyewitnesses of his majesty.
2-Pet 1:17No ka mea, mai ke Akua ka Makua mai, i loaʻa mai ai iā ia ka hoʻomaikaʻi, a me ka hoʻonani, i ka wā i hiki mai ai ka leo i ona lā, mai ka nani kupanaha loa mai; Eia kuʻu keiki hiwahiwa, ua ʻoliʻoli loa au iā ia.For he received honor and glory from God the Father when the voice came to him from the Majestic Glory, saying, "This is my Son, whom I love; with him I am well pleased."
2-Pet 2:1He poʻe kāula wahaheʻe kekahi ma mua i waena o nā kānaka, pēlā nō e hiki mai auaneʻi kekahi poʻe kumu wahaheʻe i waena o ʻoukou, na lākou nō e hōʻike malū mai i nā manaʻo kūʻē, e make ai, e hōʻole ana i ka Haku nāna lākou i kūʻai mai, a e hoʻoili ana i ka make koke ma luna o lākou iho.But there were also false prophets among the people, just as there will be false teachers among you. They will secretly introduce destructive heresies, even denying the sovereign Lord who bought them--bringing swift destruction on themselves.
2-Pet 2:14Ua niua nā maka i nā wāhine moekolohe, ʻaʻole hiki ke hoʻōki i ka hewa, e kumakaia ana i nā ʻuhane kū kāpekepeke; ua maʻa loa ko lākou naʻau i ka puni waiwai; he poʻe keiki i ʻāhewa ʻia.With eyes full of adultery, they never stop sinning; they seduce the unstable; they are experts in greed--an accursed brood!
2-Pet 3:3E ʻike mua ʻoukou i kēia; i nā lā ma hope, e hiki mai ana nō ka poʻe hoʻowahāwahā, hilahila ʻole, a e hele ana nō hoʻi lākou ma muli o ko lākou kuko iho,First of all, you must understand that in the last days scoffers will come, scoffing and following their own evil desires.
2-Pet 3:4Me ka ʻōlelo mai, ʻAuhea ka ʻōlelo ʻoiaʻiʻo no kona hiki ʻana mai? No ka mea, mai ka wā mai o ka hiamoe ʻana o nā kūpuna, ua waiho wale ʻia nō nā mea a pau, e like me ka wā i kinohi o ka honua nei.They will say, "Where is this 'coming' he promised? Ever since our fathers died, everything goes on as it has since the beginning of creation."
2-Pet 3:10Akā, e hiki mai auaneʻi ka lā o ka Haku, me he ʻaihue lā i ka pō; a laila e lilo nō ka lani me ka halulu nui, a e wela hoʻi nā kumu mua, a heheʻe wale, a e pau nō ka honua nei i ke ahi, a me nā mea a pau i hana ʻia ma luna iho.But the day of the Lord will come like a thief. The heavens will disappear with a roar; the elements will be destroyed by fire, and the earth and everything in it will be laid bare.
2-Pet 3:12Me ka manaʻo aku, a me ka makemake loa i ka hiki ʻana mai o ka lā o ke Akua, ka manawa e wela ai nā lani i ke ahi, a heheʻe wale, a e kakahe mai nō hoʻi nā kumu mua i ka wela loa o ke ahi?as you look forward to the day of God and speed its coming. That day will bring about the destruction of the heavens by fire, and the elements will melt in the heat.
1-Ioane 2:8He kānāwai hou kekahi aʻu e palapala aku nei iā ʻoukou, he ʻoiaʻiʻo nō ia i loko ona, a i loko o ʻoukou nō hoʻi; no ka mea, ua hala akula ka pouli, ʻānō lā ua hiki mai nei ka mālamalama ʻoiaʻiʻo.Yet I am writing you a new command; its truth is seen in him and you, because the darkness is passing and the true light is already shining.
1-Ioane 2:9ʻO ka mea e ʻōlelo ana, ma ka mālamalama ia, a ua inaina aku ia, i kona hoahānau, aia nō ia i loko o ka pouli a hiki i kēia manawa.Anyone who claims to be in the light but hates his brother is still in the darkness.
1-Ioane 2:18E nā kamaliʻi ʻuʻuku, eia ka hope o ka manawa. Me ko ʻoukou lohe ʻana i ka hiki ʻana mai o ʻAnikristo, pēlā nō e noho nei nā ʻAnikristo he nui; no ia mea, ua ʻike nō kākou ʻo ka hope kēia o ka manawa.Dear children, this is the last hour; and as you have heard that the antichrist is coming, even now many antichrists have come. This is how we know it is the last hour.
1-Ioane 3:9ʻO ka mea i hoʻohānau ʻia mai e ke Akua, ʻaʻole ia e hana hewa; no ka mea, ke noho mau nei kona hua i loko ona: ʻaʻole e hiki iā ia ke hana hewa aku, no ka mea, ua hoʻohānau ʻia mai nō ia e ke Akua.No one who is born of God will continue to sin, because God's seed remains in him; he cannot go on sinning, because he has been born of God.
1-Ioane 4:2Penei ʻoukou e ʻike ai i ka ʻUhane o ke Akua: ʻO kēlā ʻuhane ʻo kēia ʻuhane e hōʻoiaʻiʻo aku ana, ua hiki mai nei ʻo Iesū Kristo ma ke kino, no ke Akua ia.This is how you can recognize the Spirit of God: Every spirit that acknowledges that Jesus Christ has come in the flesh is from God,
1-Ioane 4:3ʻO kēlā ʻuhane ʻo kēia ʻuhane e hōʻoiaʻiʻo ʻole ana, ua hiki mai ʻo Iesū Kristo ma ke kino, ʻaʻole no ke Akua kēlā: a ʻo ko ʻAnikristo kēia a ʻoukou i lohe ai e hele mai ana; a eia mai nei i loko o ke ao nei i kēia manawa.but every spirit that does not acknowledge Jesus is not from God. This is the spirit of the antichrist, which you have heard is coming and even now is already in the world.
1-Ioane 4:20Inā e ʻōlelo aku kekahi, Ke aloha aku nei au i ke Akua, a e hoʻomaʻau aku naʻe ia i kona hoahānau, he mea wahaheʻe ia: no ka mea, ʻo ka mea aloha ʻole i kona hoahānau āna i ʻike maka ai, pehea lā e hiki ai iā ia ke aloha aku i ke Akua āna i ʻike maka ʻole ai?If anyone says, "I love God," yet hates his brother, he is a liar. For anyone who does not love his brother, whom he has seen, cannot love God, whom he has not seen.
1-Ioane 5:6ʻO ka mea i hiki mai ma ka wai a me ke koko, ʻo Iesū Kristo nō ia; ʻaʻole ma ka wai wale nō, akā, ma ka wai a me ke koko: ʻo ka ʻUhane ka mea e hōʻike mai, a he ʻoiaʻiʻo ka ʻUhane.This is the one who came by water and blood--Jesus Christ. He did not come by water only, but by water and blood. And it is the Spirit who testifies, because the Spirit is the truth.
1-Ioane 5:20Ke ʻike nei kākou ua hiki mai nei ke Keiki a ke Akua, a ua hāʻawi mai ia i ka noʻonoʻo iā kākou, i ʻike aku ai kākou i ka mea ʻoiaʻiʻo: a i loko o ka mea ʻoiaʻiʻo kākou, a i loko hoʻi o kāna Keiki ʻo Iesū Kristo. ʻO ia nō ke Akua ʻoiaʻiʻo, a me ke ola mau loa.We know also that the Son of God has come and has given us understanding, so that we may know him who is true. And we are in him who is true--even in his Son Jesus Christ. He is the true God and eternal life.
2-Ioane 1:7No ka mea, ua komo mai i ke ao nei ka poʻe wahaheʻe he nui wale, ʻaʻole lākou i hōʻoiaʻiʻo i ko Iesū Kristo hiki ʻana mai ma ke kino; ʻo ia nō ka wahaheʻe a me ke ʻAnikristo.Many deceivers, who do not acknowledge Jesus Christ as coming in the flesh, have gone out into the world. Any such person is the deceiver and the antichrist.
3-Ioane 1:3Ua hauʻoli nui nō wau i ka wā i hiki mai ai ʻo ka poʻe hoahānau, a hōʻike mai i ka ʻoiaʻiʻo ou, me kou hele ʻana ma ka ʻoiaʻiʻo.It gave me great joy to have some brothers come and tell about your faithfulness to the truth and how you continue to walk in the truth.
Iuda 1:18I ko lākou haʻi ʻana mai iā ʻoukou, i ka hope o ka manawa, e hiki mai ai ka poʻe haʻakei e hele ana ma ko lākou kuko ʻaiā iho.They said to you, "In the last times there will be scoffers who will follow their own ungodly desires."
Iuda 1:21E mālama iā ʻoukou iho ma ke aloha o ke Akua, e kakali hoʻi i ke aloha ʻana mai o ko kākou Haku ʻo Iesū Kristo a hiki i ke ola mau loa ʻana.Keep yourselves in God's love as you wait for the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ to bring you to eternal life.
Iuda 1:24Eia hoʻi, i ka mea e hiki ai ke mālama iā ʻoukou i ʻole ai e hāʻule, e hoʻokū mai hoʻi iā ʻoukou i hemolele i mua i ke alo o kona nani me ka hauʻoli nui aku;To him who is able to keep you from falling and to present you before his glorious presence without fault and with great joy--
Hōʻik 1:1Ka hōʻike ʻana a Iesū Kristo, ka mea a ke Akua i hāʻawi mai ai iā ia, e hōʻike mai i kāna poʻe kauā i nā mea e hiki koke mai ana; a ma kona ʻānela i hoʻouna mai ai ʻo ia, a hōʻike maila hoʻi i kāna kauā iā Ioane:The revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave him to show his servants what must soon take place. He made it known by sending his angel to his servant John,
Hōʻik 1:4Na Ioane aku i nā ʻekalesia ʻehiku ma ʻĀsia: E aloha ʻia mai ʻoukou, a e maluhia hoʻi i ka mea e noho ana, ka mea ma mua hoʻi, ka mea e hiki mai ana; a i nā ʻUhane ʻehiku e noho lā ma ke alo o kona noho aliʻi;John, To the seven churches in the province of Asia: Grace and peace to you from him who is, and who was, and who is to come, and from the seven spirits before his throne,
Hōʻik 1:8Ke ʻī mai nei ka Haku, ʻO wau nō ka ʻAlepa a me ka ʻOmega, ke kumu a me ka wēlau, ka mea e noho ana, ka mea ma mua hoʻi, ʻo ka mea e hiki mai ana nō, ʻo ka mea mana loa."I am the Alpha and the Omega," says the Lord God, "who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty."
Hōʻik 1:13A ma waena pono o nā ipukukui ʻehiku, he mea e like me ke Keiki a ke kanaka, ua ʻaʻahu ʻia a hiki i lalo i nā wāwae, a ua kāʻei ʻia ma ka umauma i ke kāʻei gula.and among the lampstands was someone "like a son of man," dressed in a robe reaching down to his feet and with a golden sash around his chest.
Hōʻik 1:19No laila e palapala ʻoe i nā mea āu i ʻike ai, i nā mea o kēia manawa, a me nā mea e hiki mai ana ma kēia hope aku;"Write, therefore, what you have seen, what is now and what will take place later.
Hōʻik 2:2Ua ʻike nō au i kāu hana ʻana, a me kou luhi, a me kou ahonui, a me ka hiki ʻole iā ʻoe ke hoʻomanawanui i ka poʻe hewa; a ua hoʻāʻo ʻoe i ka poʻe i haʻi mai iā lākou iho he poʻe lunaʻōlelo, ʻaʻole kā, a ua ʻike ʻoe iā lākou, he poʻe wahaheʻe.I know your deeds, your hard work and your perseverance. I know that you cannot tolerate wicked men, that you have tested those who claim to be apostles but are not, and have found them false.
Hōʻik 2:10Mai makaʻu aku i nā mea āu e pilikia ai: aia hoʻi, e hahao ana ʻo ka diabolō i kekahi o ʻoukou i loko o ka hale paʻahao, i hoʻāʻo ʻia ai ʻoukou; he ʻumi nā lā a ʻoukou e kaumaha ai. E kūpaʻa ʻoe ma ka pono a hiki i ka make, a naʻu nō e hāʻawi aku iā ʻoe i ka lei o ke ola.Do not be afraid of what you are about to suffer. I tell you, the devil will put some of you in prison to test you, and you will suffer persecution for ten days. Be faithful, even to the point of death, and I will give you the crown of life.
Hōʻik 2:25Akā, i ka mea a ʻoukou e paʻa nei, ʻeā, e hoʻopaʻa ia mea a hiki aku au.Only hold on to what you have until I come.
Hōʻik 2:26ʻO ka mea e lanakila a mālama hoʻi i kaʻu hana, a hiki i ka hopena, e hāʻawi aku nō au iā ia i ka mana ma luna o nā lāhui kanaka:To him who overcomes and does my will to the end, I will give authority over the nations--
Hōʻik 3:3E hoʻomanaʻo hoʻi i nā mea āu i loaʻa ai, a i lohe ai hoʻi, a e mālama aku, a e mihi. A i ʻole ʻoe e makaʻala, ʻeā, e hele aku au i ou lā, me he ʻaihue lā, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoe e ʻike i koʻu hora e hiki aku ai iā ʻoe.Remember, therefore, what you have received and heard; obey it, and repent. But if you do not wake up, I will come like a thief, and you will not know at what time I will come to you.
Hōʻik 3:10No ka mea, ua mālama ʻoe i ka ʻōlelo o koʻu ahonui, naʻu nō hoʻi e mālama aku iā ʻoe i ka hora o ka hoʻowalewale, i kokoke nō e hiki mai ma luna o ko ke ao nei a pau, e hoʻāʻo i ka poʻe e noho lā ma ka honua.Since you have kept my command to endure patiently, I will also keep you from the hour of trial that is going to come upon the whole world to test those who live on the earth.
Hōʻik 4:1Ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, nānā akula au, aia hoʻi, he puka e hāmama ana ma loko o ka lani; a ʻo ka leo mua aʻu i lohe ai, ua like ia me ko ka pū e kamaʻilio ana iaʻu, ʻī maila, E piʻi mai ʻoe i ʻaneʻi, a naʻu nō e hōʻike aku iā ʻoe i nā mea e hiki mai ana ma kēia hope aku.After this I looked, and there before me was a door standing open in heaven. And the voice I had first heard speaking to me like a trumpet said, "Come up here, and I will show you what must take place after this."
Hōʻik 5:3ʻAʻole ma ka lani, ʻaʻole ma ka honua, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma lalo iho o ka honua, ka mea i hiki iā ia ke wehe i ua buke nei, ʻaʻole hoʻi ke nānā aku iā ia.But no one in heaven or on earth or under the earth could open the scroll or even look inside it.
Hōʻik 6:11Ua hāʻawi ʻia aku ka ʻaʻahu keʻokeʻo na kēlā mea kēia mea o lākou, ua ʻōlelo ʻia akula hoʻi lākou, e kakali iki lākou, a hiki i ka manawa e pau ai ko lākou poʻe hoa lawehana a me ko lākou poʻe hoahānau, ka poʻe e pepehi ʻia ana e like me lākou.Then each of them was given a white robe, and they were told to wait a little longer, until the number of their fellow servants and brothers who were to be killed as they had been was completed.
Hōʻik 6:17No ka mea, ua hiki mai ka lā nui o kona inaina; ʻo wai hoʻi ka mea hiki ke kū i luna?For the great day of their wrath has come, and who can stand?"
Hōʻik 7:9A ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, nānā akula au, aia hoʻi, he anaina nui loa, ʻaʻole hiki i kekahi ke helu aku, mai loko mai lākou o nā aupuni a pau, a me nā ʻohana, a me nā lāhui kanaka, a me nā ʻōlelo a pau, e kū ana lākou i mua o ka noho aliʻi, a i mua hoʻi o ke Keiki hipa, ua ʻaʻahu ʻia lākou i nā holokū keʻokeʻo, a he mau pāma ma ko lākou mau lima.After this I looked and there before me was a great multitude that no one could count, from every nation, tribe, people and language, standing before the throne and in front of the Lamb. They were wearing white robes and were holding palm branches in their hands.
Hōʻik 8:7A puhi aʻela ka ʻānela mua, a hiki maila ka huahekili, a me ke ahi, i hui pū ʻia me ke koko, ua hoʻolei ʻia ihola ia i ka honua. Pau ihola i ke ahi ka hapakolu o nā lāʻau, a pau nō hoʻi ka mauʻu uliuli a pau i ke ahi.The first angel sounded his trumpet, and there came hail and fire mixed with blood, and it was hurled down upon the earth. A third of the earth was burned up, a third of the trees were burned up, and all the green grass was burned up.
Hōʻik 9:20A ʻo kānaka i koe, ka poʻe i make ʻole i kēia mau mea ʻino, ʻaʻole lākou i mihi i nā hana a ko lākou mau lima, i ʻole ai lākou e hoʻomana aku i nā daimonio, a me nā akua kiʻi, o ke gula, a me ke kālā, a me ke keleawe, a me ka pōhaku, a me ka lāʻau; nā mea ʻaʻole hiki ke nānā, ʻaʻole hoʻi ke lohe, ʻaʻole hoʻi ke hele.The rest of mankind that were not killed by these plagues still did not repent of the work of their hands; they did not stop worshiping demons, and idols of gold, silver, bronze, stone and wood--idols that cannot see or hear or walk.
Hōʻik 10:7Akā, ke hiki aku i nā lā e kani mai ai ka ʻānela ʻehiku, i ka wā e hoʻomaka ai e puhi, a laila, e hoʻokō ʻia nā mea huna o ke Akua, e like me kāna i ʻōlelo mai ai i kāna poʻe kauā, i nā kāula.But in the days when the seventh angel is about to sound his trumpet, the mystery of God will be accomplished, just as he announced to his servants the prophets."
Hōʻik 11:14Ua hala ka lua o ka auē; aia hoʻi ke kolu o ka auē, e hiki koke mai ia.The second woe has passed; the third woe is coming soon.
Hōʻik 11:17ʻĪ akula, Ke hoʻomaikaʻi aku nei mākou iā ʻoe, e ka Haku, ke Akua mana loa, ka mea e noho lā, a ʻo ka mea ma mua, a ʻo ka mea i hiki mai ana; no ka mea, ua lawe ʻoe i kou mana nui iho, a ua hoʻomalu ʻoe i ke aupuni.saying: "We give thanks to you, Lord God Almighty, the One who is and who was, because you have taken your great power and have begun to reign.
Hōʻik 11:18Ua huhū akula ko nā ʻāina, a ua hiki mai kou inaina, a me ka manawa o ka poʻe make, i hoʻokolokolo ʻia lākou, a i hāʻawi ʻia nō hoʻi ka uku no kāu poʻe kauā, no ka poʻe kāula, a me ka poʻe haipule, a me ka poʻe i makaʻu i kou inoa, no ka poʻe liʻiliʻi, a no ka poʻe nui; i luku mai ʻoe i ka poʻe nāna i luku i ko ka honua.The nations were angry; and your wrath has come. The time has come for judging the dead, and for rewarding your servants the prophets and your saints and those who reverence your name, both small and great-- and for destroying those who destroy the earth."
Hōʻik 12:10A lohe akula au i ka leo nui ma ka lani, ʻī aʻela, Ua hiki maila ke ola, a me ka mana, a me ke aupuni o ko kākou Akua, a me ka mana o kona Kristo; no ka mea, ua kipaku ʻia akula ka mea hōʻino i ko kākou poʻe hoahānau, ka mea nāna lākou i hōʻino i ka pō a me ke ao, i mua o ke Akua.Then I heard a loud voice in heaven say: "Now have come the salvation and the power and the kingdom of our God, and the authority of his Christ. For the accuser of our brothers, who accuses them before our God day and night, has been hurled down.
Hōʻik 12:11Ma ke koko o ke Keiki hipa lākou i lanakila ai ma luna ona, a ma ka ʻōlelo a lākou i hōʻike aku ai; a makemake ʻole lākou i ko lākou ola iho a hiki i ka make.They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb and by the word of their testimony; they did not love their lives so much as to shrink from death.
Hōʻik 13:4Hoʻomana akula lākou i ka deragona nāna i hāʻawi i ka ikaika no ua holoholona lā; a hoʻomana lākou i ka holoholona, ʻī aʻela, ʻO wai lā ka mea like me ia holoholona? ʻO wai hoʻi ka mea hiki ke kaua aku iā ia?Men worshiped the dragon because he had given authority to the beast, and they also worshiped the beast and asked, "Who is like the beast? Who can make war against him?"
Hōʻik 13:17I ʻole ai e hiki i kekahi ke kūʻai aku a kūʻai mai, ke loaʻa ʻole iā ia ka hōʻailona, ka inoa o ka holoholona, a ʻo ka heluna paha o kona inoa.so that no one could buy or sell unless he had the mark, which is the name of the beast or the number of his name.
Hōʻik 14:3Mele ihola lākou i ke mele hou i mua o ka noho aliʻi, a i mua o nā mea ola ʻehā, a i mua o nā lunakahiko. ʻAʻole e hiki i kekahi ke aʻo ia mele, ʻo ka poʻe hoʻokahi haneri me kanahākumamāhā tausani wale nō, ka poʻe i kūʻai hoʻōla ʻia aʻe mai ka honua aku.And they sang a new song before the throne and before the four living creatures and the elders. No one could learn the song except the 144,000 who had been redeemed from the earth.
Hōʻik 14:7ʻĪ maila ia me ka leo nui, E makaʻu i ke Akua, a e hoʻonani aku iā ia; no ka mea, ua hiki mai ka hora o kona hoʻopaʻi ʻana: e kukuli hoʻomaikaʻi i ka mea nāna i hana ka lani a me ka honua, a me ke kai, a me nā wai puna.He said in a loud voice, "Fear God and give him glory, because the hour of his judgment has come. Worship him who made the heavens, the earth, the sea and the springs of water."
Hōʻik 14:15Puka maila i waho kekahi ʻānela hou, mai loko mai o ka luakini, hea maila me ka leo nui, i ka mea e noho ana ma luna o ke ao, E hoʻokomo ʻoe i kāu pahi kākiwi, a e hōʻiliʻili; no ka mea, ua hiki mai ka hora e hōʻiliʻili ai; ua oʻo hoʻi ka ʻai o ka honua.Then another angel came out of the temple and called in a loud voice to him who was sitting on the cloud, "Take your sickle and reap, because the time to reap has come, for the harvest of the earth is ripe."
Hōʻik 14:20A ua hahi ʻia ka lua kaomi waina, ma waho o ke kūlanakauhale, a hū maila ke koko mai ka lua mai, a hiki i luna i ke kaula waha o nā lio, no nā setadia hoʻokahi tausani, me nā haneri keu ʻeono.They were trampled in the winepress outside the city, and blood flowed out of the press, rising as high as the horses' bridles for a distance of 1,600 stadia.
Hōʻik 15:8Ua piha hoʻi ka luakini i ka uahi, mai ka nani mai o ke Akua a me ka mana ona: ʻaʻole i hiki i kekahi ke komo i loko o ka luakini, a pau i ka hoʻokō ʻia nā mea ʻino ʻehiku a kēlā poʻe ʻānela ʻehiku.And the temple was filled with smoke from the glory of God and from his power, and no one could enter the temple until the seven plagues of the seven angels were completed.
Hōʻik 17:10ʻEhiku hoʻi aliʻi. ʻElima o lākou i hāʻule, a eia hoʻi kekahi, a ʻo kekahi ʻaʻole i hiki mai i nēia wā: a hiki mai ia, e noho nō ia i ka wā pōkole.They are also seven kings. Five have fallen, one is, the other has not yet come; but when he does come, he must remain for a little while.
Hōʻik 18:8No laila, i ka lā hoʻokahi e hiki mai ai kona mau ʻino, ʻo ka make, a me ke kanikau, a me ka wī: a e puhi loa ʻia nō hoʻi ia i ke ahi; no ka mea, ua ikaika loa ka Haku, ke Akua ka mea e hoʻopaʻi ana iā ia.Therefore in one day her plagues will overtake her: death, mourning and famine. She will be consumed by fire, for mighty is the Lord God who judges her.
Hōʻik 18:10E kū nō lākou ma kahi lōʻihi ʻē aku no ka makaʻu i kona ʻeha, me ka ʻōlelo iho, Auē, auē, ʻo kēlā kūlanakauhale nui, ʻo Babulona, ke kūlanakauhale ikaika! No ka mea, i ka hora hoʻokahi, ua hiki mai kou hoʻopaʻi ʻana.Terrified at her torment, they will stand far off and cry: " 'Woe! Woe, O great city, O Babylon, city of power! In one hour your doom has come!'
Hōʻik 19:7E ʻoliʻoli kākou, a e hauʻoli hoʻi, a e hoʻonani aku iā ia; no ka mea, ua hiki mai ka mare ʻana o ke Keiki hipa, a ua hoʻomākaukau kāna wahine iā iā iho.Let us rejoice and be glad and give him glory! For the wedding of the Lamb has come, and his bride has made herself ready.
Hōʻik 22:14Pōmaikaʻi ka poʻe mālama i kona mau kānāwai, i hiki ke loaʻa iā lākou ko ka lāʻau o ke ola, i komo aku hoʻi ma nā puka, i loko o ke kūlanakauhale."Blessed are those who wash their robes, that they may have the right to the tree of life and may go through the gates into the city.
Kin 3:19Me ka hou o kou maka e ʻai ai ʻoe i ka ʻai, a hiki i kou wā e hoʻi hou aku ai i ka lepo; no ka mea, mai laila ʻoe i lawe ʻia mai ai; no ka mea, he lepo nō ʻoe, a e hoʻi hou aku ʻoe i ka lepo.By the sweat of your brow you will eat your food until you return to the ground, since from it you were taken; for dust you are and to dust you will return."
Kin 4:13ʻĪ akula ʻo Kaina iā Iēhova, He nui loa kuʻu hewa: ʻaʻole paha ia e hiki ke kala ʻia.Cain said to the Lord, “My punishment is more than I can bear.
Kin 6:13ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā Noa, Ua hiki mai i koʻu alo nei ka hope o nā mea ola a pau; no ka mea, ua piha ka honua i ka hōʻino ma o lākou lā: aia hoʻi, e luku auaneʻi au iā lākou ma ka honua.So God said to Noah, “I am going to put an end to all people, for the earth is filled with violence because of them. I am surely going to destroy both them and the earth.
Kin 7:6ʻEono haneri nā makahiki o Noa i ka wā i hiki mai ai ke kai a Kahinaliʻi ma luna o ka honua.Noah was six hundred years old when the floodwaters came on the earth.
Kin 7:10A hala aʻela nā lā ʻehiku, hiki mai ke kai a Kahinaliʻi ma luna o ka honua.And after the seven days the floodwaters came on the earth.
Kin 8:5Emi mau ihola ka wai, a hiki i ka ʻumi o ka malama: i ka ʻumi o ka malama, i ka lā mua o ua malama lā, ua ʻikea nā wahi kiʻekiʻe o nā kuahiwi.The waters continued to recede until the tenth month, and on the first day of the tenth month the tops of the mountains became visible.
Kin 9:11E hoʻopaʻa nō wau i kaʻu berita me ʻoukou; ʻaʻole hoʻi e luku hou ʻia nā mea ola a pau i nā wai o ke kai a Kahinaliʻi; ʻaʻole hoʻi he kai a Kahinaliʻi e hiki hou mai ana e pau ai ka honua.I establish my covenant with you: Never again will all life be destroyed by the waters of a flood; never again will there be a flood to destroy the earth.”
Kin 10:19A ʻo ka mokuna ʻāina o ka Kanaʻana, mai Sidona ia, i kona hele ʻana mai i Gerara, a hiki i Gaza; i kou hele ʻana aku i Sodoma, me Gomora, a me ʻAdema, a me Geboima, a hiki i Lasa.and the borders of Canaan reached from Sidon toward Gerar as far as Gaza, and then toward Sodom, Gomorrah, Admah and Zeboyim, as far as Lasha.
Kin 10:30A ʻo ko lākou wahi noho ai, mai Mesa aku nō ia, i kou hele ʻana a hiki i Separa, i kekahi mauna o ka hikina.The region where they lived stretched from Mesha toward Sephar, in the eastern hill country.
Kin 11:31Lawe aʻela ʻo Tera i kāna keiki iā ʻAberama, a me kāna moʻopuna iā Lota, ke keiki a Harana, a me Sarai kāna hūnōna wahine, ʻo ka wahine a kāna keiki a ʻAberama; a haele pū maila lākou mai ʻUra mai no ko Kaledea, i ka hele ʻana ma ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana: hiki maila lākou i Harana, a noho ihola i laila.Terah took his son Abram, his grandson Lot son of Haran, and his daughter-in-law Sarai, the wife of his son Abram, and together they set out from Ur of the Chaldeans to go to Canaan. But when they came to Harran, they settled there.
Kin 12:1I ʻōlelo mai ʻo Iēhova iā ʻAberama, E hele aku ʻoe mai kou ʻāina aku, a mai kou poʻe hoahānau aku, a mai ka hale o kou makua kāne aku, a hiki i ka ʻāina aʻu e kuhikuhi aku ai iā ʻoe.The Lord had said to Abram, “Go from your country, your people and your father’s household to the land I will show you.
Kin 12:5Lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAberama i kāna wahine iā Sarai, a me Lota ke keiki a kona kaikuaʻana, a me ka waiwai a pau a lākou i hōʻiliʻili ai, a me nā ʻōhua a pau i loaʻa iā lākou ma Harana; a puka maila lākou e hele mai i ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana; a hiki maila lākou i ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana.He took his wife Sarai, his nephew Lot, all the possessions they had accumulated and the people they had acquired in Harran, and they set out for the land of Canaan, and they arrived there.
Kin 12:6Kaʻahele aʻela ʻo ʻAberama i ka ʻāina, a hiki akula i kahi o Sikema, i ka lāʻau ʻoka o More. E noho ana nō nā mamo a Kanaʻana ma ia ʻāina ia manawa.Abram traveled through the land as far as the site of the great tree of Moreh at Shechem. At that time the Canaanites were in the land.
Kin 12:14A hiki akula ʻo ʻAberama i ʻAigupita, ʻike maila ko ʻAigupita i ka wahine he maikaʻi loa.When Abram came to Egypt, the Egyptians saw that Sarai was a very beautiful woman.
Kin 13:6ʻAʻole i pono ka ʻāina no lāua, i noho pū ai lāua, no ka nui o ko lāua waiwai, ʻaʻole i hiki iā lāua ke noho pū.But the land could not support them while they stayed together, for their possessions were so great that they were not able to stay together.
Kin 13:16E hoʻomāhuahua aku nō wau i kāu poʻe mamo e like me ka lepo o ka honua: inā e hiki i ke kanaka ke helu i nā huna lepo o ka honua, a laila e helu ʻia kāu poʻe mamo.I will make your offspring like the dust of the earth, so that if anyone could count the dust, then your offspring could be counted.
Kin 14:6A me ka Hora ma ko lākou mauna Seira, a hiki i ʻEleparana ma ka wao akua.and the Horites in the hill country of Seir, as far as El Paran near the desert.
Kin 14:7A hoʻi maila lākou, a hiki maila i ʻEnemisepata, ʻo ia ʻo Kadesa, a hahau aku ia i ko ka ʻāina a pau o ka ʻAmaleki, a me ka ʻAmori i noho lā ma Hazezona-tamara.Then they turned back and went to En Mishpat (that is, Kadesh), and they conquered the whole territory of the Amalekites, as well as the Amorites who were living in Hazezon Tamar.
Kin 14:14Lohe aʻela ʻo ʻAberama, ua lawe pio ʻia kona hoahānau, alakaʻi akula ia i kona poʻe kānaka i hoʻomākaukau ʻia ka poʻe i hānau ma kona hale iho, ʻakolu haneri a me kumamāwalu, a alualu akula iā lākou a hiki i Dana.When Abram heard that his relative had been taken captive, he called out the 318 trained men born in his household and went in pursuit as far as Dan.
Kin 14:15Māhele ihola ʻo ia i kona poʻe e kūʻē iā lākou, ʻo ia a me kāna poʻe kauā i ka pō, poʻi pō akula iā lākou, a alualu akula iā lākou a hiki i Hoba, aia ma ka lima hema o Damaseko.During the night Abram divided his men to attack them and he routed them, pursuing them as far as Hobah, north of Damascus.
Kin 15:1Ma hope mai o ia mau mea, hiki maila ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova iā ʻAberama ma ka hihiʻo, ʻī maila, Mai makaʻu ʻoe, e ʻAberama, ʻo wau nō kou pale kaua a me kāu uku nui loa.After this, the word of the Lord came to Abram in a vision: “Do not be afraid, Abram. I am your shield, your very great reward.”
Kin 15:4Aia hoʻi, hiki maila ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova iā ia, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, ʻAʻole kēia o kou hoʻoilina; akā, ʻo ka mea e hele mai ana mai loko mai ou iho, ʻo kou hoʻoilina ia.Then the word of the Lord came to him: “This man will not be your heir, but a son who is your own flesh and blood will be your heir.”
Kin 15:5Kaʻi akula ʻo ia iā ia ma waho, ʻī maila, E nānā aku ʻoe i luna i ka lani, e helu i nā hōkū, inā e hiki iā ʻoe ke helu: ʻī maila kēlā iā ia, Pēlā auaneʻi kāu poʻe mamo.He took him outside and said, “Look up at the sky and count the stars — if indeed you can count them.” Then he said to him, “So shall your offspring be.”
Kin 15:18Ia lā nō, hoʻopaʻa ihola ʻo ia i berita me ʻAberama, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, Ua hāʻawi aku nō wau i kēia ʻāina no kāu poʻe mamo, mai ka muliwai ʻo ʻAigupita a hiki aku i ka muliwai nui, ka muliwai ʻo ʻEuperate:On that day the Lord made a covenant with Abram and said, “To your descendants I give this land, from the Wadi of Egypt to the great river, the Euphrates —
Kin 16:10ʻĪ maila hoʻi ka ʻānela o Iēhova iā ia, E hoʻonui loa nō wau i kāu poʻe mamo, ʻaʻole lākou e hiki ke helu ʻia no ka lehulehu.The angel added, “I will increase your descendants so much that they will be too numerous to count.”
Kin 18:21E iho ana au i laila e ʻike, i like paha kā lākou hana ʻana me ka leo no ia wahi i hiki mai ai i oʻu nei; a i ʻole paha, e ʻike auaneʻi hoʻi au.that I will go down and see if what they have done is as bad as the outcry that has reached me. If not, I will know.”
Kin 19:1A ahiahi ihola, hiki akula nā ʻānela ʻelua ma Sodoma: a noho ihola ʻo Lota ma ka ʻīpuka o Sodoma: ʻike akula ʻo Lota, kū aʻela ia e hālāwai pū lākou, a kūlou ihola kona mau maka i lalo ma ka honua;The two angels arrived at Sodom in the evening, and Lot was sitting in the gateway of the city. When he saw them, he got up to meet them and bowed down with his face to the ground.
Kin 19:19Eia hoʻi, ua loaʻa iho nei i kāu kauā ka lokomaikaʻi i mua o kou mau maka, a ua hoʻonui aʻe nei ʻoe i kou aloha āu i hōʻike mai ai iaʻu i ka hoʻōla ʻana mai iaʻu, ʻaʻole e hiki iaʻu ke holo ma ka mauna, o loaʻa iaʻu ka pōʻino, a make au.Your servant has found favor in your eyes, and you have shown great kindness to me in sparing my life. But I can’t flee to the mountains; this disaster will overtake me, and I’ll die.
Kin 19:20Eia aʻe ke kūlanakauhale, e hiki koke ke holo ma laila, a ua liʻiliʻi hoʻi ia; ʻeā, e ʻae mai iaʻu e holo ma laila, (ʻaʻole anei ia he wahi liʻiliʻi?) a e mālama ʻia kuʻu ola.Look, here is a town near enough to run to, and it is small. Let me flee to it — it is very small, isn’t it? Then my life will be spared.”
Kin 19:22E wikiwiki ʻoe e holo i laila; no ka mea, ʻaʻole e hiki iaʻu ke hana i kekahi mea, a puka aku nō ʻoe i laila. No laila, ua kapa ʻia ka inoa o ia kūlanakauhale, ʻo Zoara.But flee there quickly, because I cannot do anything until you reach it.” (That is why the town was called Zoar.)
Kin 19:37Hānau maila ka mua i keiki kāne, a kapa ihola i kona inoa ʻo Moaba: ʻo ia ke kupuna o ka Moaba a hiki i kēia manawa.The older daughter had a son, and she named him Moab; he is the father of the Moabites of today.
Kin 19:38A hānau maila hoʻi ka muli iho i keiki kāne, a kapa ihola i kona inoa ʻo Benami: ʻo ia ke kupuna o ka ʻAmona a hiki i kēia manawa.The younger daughter also had a son, and she named him Ben-Ammi; he is the father of the Ammonites of today.
Kin 20:13A i ka manawa a ke Akua i hoʻoʻauana mai ai iaʻu mai ka hale o koʻu makua kāne mai, ʻī akula au iā ia nei, Eia kou lokomaikaʻi āu e hōʻike mai ai iaʻu: i nā wahi a pau e hiki aku ai kāua, e ʻōlelo aku ʻoe noʻu, ʻO koʻu kaikunāne ia.And when God had me wander from my father’s household, I said to her, ‘This is how you can show your love to me: Everywhere we go, say of me, “He is my brother.”’”
Kin 21:26ʻĪ maila ʻo ʻAbimeleka, ʻAʻole au i ʻike i ka mea nāna i hana ia mea: ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoe i haʻi mai; ʻaʻole hoʻi au i lohe a hiki i kēia lā.But Abimelek said, “I don’t know who has done this. You did not tell me, and I heard about it only today.”
Kin 22:9A hiki akula lāua i kahi a ke Akua i ʻī mai ai iā ia; hana ihola ʻo ʻAberahama i kuahu i laila, kau pono akula i ka wahie ma luna, hīkiʻi ihola ia i kāna keiki iā ʻIsaʻaka, a kau akula iā ia ma ke kuahu ma luna o ka wahie.When they reached the place God had told him about, Abraham built an altar there and arranged the wood on it. He bound his son Isaac and laid him on the altar, on top of the wood.
Kin 22:14Kapa akula ʻo ʻAberahama i ka inoa o ia wahi, ʻO Iēhova-iire: me ia i ʻōlelo ʻia mai ai a hiki i kēia lā, Ma ka mauna o Iēhova e hoʻomākaukau ʻia ai.So Abraham called that place The Lord Will Provide. And to this day it is said, “On the mountain of the Lord it will be provided.”
Kin 24:5ʻĪ maila ua kauā nei iā ia, Inā paha ʻaʻole e makemake ka wahine e hahai mai iaʻu a hiki i kēia ʻāina: e pono anei iaʻu e kaʻi aku i kāu keiki i ka ʻāina āu i hele mai nei?The servant asked him, “What if the woman is unwilling to come back with me to this land? Shall I then take your son back to the country you came from?”
Kin 24:15ʻAʻole ia i hoʻōki iho i kāna ʻōlelo ʻana, Aia hoʻi, hiki maila ʻo Rebeka, ka mea i hānau na Betuʻela, na ke keiki kāne a Mileka a ka wahine a Nahora, ko ʻAberahama kaikuaʻana, me kona bākeke ma luna o kona poʻohiwi.Before he had finished praying, Rebekah came out with her jar on her shoulder. She was the daughter of Bethuel son of Milkah, who was the wife of Abraham’s brother Nahor.
Kin 24:41A laila, e hala ʻole ʻoe i kuʻu hoʻohiki ʻana, ke hiki aku ʻoe i koʻu poʻe hoahānau, a hāʻawi ʻole mai lākou iā ʻoe, a laila e hala ʻole ʻoe i kuʻu hoʻohiki ʻana.You will be released from my oath if, when you go to my clan, they refuse to give her to you — then you will be released from my oath.’
Kin 24:42A hiki maila au i kēia lā i ka luawai, ʻī akula, E Iēhova ke Akua o kuʻu haku ʻo ʻAberahama, inā ʻoe e hoʻopōmaikaʻi mai i kuʻu hele ʻana e hele nei:“When I came to the spring today, I said, ‘Lord, God of my master Abraham, if you will, please grant success to the journey on which I have come.
Kin 24:50A laila, ʻōlelo maila ʻo Labana lāua ʻo Betuʻela, ʻī maila, No Iēhova mai ia mea; ʻaʻole e hiki iā māua ke ʻōlelo aku iā ʻoe he hewa, ʻaʻole hoʻi he pono.Laban and Bethuel answered, “This is from the Lord; we can say nothing to you one way or the other.
Kin 25:18Noho ihola lākou mai Havila a hiki i Sura, ma ke alo o ʻAigupita, i kou hele ʻana i ʻAsuria; pēlā ʻo ia i noho ai ma ke alo o kona poʻe hoahānau a pau.His descendants settled in the area from Havilah to Shur, near the eastern border of Egypt, as you go toward Ashur. And they lived in hostility toward all the tribes related to them.
Kin 25:24A hiki mai kona manawa e hānau ai, aia hoʻi, he mau māhoe i loko o kona ʻōpū.When the time came for her to give birth, there were twin boys in her womb.
Kin 26:1He wī nō ma ia ʻāina, he ʻokoʻa ka wī mua i hiki mai ai i ka wā iā ʻAberahama. A hele akula ʻo ʻIsaʻaka i o ʻAbimeleka lā, i ke aliʻi o ko Pilisetia ma Gerara.Now there was a famine in the land — besides the previous famine in Abraham’s time — and Isaac went to Abimelek king of the Philistines in Gerar.
Kin 26:33Kapa ihola ʻo ia ia wahi, ʻo Seba: no laila, ʻo Beʻereseba ka inoa o ia kūlanakauhale a hiki i kēia lā.He called it Shibah, and to this day the name of the town has been Beersheba.
Kin 27:1I ko ʻIsaʻaka manawa i ʻelemakule ai, a pōwehiwehi ai kona mau maka, a hiki ʻole iā ia ke ʻike aku; hea akula ʻo ia iā ʻEsau i kāna keiki mua, ʻī akula iā ia, E kuʻu keiki: ʻī maila kēlā, Eia wau.When Isaac was old and his eyes were so weak that he could no longer see, he called for Esau his older son and said to him, “My son.” “Here I am,” he answered.
Kin 27:33Haʻalulu nui loa ihola ʻo ʻIsaʻaka, ʻī maila, ʻO wai? ʻAuhea hoʻi ka mea i kiʻi i ka ʻiʻo mea hihiu, a i lawe mai hoʻi i oʻu nei, a ua ʻai iho nei au a pau, ma mua o kou hiki ʻana mai, a ua hoʻomaikaʻi au iā ia? ʻOiaʻiʻo, ʻo ia ke hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia.Isaac trembled violently and said, “Who was it, then, that hunted game and brought it to me? I ate it just before you came and I blessed him — and indeed he will be blessed!”
Kin 28:11A hiki akula ia i kauwahi, a noho ihola i laila i ka pō; no ka mea, ua napoʻo ka lā: lawe aʻela ia i kekahi o nā pōhaku o ia wahi i uluna nona, a moe ihola i laila.When he reached a certain place, he stopped for the night because the sun had set. Taking one of the stones there, he put it under his head and lay down to sleep.
Kin 28:12Moe ihola ia i ka ʻuhane; aia hoʻi, kū maila kekahi ala haka ma luna o ka honua, a hiki akula kona wēlau i ka lani: aia hoʻi, ua ʻikea nā ʻānela o ke Akua i ka piʻi ʻana aʻe, a i ka iho ʻana mai ma luna o ka haka.He had a dream in which he saw a stairway resting on the earth, with its top reaching to heaven, and the angels of God were ascending and descending on it.
Kin 29:1A laila, hele akula ʻo Iakoba i kona hele ʻana, a hiki akula i ka ʻāina o nā kānaka o ka hikina.Then Jacob continued on his journey and came to the land of the eastern peoples.
Kin 29:7ʻĪ akula ia, Aia hoʻi, he lā ʻokoʻa kēia; ʻaʻole i hiki ka manawa e hōʻuluʻulu ai i nā bipi: e hoʻohāinu ʻoukou i nā hipa, a hele e hānai.“Look,” he said, “the sun is still high; it is not time for the flocks to be gathered. Water the sheep and take them back to pasture.”
Kin 29:8ʻĪ maila lākou, ʻAʻole mākou e hiki, a pau nā ʻohana hipa i ka hōʻuluʻulu ʻia, a ʻolokaʻa aʻe lākou i ka pōhaku, mai ka waha mai o ka luawai; a laila mākou e hoʻohāinu i nā hipa.“We can’t,” they replied, “until all the flocks are gathered and the stone has been rolled away from the mouth of the well. Then we will water the sheep.”
Kin 29:9Iā ia i ʻōlelo ai me lākou, hiki maila ʻo Rāhela me nā hipa a kona makua kāne: no ka mea, nāna lākou i mālama.While he was still talking with them, Rachel came with her father’s sheep, for she was a shepherd.
Kin 30:30No ka mea, he mea ʻuʻuku kāu ma mua o koʻu hiki ʻana mai, a ua hoʻomāhuahua ʻia aʻe ia he lehulehu loa: a ua hoʻopōmaikaʻi mai ʻo Iēhova iā ʻoe, ma hope mai o kuʻu hele ʻana mai: ʻānō hoʻi, āhea lā au e hoʻolako ai i ko ka hale oʻu kekahi?The little you had before I came has increased greatly, and the Lord has blessed you wherever I have been. But now, when may I do something for my own household?”
Kin 31:23Kono akula ia i kona poʻe hoahānau e hele pū me ia, alualu mai ma hope ona i nā lā hele ʻehiku, a hiki maila i o Iakoba lā ma ka mauna ʻo Gileada.Taking his relatives with him, he pursued Jacob for seven days and caught up with him in the hill country of Gilead.
Kin 31:29E hiki nō i kuʻu lima ke hana aku iā ʻoe i ke ʻino: akā, ʻo ke Akua o kou makua kāne i ʻōlelo mai iaʻu i ka pō nei, i ka ʻī ʻana, E ao ʻoe, mai ʻōlelo aku ʻoe iā Iakoba i ka mea aloha, ʻaʻole hoʻi ka mea hōʻino.I have the power to harm you; but last night the God of your father said to me, ‘Be careful not to say anything to Jacob, either good or bad.’
Kin 31:35ʻĪ akula ʻo Rāhela i kona makua kāne, mai huhū mai koʻu haku i kuʻu hiki ʻole ke kū aʻe i luna; no ka mea, he maʻi wahine koʻu. ʻImi ihola ʻo ia, ʻaʻole naʻe i loaʻa iā ia nā kiʻi.Rachel said to her father, “Don’t be angry, my lord, that I cannot stand up in your presence; I’m having my period.” So he searched but could not find the household gods.
Kin 31:43ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Labana iā Iakoba, ʻī maila, Naʻu nō kēia mau kaikamāhine, a naʻu nō kēia mau kamaliʻi, a naʻu nō hoʻi kēia poʻe holoholona, a naʻu nō nā mea a pau āu e ʻike nei; a he aha kaʻu mea e hiki ai i kēia lā ke hana aku i kēia mau kaikamāhine aʻu, a me kēia mau kamaliʻi a lākou i hānau ai?Laban answered Jacob, “The women are my daughters, the children are my children, and the flocks are my flocks. All you see is mine. Yet what can I do today about these daughters of mine, or about the children they have borne?
Kin 32:4Kauoha akula ia iā lākou, ʻī akula, Penei kā ʻoukou e ʻōlelo aku ai i kuʻu haku, iā ʻEsau; Ke ʻī mai nei ʻo kāu kauā ʻo Iakoba penei, Ua noho pū au me Labana, ua kali aku nō wau i laila a hiki i nēia manawa.He instructed them: “This is what you are to say to my lord Esau: ‘Your servant Jacob says, I have been staying with Laban and have remained there till now.
Kin 32:32No ia mea, ʻaʻole e ʻai nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela i ke olonā i ʻeʻeke, ka mea ma ka ʻūhā, a hiki i kēia lā: no ka mea, papaʻi maila kēlā i ka hena o ko Iakoba ʻūhā ma ke olonā i ʻeʻeke.Therefore to this day the Israelites do not eat the tendon attached to the socket of the hip, because the socket of Jacob’s hip was touched near the tendon.
Kin 33:1Nānā akula nā maka o Iakoba, ʻike akula, aia hoʻi, ua hiki mai ʻo ʻEsau me nā haneri kānaka ʻehā. A puʻunaue akula ia i nā kamaliʻi iā Lea, a iā Rāhela, a i nā kauā wahine ʻelua.Jacob looked up and there was Esau, coming with his four hundred men; so he divided the children among Leah, Rachel and the two female servants.
Kin 33:3Hele ʻē akula ia ma mua o lākou; kūlou pāhiku ihola ia ma ka honua, a hiki akula ia i kona kaikuaʻana.He himself went on ahead and bowed down to the ground seven times as he approached his brother.
Kin 33:14Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e hele ʻē aku kuʻu haku ma mua o kāna kauā ma kēlā kapa; a naʻu nō e hele mālie aku, e like me ka hiki ʻana o nā holoholona a me nā kamaliʻi ke hele i mua oʻu, a hiki aku au i kuʻu haku ma Seira.So let my lord go on ahead of his servant, while I move along slowly at the pace of the flocks and herds before me and the pace of the children, until I come to my lord in Seir.”
Kin 35:6A hiki akula ʻo Iakoba i Luza, ʻo ia hoʻi ʻo Betela, ma ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana, ʻo ia a me nā kānaka a pau me ia.Jacob and all the people with him came to Luz (that is, Bethel) in the land of Canaan.
Kin 35:16Hele akula lākou mai Betela aku, a ua kokoke e hiki i ʻEperata, haʻakōhi ihola ʻo Rāhela, a puʻua iho i ka hānau keiki ʻana.Then they moved on from Bethel. While they were still some distance from Ephrath, Rachel began to give birth and had great difficulty.
Kin 35:20Hoʻokū aʻela ʻo ʻIseraʻela, i pōhaku ʻeho ma luna o kona hē, ʻo ia ka ʻeho no ka hē o Rāhela, a hiki i kēia manawa.Over her tomb Jacob set up a pillar, and to this day that pillar marks Rachel’s tomb.
Kin 36:7ʻAʻole i hiki iā lāua ke noho pū, no ka nui loa o ko lāua waiwai; ʻaʻole i pono i ka ʻāina, kahi a lāua i noho malihini ai ke mālama iā lāua, no nā holoholona a lāua.Their possessions were too great for them to remain together; the land where they were staying could not support them both because of their livestock.
Kin 37:4A ʻike ihola kona poʻe kaikuaʻana i ke kela ʻana aku o ke aloha o ko lākou makua kāne iā Iosepa ma mua o kona poʻe hoahānau a pau, inaina akula lākou iā Iosepa, ʻaʻole i hiki ke ʻōlelo ʻoluʻolu aku iā ia.When his brothers saw that their father loved him more than any of them, they hated him and could not speak a kind word to him.
Kin 37:14ʻĪ akula ʻo ia iā ia, ʻEā, ō hele ʻoe e ʻike i ka pono o kou poʻe kaikuaʻana, a me ka pono o nā holoholona, a e haʻi mai iaʻu. Hoʻouna akula ʻo ia iā ia, i waho o ke awāwa ʻo Heberona, a hiki akula ia i Sekema.So he said to him, “Go and see if all is well with your brothers and with the flocks, and bring word back to me.” Then he sent him off from the Valley of Hebron. When Joseph arrived at Shechem,
Kin 37:23A hiki akula ʻo Iosepa i kona poʻe kaikuaʻana, hao aʻela lākou i ko Iosepa kapa, ʻo ke kapa ʻōniʻoniʻo ma luna ona;So when Joseph came to his brothers, they stripped him of his robe — the ornate robe he was wearing —
Kin 37:32Hoʻouka akula lākou i ua kapa ʻōniʻoniʻo lā, a hiki i ko lākou makua kāne; ʻī akula, Ua loaʻa mai kēia iā mākou: e nānā ʻoe, ʻo ke kapa paha o kāu keiki, ʻaʻole paha.They took the ornate robe back to their father and said, “We found this. Examine it to see whether it is your son’s robe.”
Kin 37:35Kū maila kāna mau keiki kāne a pau, a me kāna mau kaikamāhine a pau, e hoʻonānā iā ia. Hōʻole akula kēlā, ʻaʻole e nā: ʻī akula, E kanikau nō au, a hiki au i lalo i ka lua i kuʻu keiki lā. Pēlā i uē ai kona makua kāne iā ia.All his sons and daughters came to comfort him, but he refused to be comforted. “No,” he said, “I will continue to mourn until I join my son in the grave.” So his father wept for him.
Kin 39:12ʻApo maila kēlā iā ia ma ke kapa ona, ʻī maila, E moe kāua. Haʻalele ihola ia i kona kapa ma ka lima ona, holo akula a hiki i waho.She caught him by his cloak and said, “Come to bed with me!” But he left his cloak in her hand and ran out of the house.
Kin 39:15A lohe maila kēlā i kuʻu hoʻokiʻekiʻe ʻana i kuʻu leo i luna, a i kuʻu hea ʻana aku, haʻalele iho nei ʻo ia i ke kapa ona iaʻu, holo akula a hiki i waho.When he heard me scream for help, he left his cloak beside me and ran out of the house.”
Kin 41:15ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Paraʻo iā Iosepa, Ua moe au i ka moe, ʻaʻohe mea nāna e hoʻākāka mai ke ʻano, ua lohe au nou, aia lohe ʻoe i ka moe, e hiki iā ʻoe ke haʻi i ke ʻano.Pharaoh said to Joseph, “I had a dream, and no one can interpret it. But I have heard it said of you that when you hear a dream you can interpret it.”
Kin 41:29Aia hoʻi, e hiki mai ana nā makahiki ʻehiku, he mau makahiki ʻai nui ma ka ʻāina a pau ʻo ʻAigupita.Seven years of great abundance are coming throughout the land of Egypt,
Kin 41:30A ma hope iho o lākou, e hiki mai auaneʻi nā makahiki ʻehiku e wī ai, a e poina ʻia auaneʻi ke ola a pau, ma ka ʻāina i ʻAigupita, e oki loa ka ʻāina i ka wī.but seven years of famine will follow them. Then all the abundance in Egypt will be forgotten, and the famine will ravage the land.
Kin 41:31ʻAʻole e ʻike ʻia ke ola ma ka ʻāina, no ka wī e hiki ana ma hope, no ka mea, e kaumaha loa ia.The abundance in the land will not be remembered, because the famine that follows it will be so severe.
Kin 41:35A e hōʻiliʻili mai lākou i ka ʻai a pau o nā makahiki maikaʻi e hiki mai ana, a e hoʻāhu mai i palaoa ma lalo o ka lima o Paraʻo, a e mālama hoʻi lākou i ka ʻai i loko o nā kūlanakauhale.They should collect all the food of these good years that are coming and store up the grain under the authority of Pharaoh, to be kept in the cities for food.
Kin 41:36He ʻai mālama ia no ka ʻāina, no nā makahiki wī ʻehiku, e hiki mai ana ma ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita, i make ʻole ai ka ʻāina i ka wī.This food should be held in reserve for the country, to be used during the seven years of famine that will come upon Egypt, so that the country may not be ruined by the famine.”
Kin 41:49Hōʻiliʻili maila ʻo Iosepa i ka palaoa e like me ke one o ke kai ka nui loa, a oki ihola ka helu no ka hiki ʻole ke helu aku.Joseph stored up huge quantities of grain, like the sand of the sea; it was so much that he stopped keeping records because it was beyond measure.
Kin 41:50A hānau ihola kā Iosepa mau keiki kāne ʻelua, ma mua o ka hiki ʻana o nā makahiki wī, na ʻAsenata, ke kaikamahine a Potipera a ke kahuna o ʻOna i hānau nāna.Before the years of famine came, two sons were born to Joseph by Asenath daughter of Potiphera, priest of On.
Kin 41:53Pau aʻela nā makahiki momona ʻehiku i hiki mai ai ma ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita.The seven years of abundance in Egypt came to an end,
Kin 41:54A laila, hiki maila nā makahiki wī ʻehiku, e like me kā Iosepa i ʻōlelo mai ai. He wī nō ma nā ʻāina a pau, akā, he ʻai ma nā ʻāina a pau i ʻAigupita.and the seven years of famine began, just as Joseph had said. There was famine in all the other lands, but in the whole land of Egypt there was food.
Kin 42:15I kēia mea e ʻikea ai ʻoukou, ma ke ola o Paraʻo, ʻaʻole ʻoukou e hoʻi aku, ke hiki ʻole mai ko ʻoukou kaikaina.And this is how you will be tested: As surely as Pharaoh lives, you will not leave this place unless your youngest brother comes here.
Kin 42:21ʻŌlelo aʻela lākou kekahi i kekahi, Ua hewa ʻiʻo kākou i ko kākou kaikaina, no ka mea, ua ʻike kākou i ka ʻehaʻeha o kona naʻau, i ka manawa āna i noi mai ai iā kākou, ʻaʻole kākou i hoʻolohe aku; no ia mea, ua hiki mai kēia pōpilikia i o kākou nei.They said to one another, “Surely we are being punished because of our brother. We saw how distressed he was when he pleaded with us for his life, but we would not listen; that’s why this distress has come on us.”
Kin 42:29A hiki lākou i o Iakoba lā, i ko lākou makua kāne i ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana, haʻi akula lākou iā ia i nā mea a pau i loaʻa ai iā lākou; ʻī akula,When they came to their father Jacob in the land of Canaan, they told him all that had happened to them. They said,
Kin 43:21A hiki akula mākou i kahi oʻioʻina, wehe aʻela mākou i kā mākou mau ʻeke, aia hoʻi ka moni a pau a mākou i loko o ka waha o nā ʻeke a mākou. A ua halihali hou mai mākou ia mea ma ko mākou mau lima.But at the place where we stopped for the night we opened our sacks and each of us found his silver — the exact weight — in the mouth of his sack. So we have brought it back with us.
Kin 43:23ʻŌlelo maila kēlā, Aloha ʻoukou, mai makaʻu; na ko ʻoukou Akua, ke Akua o ko ʻoukou makua kāne, nāna i hāʻawi ka waiwai na ʻoukou i loko o kā ʻoukou mau ʻeke: ua hiki mai kā ʻoukou moni iaʻu. Alakaʻi maila ʻo ia iā Simeona i o lākou lā.“It’s all right,” he said. “Don’t be afraid. Your God, the God of your father, has given you treasure in your sacks; I received your silver.” Then he brought Simeon out to them.
Kin 43:32Kau maila lākou nāna ma ke kaʻawale, a na lākou ma ke kaʻawale, a na ko ʻAigupita i ʻai pū me ia ma ke kaʻawale; no ka mea, ʻaʻole e hiki i ko ʻAigupita, ke ʻai pū me nā Hebera, he mea haumia ia i ko ʻAigupita.They served him by himself, the brothers by themselves, and the Egyptians who ate with him by themselves, because Egyptians could not eat with Hebrews, for that is detestable to Egyptians.
Kin 44:4A puka akula lākou ma waho o ke kūlanakauhale, ʻaʻole i hiki i kahi lōʻihi, a laila ʻōlelo akula ʻo Iosepa i kāna luna, E kū ʻoe, e alualu aku i ua poʻe kānaka lā, a loaʻa lākou iā ʻoe, e ʻī aku iā lākou, No ke aha ʻoukou i hoʻihoʻi mai ai i ka hewa no ka pono?They had not gone far from the city when Joseph said to his steward, “Go after those men at once, and when you catch up with them, say to them, ‘Why have you repaid good with evil?
Kin 44:6A hiki akula ia i o lākou lā, ʻōlelo akula ia iā lākou i kēia mau ʻōlelo.When he caught up with them, he repeated these words to them.
Kin 44:7Nīnau maila lākou iā ia, No ke aha lā i ʻōlelo mai ai kuʻu haku i kēia ʻōlelo? ʻAʻole loa e hiki i kou poʻe kauā ke hana e like me ia.But they said to him, “Why does my lord say such things? Far be it from your servants to do anything like that!
Kin 44:15Nīnau akula ʻo Iosepa iā lākou, He aha kēia mea a ʻoukou i hana mai nei? ʻAʻole anei ʻoukou i ʻike, e hiki i ke kanaka me aʻu nei e kilokilo aku?Joseph said to them, “What is this you have done? Don’t you know that a man like me can find things out by divination?”
Kin 44:17ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iosepa, ʻAʻole loa e hiki iaʻu ke hana pēlā; akā, ʻo ke kanaka, i loaʻa ai ke kīʻaha i kona lima, e lilo ia i kauā naʻu: a ʻo ʻoukou, e hoʻi aku me ka maluhia i ko ʻoukou makua kāne.But Joseph said, “Far be it from me to do such a thing! Only the man who was found to have the cup will become my slave. The rest of you, go back to your father in peace.”
Kin 44:22A laila ʻōlelo akula mākou iā ʻoe i kuʻu haku, ʻAʻole e hiki i ke keiki ke haʻalele i kona makua kāne; no ka mea, inā e haʻalele ke keiki i kona makua kāne, e make nō ia.And we said to my lord, ‘The boy cannot leave his father; if he leaves him, his father will die.’
Kin 44:24A hiki akula mākou i kāu kauā i koʻu makua kāne, haʻi akula mākou iā ia i ka ʻōlelo a kuʻu haku.When we went back to your servant my father, we told him what my lord had said.
Kin 44:26ʻŌlelo aku mākou, ʻAʻole loa mākou e hiki ke hele i lalo; akā, i hele pū ko mākou kaikaina me mākou, a laila e hele aku mākou i lalo, no ka mea, ʻaʻole e hiki iā mākou ke ʻike aku i ka maka o ua kanaka lā, ke hele pū ʻole ko mākou kaikaina me mākou.But we said, ‘We cannot go down. Only if our youngest brother is with us will we go. We cannot see the man’s face unless our youngest brother is with us.’
Kin 44:30No kēia mea hoʻi, ke hiki aku au i kāu kauā i koʻu makua kāne, ʻaʻole ke keiki me mākou, ua paʻi pū ʻia kona ola me ke ola o ke keiki;“So now, if the boy is not with us when I go back to your servant my father, and if my father, whose life is closely bound up with the boy’s life,
Kin 44:34No ka mea, pehea lā au e hoʻi aku ai i kuʻu makua kāne, ʻaʻole ke keiki me aʻu? O ʻike auaneʻi au i ka mea ʻino e hiki mai ana ma luna o kuʻu makua kāne.How can I go back to my father if the boy is not with me? No! Do not let me see the misery that would come on my father.”
Kin 45:1A laila ʻaʻole e hiki iā Iosepa ke ʻuʻumi iho i ke aloha i loko ona i mua o lākou a pau, ʻo ka poʻe i kū pū maila me ia: a hea akula ia, E hele aku nā kānaka a pau i waho, mai oʻu aku nei. ʻAʻole i noho mai kekahi kanaka me ia, i ka manawa a Iosepa i hōʻike ai iā ia iho i kona poʻe hoahānau.Then Joseph could no longer control himself before all his attendants, and he cried out, “Have everyone leave my presence!” So there was no one with Joseph when he made himself known to his brothers.
Kin 45:3ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Iosepa i kona poʻe hoahānau, ʻO wau nō ʻo Iosepa; ke ola lā nō anei koʻu makua kāne? ʻAʻole i hiki ke ʻekemu iki mai kona poʻe hoahānau iā ia: no ka mea, makaʻu nui iho lākou i mua ona.Joseph said to his brothers, “I am Joseph! Is my father still living?” But his brothers were not able to answer him, because they were terrified at his presence.
Kin 45:16Lohea ihola kēia mea ma ka hale o Paraʻo, ʻōlelo ʻia ihola, Ua hiki mai nā hoahānau o Iosepa. Ua pono hoʻi ia i nā maka o Paraʻo, a i nā maka o kāna poʻe kauā.When the news reached Pharaoh’s palace that Joseph’s brothers had come, Pharaoh and all his officials were pleased.
Kin 45:17ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Paraʻo iā Iosepa, E ʻī aku ʻoe i kou poʻe hoahānau, E hana pēnēia, e kau i ko ʻoukou mea ma nā hoki a hoʻi aku a hiki i ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana.Pharaoh said to Joseph, “Tell your brothers, ‘Do this: Load your animals and return to the land of Canaan,
Kin 45:25A hoʻi akula lākou, mai waho mai o ʻAigupita, a hiki akula i ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana, iā Iakoba, i ko lākou makua kāne.So they went up out of Egypt and came to their father Jacob in the land of Canaan.
Kin 46:1Hele maila ʻo ʻIseraʻela me kāna mau mea a pau loa, a hiki maila i Beʻereseba, a mōhai akula ia i nā mōhai i ke Akua o kona makua kāne ʻo ʻIsaʻaka.So Israel set out with all that was his, and when he reached Beersheba, he offered sacrifices to the God of his father Isaac.
Kin 46:28A hoʻouna akula ʻo ia iā Iuda, ma mua ona i o Iosepa lā, e kuhikuhi aku ma mua ona i Gosena; a hiki maila lākou i ka ʻāina ʻo Gosena.Now Jacob sent Judah ahead of him to Joseph to get directions to Goshen. When they arrived in the region of Goshen,
Kin 46:33A hiki i ka wā e hea mai ai ʻo Paraʻo iā ʻoukou, a e nīnau mai, He aha kā ʻoukou ʻoihana?When Pharaoh calls you in and asks, ‘What is your occupation?’
Kin 47:1Hele aʻela ʻo Iosepa, haʻi akula iā Paraʻo, ʻī akula, Ua hiki mai nei koʻu makua kāne a me koʻu poʻe hanauna, a me kā lākou hipa, a me kā lākou holoholona, a me kā lākou mea a pau, mai ka ʻāina mai o Kanaʻana, aia hoʻi lākou ma ka ʻāina, i Gosena.Joseph went and told Pharaoh, “My father and brothers, with their flocks and herds and everything they own, have come from the land of Canaan and are now in Goshen.”
Kin 47:5A ʻōlelo maila ʻo Paraʻo iā Iosepa, ʻī maila, Ua hiki mai i ou lā kou makua kāne a me nā hoahānau ou.Pharaoh said to Joseph, “Your father and your brothers have come to you,
Kin 48:7I koʻu hele ʻana mai, mai Padana mai, make aʻela ʻo Rāhela ma koʻu ʻaoʻao, ma ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana, ma ke ala, kokoke e hiki aku i ʻEperata, a kanu ihola au iā ia ma laila ma ke ala ma ʻEperata, ʻo ia hoʻi ʻo Betelehema.As I was returning from Paddan, to my sorrow Rachel died in the land of Canaan while we were still on the way, a little distance from Ephrath. So I buried her there beside the road to Ephrath” (that is, Bethlehem).
Kin 48:10Kaumaha nō nā maka o ʻIseraʻela, no ka ʻelemakule, ʻaʻole hiki iā ia ke nānā; a hoʻonoho mai kēlā iā lāua i mua ona, a honi akula ʻo ia iā lāua, a pūliki ihola.Now Israel’s eyes were failing because of old age, and he could hardly see. So Joseph brought his sons close to him, and his father kissed them and embraced them.
Kin 48:15Hoʻomaikaʻi maila ʻo ia iā Iosepa, ʻī maila, Na ke Akua, ka mea a koʻu mau mākua o ʻAberahama a me ʻIsaʻaka i hele aʻe i mua ona, na ke Akua nāna wau i mālama mai, mai koʻu wā ʻuʻuku a hiki loa mai i nēia lā;Then he blessed Joseph and said, “May the God before whom my fathers Abraham and Isaac walked faithfully, the God who has been my shepherd all my life to this day,
Kin 49:1Kāhea akula ʻo Iakoba i kāna mau keiki kāne, ʻī akula, E hōʻuluʻulu mai iā ʻoukou iho i haʻi aku ai au iā ʻoukou i nā mea e hiki mai ana i o ʻoukou lā i nā lā ma hope.Then Jacob called for his sons and said: “Gather around so I can tell you what will happen to you in days to come.
Kin 49:10ʻAʻole e lilo aku ke koʻokoʻo aliʻi mai o Iuda aku, ʻaʻole hoʻi ka mea wehewehe kānāwai mai waena aku o kona mau wāwae, a hiki mai ai ʻo Silo; a iā ia ke ʻākoakoa ʻana aʻe o nā kānaka.The scepter will not depart from Judah, nor the ruler’s staff from between his feet, until he to whom it belongs shall come and the obedience of the nations shall be his.
Kin 49:13E noho auaneʻi ʻo Zebuluna ma ke kahakai; ʻo ia nō ke kahakai no nā moku; a e hiki aku kona palena i Sidona.“Zebulun will live by the seashore and become a haven for ships; his border will extend toward Sidon.
Kin 49:26Ua ʻoi aku ka hoʻomaikaʻi ʻana o kou makua kāne ma luna o nā hoʻomaikaʻi ʻana o nā mauna mau, a hiki aku hoʻi i nā mokuna o nā puʻu kahiko loa: ma luna nō auaneʻi ia o ke poʻo o Iosepa, a ma luna hoʻi o ka piko o ke poʻo o ka mea i hoʻokaʻawale ʻia aʻe mai kona poʻo hanauna aku.Your father’s blessings are greater than the blessings of the ancient mountains, than the bounty of the age-old hills. Let all these rest on the head of Joseph, on the brow of the prince among his brothers.
Puk 1:10E hana maʻalea kākou iā lākou; o nui auaneʻi lākou, a hiki mai ke kaua, hui pū lākou me ko kākou poʻe ʻenemi, a e kaua mai hoʻi iā kākou, a pēlā lākou e piʻi aku ai mai ka ʻāina aku.Come, we must deal shrewdly with them or they will become even more numerous and, if war breaks out, will join our enemies, fight against us and leave the country.”
Puk 1:19ʻĪ akula nā pale keiki iā Paraʻo, No ka mea, ʻaʻole i like nā wāhine Hebera me ko ʻAigupita poʻe wāhine, he hikiwawe ko lākou, ʻaʻole e hiki aku nā pale keiki, a hānau ʻē nō lākou.The midwives answered Pharaoh, “Hebrew women are not like Egyptian women; they are vigorous and give birth before the midwives arrive.”
Puk 2:3A i ka wā hiki ʻole iā ia ke hūnā hou aku, lawe aʻela ia i waʻa kome nona, a hāpala ia mea i ka bitumena a me ke kēpau, a hahao ihola i ke keiki ma loko; a waiho ihola ma loko o nā kaluhā ma kapa o ka muliwai.But when she could hide him no longer, she got a papyrus basket for him and coated it with tar and pitch. Then she placed the child in it and put it among the reeds along the bank of the Nile.
Puk 2:23A nui nā lā i hala, make ke aliʻi o ʻAigupita, a kaniʻuhū ihola ka poʻe mamo a ʻIseraʻela, no ka luhi loa ʻana, a uē akula lākou; a hiki akula ko lākou uē ʻana i ke Akua no ko lākou luhi.During that long period, the king of Egypt died. The Israelites groaned in their slavery and cried out, and their cry for help because of their slavery went up to God.
Puk 3:1Hānai ihola ʻo Mose i nā holoholona a Ietero a kona makuahōnōwai kāne, a ke kahuna ma Midiana; alakaʻi akula nō ia i nā holoholona ma ke kua o ka wao nahele, a hiki akula i ke kuahiwi o ke Akua, i Horeba.Now Moses was tending the flock of Jethro his father-in-law, the priest of Midian, and he led the flock to the far side of the wilderness and came to Horeb, the mountain of God.
Puk 3:9Eia hoʻi, no ka mea, ua hiki mai i oʻu nei ke kaniʻuhū ʻana o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela; a ua ʻike nō hoʻi au i ka luhi ʻana a ko ʻAigupita i hoʻoluhi iho ai iā lākou.And now the cry of the Israelites has reached me, and I have seen the way the Egyptians are oppressing them.
Puk 3:13Nīnau akula ʻo Mose i ke Akua, Aia hoʻi, a hiki aku au i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, a e ʻōlelo au iā lākou, Na ke Akua o ko ʻoukou poʻe kūpuna ʻo wau i hoʻouna mai i o ʻoukou nei, a e nīnau lākou iaʻu, ʻO wai kona inoa? Pehea lā hoʻi kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku ai iā lākou?Moses said to God, “Suppose I go to the Israelites and say to them, ‘The God of your fathers has sent me to you,’ and they ask me, ‘What is his name?’ Then what shall I tell them?”
Puk 3:17Ua ʻōlelo hoʻi au, Naʻu nō ʻoukou e lawe aku i luna, mai loko aʻe o ka pōpilikia o ʻAigupita, a hiki i ka ʻāina o ka Kanaʻana a me ka Heta a me ka ʻAmora a me ka Pereza a me ka Hiva, a me ka Iebusa, i ka ʻāina e kahe ana ʻo ka waiū a me ka meli.And I have promised to bring you up out of your misery in Egypt into the land of the Canaanites, Hittites, Amorites, Perizzites, Hivites and Jebusites — a land flowing with milk and honey.’
Puk 4:10ʻĪ akula ʻo Mose iā Iēhova, E kuʻu Haku ē, he kanaka akamai ʻole wau i ka ʻōlelo, ʻaʻole ma mua mai a hiki i kēia wā āu e ʻōlelo mai ai i kāu kauā nei, he kali koʻu waha, a he kali hoʻi koʻu elelo.Moses said to the Lord, “Pardon your servant, Lord. I have never been eloquent, neither in the past nor since you have spoken to your servant. I am slow of speech and tongue.”
Puk 4:14Wela maila ka inaina o Iēhova iā Mose, ʻī maila kēlā, ʻAʻole anei ke kaikuaʻana ou ʻo ʻAʻarona ka Levi? Ua ʻike nō au e hiki nō iā ia ke ʻōlelo; aia hoʻi ke hele mai nei ia e hālāwai me ʻoe: aia ʻike mai kēlā iā ʻoe, e ʻoliʻoli auaneʻi ʻo ia ma kona naʻau.Then the Lord’s anger burned against Moses and he said, “What about your brother, Aaron the Levite? I know he can speak well. He is already on his way to meet you, and he will be glad to see you.
Puk 4:24A hiki mai hoʻi ia ma ke ala, ma loko o ka hale kipa, hālāwai maila ʻo Iēhova me ia, a ʻimi ihola e pepehi iā ia.At a lodging place on the way, the Lord met Moses and was about to kill him.
Puk 5:3ʻĪ akula lāua, ua hālāwai mai me mākou ke Akua o ka poʻe Hebera; no ia mea, e hoʻokuʻu ʻoe iā mākou e hele i ka wao nahele, i kahi ʻekolu lā hiki, e kaumaha aku ai na Iēhova ʻo ko mākou Akua, o kau mai ia ma luna o mākou i ke ahulau a me ka pahi kaua.Then they said, “The God of the Hebrews has met with us. Now let us take a three-day journey into the wilderness to offer sacrifices to the Lord our God, or he may strike us with plagues or with the sword.”
Puk 7:19ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, E ʻōlelo aku ʻoe iā ʻAʻarona, E lālau ʻoe i kou koʻokoʻo, a e ʻō aku kou lima ma luna o nā wai o ʻAigupita, ma nā kahawai, a ma nā muliwai, a ma nā loko, a ma nā huinawai a pau o lākou, i lilo ai lākou i koko: i hiki mai ke koko ma nā ʻāina a pau o ʻAigupita nei, ma loko o ka lāʻau, a ma loko o ka pōhaku.The Lord said to Moses, “Tell Aaron, ‘Take your staff and stretch out your hand over the waters of Egypt — over the streams and canals, over the ponds and all the reservoirs — and they will turn to blood.’ Blood will be everywhere in Egypt, even in vessels of wood and stone.”
Puk 7:21A make ihola ka iʻa ma loko o ka muliwai; pilau maila ka muliwai; ʻaʻole i hiki i ko ʻAigupita ke inu i ka wai o ua muliwai lā: a he koko nō ma ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita a pau.The fish in the Nile died, and the river smelled so bad that the Egyptians could not drink its water. Blood was everywhere in Egypt.
Puk 7:24Kōhi ihola ko ʻAigupita a pau i nā wahi e kokoke ana i ka muliwai, i loaʻa ai ka wai e inu: no ka mea, ʻaʻole i hiki iā lākou ke inu i ka wai o ka muliwai.And all the Egyptians dug along the Nile to get drinking water, because they could not drink the water of the river.
Puk 8:5ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, E ʻī aku ʻoe iā ʻAʻarona, E ʻō aku kou lima me kou koʻokoʻo ma luna o nā kahawai, a me nā muliwai, a me nā loko, i hiki mai nā rana ma luna o ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita.Then the Lord said to Moses, “Tell Aaron, ‘Stretch out your hand with your staff over the streams and canals and ponds, and make frogs come up on the land of Egypt.’”
Puk 8:6ʻŌ akula nō ko ʻAʻarona lima ma luna o ka wai o ʻAigupita, a hiki maila nā rana, a hoʻouhi paʻapū aʻela i ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita.So Aaron stretched out his hand over the waters of Egypt, and the frogs came up and covered the land.
Puk 8:18Hana ihola nō pēlā nā māgoi, me ko lākou mea kilokilo, i hiki mai ai ka makika, ʻaʻole naʻe i hiki iā lākou. He makika nō naʻe ma luna o nā kānaka, a ma luna o nā holoholona.But when the magicians tried to produce gnats by their secret arts, they could not. Since the gnats were on people and animals everywhere,
Puk 8:22Ia lā hoʻi, e hoʻokaʻawale auaneʻi au i ka ʻāina ʻo Gosena, i kahi e noho nei koʻu poʻe kānaka, i hiki ʻole ai ka nalo nahu i laila; i mea e ʻike ai ʻoe, ʻo wau nō Iēhova ma waena o ka honua.“‘But on that day I will deal differently with the land of Goshen, where my people live; no swarms of flies will be there, so that you will know that I, the Lord, am in this land.
Puk 8:23A e kau nō au i pale ma waena o koʻu poʻe kānaka a me kou poʻe kānaka. ʻApōpō e hiki mai kēia mea.I will make a distinction between my people and your people. This sign will occur tomorrow.’”
Puk 8:24Hana ihola nō ʻo Iēhova pēlā: a hiki maila nā nalo nahu he nui loa ma loko o ka hale o Paraʻo, a me nā hale o kāna poʻe kauā, a ma ka ʻāina a pau o ʻAigupita: ua oki loa ka ʻāina i nā nalo nahu.And the Lord did this. Dense swarms of flies poured into Pharaoh’s palace and into the houses of his officials; throughout Egypt the land was ruined by the flies.
Puk 9:11ʻAʻole i hiki i nā Māgoi ke kū i mua o Mose, no nā maʻi hēhē, no ka mea, ma luna nō o ka poʻe Māgoi ua maʻi hēhē lā, a ma luna nō o ko ʻAigupita a pau.The magicians could not stand before Moses because of the boils that were on them and on all the Egyptians.
Puk 9:17Ke hoʻokiʻekiʻe nei anei ʻoe iā ʻoe iho a hiki i kēia wā, e kūʻē i koʻu poʻe kānaka, i ʻole ai e hoʻokuʻu aku iā lākou?You still set yourself against my people and will not let them go.
Puk 9:18Aia hoʻi, a hiki i kēia hora o ka lā ʻapōpō, a laila e hoʻoua iho nō au i ka huahekili he nui loa, ʻaʻole lua e like me ia ma ʻAigupita nei, mai kona wā i hoʻokumu ʻia ai a hiki i kēia manawa.Therefore, at this time tomorrow I will send the worst hailstorm that has ever fallen on Egypt, from the day it was founded till now.
Puk 9:22ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, E ʻō aku i kou lima ma ka lani, i hiki mai ai ka huahekili ma ka ʻāina a pau o ʻAigupita, ma luna o nā kānaka, a ma luna o nā holoholona, a ma luna o nā mea uliuli a pau o ke kula, a puni ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita.Then the Lord said to Moses, “Stretch out your hand toward the sky so that hail will fall all over Egypt — on people and animals and on everything growing in the fields of Egypt.”
Puk 10:6E hoʻopiha hoʻi lākou i nā hale ou, a me nā hale o kāu poʻe kauā a pau, a me nā hale o ko ʻAigupita a pau: ʻaʻole i ʻike kou poʻe mākua i kēia mea, ʻaʻole hoʻi nā mākua o kou poʻe mākua, mai ka wā i noho mai ai lākou ma ka honua, a hiki i kēia lā. Hāliu aʻela ia, a hele akula mai o Paraʻo aku.They will fill your houses and those of all your officials and all the Egyptians — something neither your parents nor your ancestors have ever seen from the day they settled in this land till now.’” Then Moses turned and left Pharaoh.
Puk 10:14Lele aʻela nā ʻūhini ma luna o ka ʻāina a pau o ʻAigupita, a kau ihola ma nā mokuna a pau o ʻAigupita: he ʻino loa; ʻaʻohe ʻūhini ma mua e like ai, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hiki mai ana ma hope o lākou nā mea e like ai.they invaded all Egypt and settled down in every area of the country in great numbers. Never before had there been such a plague of locusts, nor will there ever be again.
Puk 10:26E hele pū nō hoʻi kā mākou holoholona, ʻaʻole e waiho ʻia kekahi ma ʻaneʻi; no ka mea, e lawe ana mākou i nā mea o lākou e mālama ai iā Iēhova i ko mākou Akua: ʻaʻole naʻe mākou e ʻike i nā mea o lākou kā mākou e mālama ai iā Iēhova, a hiki aku mākou i laila.Our livestock too must go with us; not a hoof is to be left behind. We have to use some of them in worshiping the Lord our God, and until we get there we will not know what we are to use to worship the Lord.”
Puk 11:4ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Mose, Penei kā Iēhova i ʻī mai nei, A hiki i ke aumoe, e hele aku nō au i waenakonu o ʻAigupita nei.So Moses said, “This is what the Lord says: ‘About midnight I will go throughout Egypt.
Puk 11:5A e make auaneʻi nā hiapo a pau o ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita nei, mai ka hiapo mai a Paraʻo, ka mea noho ma kona noho aliʻi, a hiki i ka hiapo a ke kauā wahine e noho ana ma ka mea wili palaoa; a me nā hiapo a pau a nā holoholona.Every firstborn son in Egypt will die, from the firstborn son of Pharaoh, who sits on the throne, to the firstborn son of the female slave, who is at her hand mill, and all the firstborn of the cattle as well.
Puk 12:6Na ʻoukou ia e mālama a hiki i ka lā ʻumikumamāhā o ia malama; a na ke anaina kanaka a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela e pepehi iho ia i ke ahiahi.Take care of them until the fourteenth day of the month, when all the members of the community of Israel must slaughter them at twilight.
Puk 12:14A e lilo nō kēia lā i mea e hoʻomanaʻo ai no ʻoukou: a e mālama ʻoukou ia lā i ʻahaʻaina na Iēhova, a hiki i ko ʻoukou mau hanauna a pau: e mālama ʻoukou ia i ʻahaʻaina, ma ke kānāwai mau loa.“This is a day you are to commemorate; for the generations to come you shall celebrate it as a festival to the Lord — a lasting ordinance.
Puk 12:15ʻEhiku mau lā kā ʻoukou e ʻai ai i ka berena hū ʻole; i ka lā mua e hoʻolei aku ʻoukou i ka mea hū ma waho o ko ʻoukou mau hale: ʻo ka mea nāna e ʻai i ka berena hū, mai ka lā ʻakahi a hiki i ka lā hiku, e ʻoki ʻia aku ia mai ka ʻIseraʻela aku.For seven days you are to eat bread made without yeast. On the first day remove the yeast from your houses, for whoever eats anything with yeast in it from the first day through the seventh must be cut off from Israel.
Puk 12:18I ka malama maka mua, i ka lā ʻumikumamāhā o ka malama, i ke ahiahi, a laila e ʻai ʻoukou i ka berena hū ʻole, a hiki i ke ahiahi o ka lā iwakāluakumamākahi o ua malama lā.In the first month you are to eat bread made without yeast, from the evening of the fourteenth day until the evening of the twenty-first day.
Puk 12:25A hiki aku ʻoukou i ka ʻāina a Iēhova e hāʻawi mai ai no ʻoukou, e like me kāna i ʻōlelo mai ai, a laila e mālama ʻoukou i kēia ʻoihana.When you enter the land that the Lord will give you as he promised, observe this ceremony.
Puk 12:29A hiki i ke aumoe, pepehi ihola ʻo Iēhova i nā hiapo a pau, ma ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita, mai ka hiapo a Paraʻo, a ka mea noho ma luna o kona noho aliʻi, a hiki i ka hiapo a ka mea pio i loko o ka hale lua paʻahao, a me nā hiapo a pau a nā holoholona.At midnight the Lord struck down all the firstborn in Egypt, from the firstborn of Pharaoh, who sat on the throne, to the firstborn of the prisoner, who was in the dungeon, and the firstborn of all the livestock as well.
Puk 12:37Hele maila nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela mai Ramese a hiki i Sukota, ʻeono paha haneri tausani kāne i hele wāwae, a he ʻokoʻa nā kamaliʻi.The Israelites journeyed from Rameses to Sukkoth. There were about six hundred thousand men on foot, besides women and children.
Puk 12:39Pūlehu ihola lākou i berena hū ʻole ʻo ka berena maka a lākou i lawe mai ai mai ʻAigupita mai, ʻaʻole ia i hū, no ka mea, ua kipaku ʻia lākou mai loko mai o ʻAigupita, ʻaʻole i hiki iā lākou ke kali, ʻaʻole hoʻi lākou i hoʻomākaukau i ō na lākou iho.With the dough the Israelites had brought from Egypt, they baked loaves of unleavened bread. The dough was without yeast because they had been driven out of Egypt and did not have time to prepare food for themselves.
Puk 13:11Eia hoʻi kekahi, a hiki i ka wā a Iēhova e lawe aku ai iā ʻoe i ka ʻāina o ka Kanaʻana, e like me kāna i hoʻohiki mai ai iā ʻoe, a i kou poʻe kūpuna, a e hāʻawi mai ana hoʻi nou;“After the Lord brings you into the land of the Canaanites and gives it to you, as he promised on oath to you and your ancestors,
Puk 14:24A hiki i ka wati wanaʻao, nānā maila ʻo Iēhova i ka poʻe kaua o ʻAigupita, mai ke kia ahi a me ke ao mai, a hoʻopilikia aʻela i ka poʻe kaua o ʻAigupita.During the last watch of the night the Lord looked down from the pillar of fire and cloud at the Egyptian army and threw it into confusion.
Puk 15:23A hiki maila lākou i Mara; ʻaʻole hiki iā lākou ke inu i ka wai o Mara, no ka mea, ua mulea ia; no ia mea, i kapa ʻia aku ai ia ʻo Mara.When they came to Marah, they could not drink its water because it was bitter. (That is why the place is called Marah.)
Puk 16:1Hele maila lākou, mai ʻElima mai, a hiki maila ka poʻe mamo a pau a ʻIseraʻela i ka wao nahele i Sina, he wahi ia ma waena o ʻElima a me Sinai, ʻo ka lā ʻumikumamālima ia o ka malama ʻalua, mai ko lākou puka ʻana mai i waho, mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita mai.The whole Israelite community set out from Elim and came to the Desert of Sin, which is between Elim and Sinai, on the fifteenth day of the second month after they had come out of Egypt.
Puk 16:5A hiki i ka lā ʻaono, e hoʻomākaukau lākou i ka mea a lākou e lawe mai ai i loko; e pāpālua ia i ka mea a lākou e hoʻoʻuluʻulu ai i kēlā lā i kēia lā.On the sixth day they are to prepare what they bring in, and that is to be twice as much as they gather on the other days.”
Puk 16:13A i ke ahiahi, hiki maila nā sēlū, a uhi maila ma kahi a lākou i hoʻomoana ai: a kakahiaka aʻe, ahu ihola ka hau, a puni nā kahua.That evening quail came and covered the camp, and in the morning there was a layer of dew around the camp.
Puk 16:22A hiki i ka lā ʻeono, hōʻiliʻili pāpālua ihola lākou i ka ʻai, ʻelua ʻomera a ke kanaka hoʻokahi: a hele akula nā luna a pau o nā kānaka, a haʻi akula iā Mose.On the sixth day, they gathered twice as much — two omers for each person — and the leaders of the community came and reported this to Moses.
Puk 16:35ʻAi ihola nā mamo o ʻIseraʻela i ka mane hoʻokahi kanahā makahiki, a hiki lākou i ka ʻāina kanaka; ʻai nō lākou i ka mane, a hiki lākou i ke kihi o ka ʻāina i Kanaʻana.The Israelites ate manna forty years, until they came to a land that was settled; they ate manna until they reached the border of Canaan.
Puk 18:18E ʻoiaʻiʻo nō, e mae wale ʻoe, ʻo ʻoe, a me kēia poʻe kānaka me ʻoe; no ka mea, ua kaumaha kēia mea iā ʻoe; ʻaʻole hiki iā ʻoe ke hana, ʻo ʻoe wale nō.You and these people who come to you will only wear yourselves out. The work is too heavy for you; you cannot handle it alone.
Puk 18:23Inā e hana mai ʻoe i kēia mea, a kauoha mai ke Akua iā ʻoe pēlā, a laila e hiki iā ʻoe ka mau loa ʻana, a e hele nō hoʻi kēia poʻe kānaka a pau i ko lākou wahi me ka malumaluhia.If you do this and God so commands, you will be able to stand the strain, and all these people will go home satisfied.”
Puk 19:1A i ke kolu o ka malama o ka puka ʻana mai o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela mai loko mai o ʻAigupita, ia lā nō, hiki maila lākou i ka wao nahele ʻo Sinai.On the first day of the third month after the Israelites left Egypt — on that very day — they came to the Desert of Sinai.
Puk 19:2A hele maila lākou, mai Repidima mai, a hiki ma ka wao nahele ʻo Sinai, a hoʻomoana ihola lākou ma ka wao nahele; ma laila ka ʻIseraʻela i hoʻomoana ai ma kahi e pili ana i ka mauna.After they set out from Rephidim, they entered the Desert of Sinai, and Israel camped there in the desert in front of the mountain.
Puk 19:23ʻĪ akula ʻo Mose iā Iēhova, ʻAʻole e hiki nā kānaka ke piʻi mai i ka mauna nei i Sinai: no ka mea, ua kauoha mai ʻoe iā mākou, ua ʻī mai, E kau iho i pale a puni ka mauna, a e hoʻokapu ia mea.Moses said to the Lord, “The people cannot come up Mount Sinai, because you yourself warned us, ‘Put limits around the mountain and set it apart as holy.’”
Puk 20:5Mai kūlou ʻoe i lalo iā lākou, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hoʻomana iā lākou; no ka mea, ʻo wau nō Iēhova ʻo kou Akua, he Akua lili; e hoʻopaʻi ana i kā nā mākua hala i nā keiki, a hiki aku i ke kuakahi a me ke kualua o ka poʻe e inaina mai iaʻu:You shall not bow down to them or worship them; for I, the Lord your God, am a jealous God, punishing the children for the sin of the parents to the third and fourth generation of those who hate me,
Puk 21:8Inā i hewa ʻo ia i nā maka o kona haku, ka mea i hoʻopalau mai iā ia nāna, a laila, e hoʻōla pānaʻi ʻo ia iā ia. ʻAʻole ia e hiki ke kūʻai aku iā ia i ko ka ʻāina ʻē, no kāna hana ʻino ʻana iā ia.If she does not please the master who has selected her for himself, he must let her be redeemed. He has no right to sell her to foreigners, because he has broken faith with her.
Puk 22:27No ka mea, ʻo ia kona mea e uhi ai, ʻo kona ʻaʻahu no kona ʻili. Ma loko o ke aha ʻo ia e moe ai? A hiki i ka manawa e uē mai ai ʻo ia iaʻu e hoʻolohe nō wau, no ka mea, ua lokomaikaʻi nō au.because that cloak is the only covering your neighbor has. What else can they sleep in? When they cry out to me, I will hear, for I am compassionate.
Puk 23:31A naʻu nō e kau i kou palena mai ke Kaiʻula, a hiki i ke kai o Pilisetia, a mai ka wao nahele hoʻi a hiki i ka muliwai; no ka mea, e hāʻawi aku ana au i nā kānaka o ia ʻāina i ko ʻoukou lima; a e kipaku aku ʻoe iā lākou mai kou alo aku.“I will establish your borders from the Red Sea to the Mediterranean Sea, and from the desert to the Euphrates River. I will give into your hands the people who live in the land, and you will drive them out before you.
Puk 32:12No ke aha lā e ʻōlelo mai ai ko ʻAigupita, me ka ʻī ʻana mai, No ka hewa i lawe mai ai ʻo ia iā lākou, e pepehi iā lākou ma nā mauna, a e luku aku iā lākou, mai ka maka aku o ka honua? E maliu mai ʻoe mai ka wela mai o kou huhū, a e aloha mai ʻoe no ka hewa e hiki mai ana i kou poʻe kānaka.Why should the Egyptians say, ‘It was with evil intent that he brought them out, to kill them in the mountains and to wipe them off the face of the earth’? Turn from your fierce anger; relent and do not bring disaster on your people.
Puk 32:19A kokoke ia i hiki i kahi o lākou i hoʻomoana ai, ʻike akula ia i ka bipi keiki, a me ka haʻa ʻana: ulu puni ihola ko Mose huhū, kiola akula ia i nā papa, mai kona lima aku, a nahā ihola lāua ma lalo iho o ka mauna.When Moses approached the camp and saw the calf and the dancing, his anger burned and he threw the tablets out of his hands, breaking them to pieces at the foot of the mountain.
Puk 33:20A ʻī maila ia, ʻAʻole hiki iā ʻoe ke ʻike mai i koʻu maka; no ka mea, ʻaʻohe kanaka e ʻike mai iaʻu, a ola.But,” he said, “you cannot see my face, for no one may see me and live.”
Puk 34:7Ke mālama nei nō i ka lokomaikaʻi no nā lehulehu, a me ke kala mai i ka ʻino a me ka hala a me ka hewa, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hoʻāpono wale, e uku ana nō i kā ka makua hala i ke keiki, a me nā keiki a nā keiki, a hiki aku i ke kuakahi a me ke kualua.maintaining love to thousands, and forgiving wickedness, rebellion and sin. Yet he does not leave the guilty unpunished; he punishes the children and their children for the sin of the parents to the third and fourth generation.”
Puk 34:34A i ka wā i komo aku ai ʻo Mose i mua i ke alo o Iēhova e ʻōlelo me ia, wehe aʻela ia i ka pale a hiki i ka wā i puka mai ai ma waho mai; a puka maila ia ma waho, a ʻōlelo mai i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela i nā mea i kauoha ʻia mai iā ia.But whenever he entered the Lord’s presence to speak with him, he removed the veil until he came out. And when he came out and told the Israelites what he had been commanded,
Puk 40:35ʻAʻole hiki iā Mose ke komo i loko o ka hale lole o ke anaina kanaka, no ka mea, kau mau nō ke ao ma luna o laila, a hoʻopiha hoʻi ka nani o Iēhova i ka halelewa.Moses could not enter the tent of meeting because the cloud had settled on it, and the glory of the Lord filled the tabernacle.
Puk 40:37A i ʻole e piʻi aku ke ao, a laila, ʻaʻole lākou i hele, a hiki i ka lā i piʻi aku ai ia.but if the cloud did not lift, they did not set out — until the day it lifted.
ʻOihk 5:7A inā ʻaʻole e hiki i kona lima ke lawe mai i ke keiki holoholona, a laila e lawe mai ʻo ia no kona hewa āna i hana ai, i ʻelua mau kuhukukū, a i ʻole ia, ʻelua manu nūnū ʻōpiopio iā Iēhova, i kekahi i mōhai lawehala, a i kekahi hoʻi i mōhai kuni.“‘Anyone who cannot afford a lamb is to bring two doves or two young pigeons to the Lord as a penalty for their sin — one for a sin offering and the other for a burnt offering.
ʻOihk 5:11A i ʻole e hiki i kona lima ke lawe mai i ʻelua manu kuhukukū, a i ʻelua manu nūnū ʻōpiopio paha, a laila, e lawe mai ka mea i hana hewa i mōhai nona i ka hapaʻumi o ka ʻepa palaoa wali i mōhai lawehala; ʻaʻole e kau ʻo ia i ka ʻaila ma luna iho o ia mea, ʻaʻole hoʻi ia e kau i ka libano ma ia mea, no ka mea, he mōhai lawehala ia.“‘If, however, they cannot afford two doves or two young pigeons, they are to bring as an offering for their sin a tenth of an ephah of the finest flour for a sin offering. They must not put olive oil or incense on it, because it is a sin offering.
ʻOihk 10:10I hiki hoʻi iā ʻoukou ke hoʻokaʻawale i waena o ka hoʻāno, a me ka hoʻāno ʻole, a i waena o ka haumia a me ka maʻemaʻe;so that you can distinguish between the holy and the common, between the unclean and the clean,
ʻOihk 11:24A no ia mau mea e haumia ai ʻoukou; ʻo ka mea i pā aku i ko lākou kupapaʻu e haumia ia a hiki i ke ahiahi.“‘You will make yourselves unclean by these; whoever touches their carcasses will be unclean till evening.
ʻOihk 11:25A ʻo ka mea e hali i kauwahi o ke kupapaʻu o lākou, e holoi ʻo ia i kona mau kapa, a e haumia hoʻi ia a hiki i ke ahiahi.Whoever picks up one of their carcasses must wash their clothes, and they will be unclean till evening.
ʻOihk 11:27ʻO ka mea hele ma kona mau kapuaʻi manamana, ʻo ko nā holoholona a pau e hele ana ma nā hā, he haumia ia iā ʻoukou; a ʻo ka mea i pā i ko lākou kupapaʻu e haumia ia a hiki i ke ahiahi.Of all the animals that walk on all fours, those that walk on their paws are unclean for you; whoever touches their carcasses will be unclean till evening.
ʻOihk 11:28A ʻo ka mea nāna e hali i ko lākou kupapaʻu, e holoi ʻo ia i kona kapa, a e haumia a hiki i ke ahiahi, he mau mea haumia iā ʻoukou.Anyone who picks up their carcasses must wash their clothes, and they will be unclean till evening. These animals are unclean for you.
ʻOihk 11:31He mau mea haumia ia iā ʻoukou i waena o nā mea a pau e kolo ana; ʻo ka mea e pā ia mau mea ma hope o ko lākou make ʻana, e haumia nō ia a hiki i ke ahiahi.Of all those that move along the ground, these are unclean for you. Whoever touches them when they are dead will be unclean till evening.
ʻOihk 11:32A ʻo ka mea i hāʻule ʻia iho e kekahi mea i make o lākou, a haumia nō ia; inā he ipu lāʻau, a he kapa paha, a he ʻili, he ʻeke, ʻo kēlā ipu kēia ipu, kahi e hana ʻia ai ka hana, e hoʻokomo ʻia i loko o ka wai, a e haumia ia a hiki i ke ahiahi, a laila e hoʻomaʻemaʻe ʻia ia.When one of them dies and falls on something, that article, whatever its use, will be unclean, whether it is made of wood, cloth, hide or sackcloth. Put it in water; it will be unclean till evening, and then it will be clean.
ʻOihk 11:34A ʻo ka ʻai e ʻai ʻia, ke hiki ia wai ma luna iho, e haumia ia; a ʻo ka mea inu e inu ʻia ʻo loko o ia ipu, e haumia ia.Any food you are allowed to eat that has come into contact with water from any such pot is unclean, and any liquid that is drunk from such a pot is unclean.
ʻOihk 11:39A inā e make ka holoholona he pono ke ʻai ʻia e ʻoukou, ʻo ka mea i pā i kona kupapaʻu, e haumia ia a hiki i ke ahiahi.“‘If an animal that you are allowed to eat dies, anyone who touches its carcass will be unclean till evening.
ʻOihk 11:40A ʻo ka mea i ʻai i kona kupapaʻu, e holoi ʻo ia i kona kapa, a haumia hoʻi ia a hiki i ke ahiahi: a ʻo ka mea hali i kona kupapaʻu, e holoi ʻo ia i kona kapa, a haumia hoʻi a hiki i ke ahiahi.Anyone who eats some of its carcass must wash their clothes, and they will be unclean till evening. Anyone who picks up the carcass must wash their clothes, and they will be unclean till evening.
ʻOihk 12:8A inā e hiki ʻole iā ia ke lawe mai i ke keiki hipa, a laila e lawe mai ʻo ia i nā kuhukukū ʻelua, a i nā manu nūnū ʻōpiopio paha, i kekahi i mōhai kuni, a i kekahi i mōhai lawehala: a e hana ke kahuna i kalahala nona, a maʻemaʻe nō ia.But if she cannot afford a lamb, she is to bring two doves or two young pigeons, one for a burnt offering and the other for a sin offering. In this way the priest will make atonement for her, and she will be clean.’”
ʻOihk 13:12Inā i pohā ka maʻi lēpera i loko o ka ʻili, a paʻapū i ka lēpera ka ʻili o ka mea maʻi lēpera mai kona poʻo a hiki i kona kapuaʻi, ma kēlā wahi kēia wahi a puni a ke kahuna i nānā ai:“If the disease breaks out all over their skin and, so far as the priest can see, it covers all the skin of the affected person from head to foot,
ʻOihk 14:21A inā he ʻilihune ia, ʻaʻole hoʻi hiki kēia mau mea iā ia; a laila e lawe ʻo ia i hoʻokahi keiki hipa i mōhai hala e hoʻoluli ʻia i kalahala nona, a i hoʻokahi hapaʻumi o ka ʻepa palaoa wali i hui ʻia me ka ʻaila i mōhai ʻai, a me ka loga ʻaila:“If, however, they are poor and cannot afford these, they must take one male lamb as a guilt offering to be waved to make atonement for them, together with a tenth of an ephah of the finest flour mixed with olive oil for a grain offering, a log of oil,
ʻOihk 14:30A e kaumaha hoʻi ʻo ia i kekahi o nā kuhukukū, a ʻo nā manu nūnū paha, ka mea e hiki ke loaʻa iā ia;Then he shall sacrifice the doves or the young pigeons, such as the person can afford,
ʻOihk 14:31Ka mea e hiki i kona lima, i kekahi i mōhai lawehala, a i kekahi i mōhai kuni, me ka mōhai ʻai; a e hana ke kahuna i kalahala no ka mea e hoʻomaʻemaʻe ʻia ana i mua o Iēhova.one as a sin offering and the other as a burnt offering, together with the grain offering. In this way the priest will make atonement before the Lord on behalf of the one to be cleansed.”
ʻOihk 14:32ʻO ia ke kānāwai no ka mea maʻi lēpera, ʻaʻole hiki ke loaʻa i kona lima nā mea no kona hoʻomaʻemaʻe ʻana.These are the regulations for anyone who has a defiling skin disease and who cannot afford the regular offerings for their cleansing.
ʻOihk 14:43A inā e hiki hou mai ka ʻino, a pohā hou ma hope iho o ka lawe ʻana aku o nā pōhaku, a ma hope hoʻi o kona kepa ʻana i ka hale, a ma hope hoʻi o kona hamo ʻia ʻana;“If the defiling mold reappears in the house after the stones have been torn out and the house scraped and plastered,
ʻOihk 14:46ʻO ka mea hoʻi i hele aʻe i loko o ka hale i kona wā a pau i papani ʻia ai, e haumia ʻo ia a hiki i ke ahiahi.“Anyone who goes into the house while it is closed up will be unclean till evening.
ʻOihk 15:5A ʻo ka mea i pā i kona moe, e holoi ʻo ia i kona mau kapa, a e ʻauʻau i ka wai, a e haumia a hiki i ke ahiahi.Anyone who touches his bed must wash their clothes and bathe with water, and they will be unclean till evening.
ʻOihk 15:6ʻO ka mea e noho ma ka mea a ka mea hilo i noho ai, e ʻauʻau ʻo ia i ka wai, a e haumia ia a hiki i ke ahiahi.Whoever sits on anything that the man with a discharge sat on must wash their clothes and bathe with water, and they will be unclean till evening.
ʻOihk 15:7A ʻo ka mea i pā i ka ʻiʻo o ka mea hilo, e holoi ʻo ia i kona kapa, a e ʻauʻau i ka wai, a e haumia a hiki i ke ahiahi.“‘Whoever touches the man who has a discharge must wash their clothes and bathe with water, and they will be unclean till evening.
ʻOihk 15:8A inā e kuha ka mea hilo ma luna o ka mea maʻemaʻe; a laila e holoi ʻo ia i kona mau kapa, a e ʻauʻau i ka wai, a e haumia a hiki i ke ahiahi.“‘If the man with the discharge spits on anyone who is clean, they must wash their clothes and bathe with water, and they will be unclean till evening.
ʻOihk 15:10A ʻo ka mea i pā i kekahi mea ma lalo ona, e haumia ia a hiki i ke ahiahi; a ʻo ka mea e hali i kauwahi o ia mau mea, e holoi ʻo ia i kona mau kapa, a e ʻauʻau hoʻi i ka wai, a e haumia nō a hiki i ke ahiahi.and whoever touches any of the things that were under him will be unclean till evening; whoever picks up those things must wash their clothes and bathe with water, and they will be unclean till evening.
ʻOihk 15:11A ʻo ka mea a ka mea hilo e hoʻopā aku ai, ʻaʻole hoʻi i holoi kona lima i ka wai, e holoi ʻo ia i kona mau kapa, a e ʻauʻau i ka wai, a e haumia hoʻi ia a hiki i ke ahiahi.“‘Anyone the man with a discharge touches without rinsing his hands with water must wash their clothes and bathe with water, and they will be unclean till evening.
ʻOihk 15:16A inā e puka aku ka ʻanoʻano o ke kanaka mai loko aku ona, a laila e holoi ʻo ia i kona kino ʻokoʻa i ka wai, a e haumia hoʻi a hiki i ke ahiahi.“‘When a man has an emission of semen, he must bathe his whole body with water, and he will be unclean till evening.
ʻOihk 15:17A ʻo ke kapa, a ʻo ka ʻili, he ʻanoʻano kanaka ma luna iho, e holoi ʻia ia i ka wai, a e haumia hoʻi a hiki i ke ahiahi.Any clothing or leather that has semen on it must be washed with water, and it will be unclean till evening.
ʻOihk 15:18A ʻo ka wahine hoʻi a ke kanaka i moe aku ai, me ka ʻanoʻano, e ʻauʻau nō lāua i ka wai, a e haumia hoʻi a hiki i ke ahiahi.When a man has sexual relations with a woman and there is an emission of semen, both of them must bathe with water, and they will be unclean till evening.
ʻOihk 15:19A inā he maʻi kahe ko ka wahine, a he koko ka mea kahe o kona ʻiʻo, e hoʻokaʻawale ʻia aʻe ʻo ia i nā lā ʻehiku; a ʻo ka mea i hoʻopā iā ia, e haumia ʻo ia a hiki i ke ahiahi.“‘When a woman has her regular flow of blood, the impurity of her monthly period will last seven days, and anyone who touches her will be unclean till evening.
ʻOihk 15:21ʻO ka mea i pā i kona wahi moe, e holoi ʻo ia i kona mau kapa, a e ʻauʻau i ka wai, a e haumia hoʻi ia a hiki i ke ahiahi.Anyone who touches her bed will be unclean; they must wash their clothes and bathe with water, and they will be unclean till evening.
ʻOihk 15:22ʻO ka mea hoʻi i pā i ka mea āna i noho ai ma luna iho, e holoi nō hoʻi ʻo ia i kona mau kapa, a e ʻauʻau i ka wai, a e haumia hoʻi a hiki i ke ahiahi.Anyone who touches anything she sits on will be unclean; they must wash their clothes and bathe with water, and they will be unclean till evening.
ʻOihk 15:23Inā hoʻi he mea ma luna o ka moe, a ma luna o kahi āna i noho ai ma luna iho, aia pā aku ke kanaka ia, e haumia ia a hiki i ke ahiahi.Whether it is the bed or anything she was sitting on, when anyone touches it, they will be unclean till evening.
ʻOihk 15:27A ʻo ka mea i pā ia mau mea, e haumia nō ia, a e holoi i kona mau kapa, a e ʻauʻau i ka wai, a e haumia hoʻi a hiki i ke ahiahi.Anyone who touches them will be unclean; they must wash their clothes and bathe with water, and they will be unclean till evening.
ʻOihk 17:15A ʻo ke kanaka nāna e ʻai i ka mea make wale, a i ka mea paha i pepehi ʻia e nā holoholona, ʻo ka mea o ko ʻoukou ʻāina ponoʻī, a ʻo ka malihini paha, e holoi ʻo ia i kona mau kapa, e ʻauʻau hoʻi i ka wai, a e haumia a hiki i ke ahiahi.“‘Anyone, whether native-born or foreigner, who eats anything found dead or torn by wild animals must wash their clothes and bathe with water, and they will be ceremonially unclean till evening; then they will be clean.
ʻOihk 21:3A me kona kaikuahine, he puʻupaʻa, i kokoke mai iā ia, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iā ia ke kāne, e hiki nō ke hoʻohaumia ʻia ʻo ia nona.or an unmarried sister who is dependent on him since she has no husband — for her he may make himself unclean.
ʻOihk 22:4ʻO kēlā kanaka, kēia kanaka he keiki a ʻAʻarona, he lēpero, a he hilo kahe kona; ʻaʻole ia e ʻai i nā mea hoʻāno a hiki i kona maʻemaʻe ʻana. A ʻo ke kanaka hoʻopā aku i ka mea haumia no ka mea make, a ʻo ke kanaka ua hele aku kona ʻanoʻano mai ona aku;“‘If a descendant of Aaron has a defiling skin disease or a bodily discharge, he may not eat the sacred offerings until he is cleansed. He will also be unclean if he touches something defiled by a corpse or by anyone who has an emission of semen,
ʻOihk 22:6ʻO ke kanaka i pā aku i kekahi o ia mau mea, e haumia nō ia a hiki i ke ahiahi, ʻaʻole ia e ʻai i nā mea hoʻāno, ke holoi ʻole ʻo ia i kona ʻiʻo i ka wai.The one who touches any such thing will be unclean till evening. He must not eat any of the sacred offerings unless he has bathed himself with water.
ʻOihk 22:23ʻO ka bipi kāne, a ʻo ka hipa keiki, he ʻoi aku ko ka lālā ona, he hemahema paha, e hiki nō ke kaumaha ʻoe ia i mōhai na kou makemake nō; akā, no ka hoʻohiki ʻana ʻaʻole e maliu ʻia aku ia.You may, however, present as a freewill offering an ox or a sheep that is deformed or stunted, but it will not be accepted in fulfillment of a vow.
ʻOihk 23:14A ʻo ka berena, a ʻo ka huapalaoa moʻa, a ʻo ka hua maka, ʻaʻole ʻoukou e ʻai a hiki i ka lā i lawe mai ai ʻoukou i ka mōhai i ko ʻoukou Akua; he kānāwai mau loa ia i ko ʻoukou mau hanauna, i loko o ko ʻoukou mau hale a pau loa.You must not eat any bread, or roasted or new grain, until the very day you bring this offering to your God. This is to be a lasting ordinance for the generations to come, wherever you live.
ʻOihk 23:16A hiki i ka lā e noa ai ka Sābati ʻahiku, e helu ai ʻoukou i nā lā he kanalima, a e hāʻawi hou i mōhai ʻai hou iā Iēhova.Count off fifty days up to the day after the seventh Sabbath, and then present an offering of new grain to the Lord.
ʻOihk 23:32E lilo ia i Sābati e hoʻomaha ai, a e hoʻokaumaha ʻoukou i ko ʻoukou mau ʻuhane; i ka iwa o ka lā o ka malama, i ke ahiahi, mai ke ahiahi a hiki i ke ahiahi, e mālama ai ʻoukou i ko ʻoukou Sābati.It is a day of sabbath rest for you, and you must deny yourselves. From the evening of the ninth day of the month until the following evening you are to observe your sabbath.”
ʻOihk 25:22A i ka walu o ka makahiki e lūlū hua ai ʻoukou, a e ʻai nō i ka hua kahiko, a hiki i ka iwa o ka makahiki; a komo mai nā hua ona, e ʻai nō ʻoukou i ka mea kahiko.While you plant during the eighth year, you will eat from the old crop and will continue to eat from it until the harvest of the ninth year comes in.
ʻOihk 25:26A inā ʻaʻole o ke kanaka mea nāna e kūʻai lilo hou mai, a e hiki iā ia iho ke kūʻai lilo hou mai;If, however, there is no one to redeem it for them but later on they prosper and acquire sufficient means to redeem it themselves,
ʻOihk 25:28Akā inā e hiki ʻole iā ia ke hoʻihoʻi aku ia mea, a laila ka mea i kūʻai lilo aku e waiho nō ia i loko o ka lima o ka mea kūʻai lilo mai ia mea, a hiki i ka makahiki Iubilē; a e hemo ia i ka Iubilē, a hoʻi ʻo ia i kona ʻāina iho.But if they do not acquire the means to repay, what was sold will remain in the possession of the buyer until the Year of Jubilee. It will be returned in the Jubilee, and they can then go back to their property.
ʻOihk 25:29A inā e kūʻai lilo aku kekahi kanaka i ka hale noho ma loko o ke kūlanakauhale paʻa i ka pā, a laila e hiki iā ia ke kūʻai lilo hou mai ma loko o ia makahiki ʻokoʻa, ma hope iho o ke kūʻai lilo ʻana aku. Ia makahiki a puni e pono iā ia ke kūʻai lilo hou mai.“‘Anyone who sells a house in a walled city retains the right of redemption a full year after its sale. During that time the seller may redeem it.
ʻOihk 25:31Akā ʻo nā hale ma nā kauhale ʻaʻole i puni i ka pā, e helu ʻia lākou e like me nā mahina ʻai o ka ʻāina; e hiki nō iā lākou ke kūʻai lilo hou ʻia mai, a e hemo nō i ka Iubilē.But houses in villages without walls around them are to be considered as belonging to the open country. They can be redeemed, and they are to be returned in the Jubilee.
ʻOihk 25:32Akā ʻo nā kūlanakauhale o ka Levi a me nā hale o lākou, e hiki nō i nā pua a Levi ke kūʻai lilo hou mai i kēlā manawa kēia manawa.“‘The Levites always have the right to redeem their houses in the Levitical towns, which they possess.
ʻOihk 25:36Mai lawe ʻoe i ka uku kuala ona, ʻaʻole hoʻi i ka māhuahua ʻana: akā e weliweli ʻoe i kou Akua, i hiki i kou hoahānau ke ola pū me ʻoe.Do not take interest or any profit from them, but fear your God, so that they may continue to live among you.
ʻOihk 25:40Akā me he paʻaua lā, a, me he mea noho malihini lā, e noho ai ʻo ia me ʻoe, a e hoʻokauā ʻo ia nāu a hiki i ka makahiki Iubilē.They are to be treated as hired workers or temporary residents among you; they are to work for you until the Year of Jubilee.
ʻOihk 25:48Ma hope o kona kūʻai lilo ʻia aku, e hiki ke kūʻai lilo hou ʻia mai. E hiki i kekahi o kona mau hoahānau ke kūʻai lilo hou mai.they retain the right of redemption after they have sold themselves. One of their relatives may redeem them:
ʻOihk 25:49E pono i ka hoahānau o kona makua kāne, a me ke keiki a ka hoahānau o kona makua kāne, ke kūʻai lilo hou mai, a e hiki i kekaki o kona ʻiʻo iho, no kona ʻohana iho, ke kūʻai lilo hou mai iā ia; a inā e hiki i kona lima iho, he pono nō ke kūʻai hou mai ʻo ia iā ia iho.An uncle or a cousin or any blood relative in their clan may redeem them. Or if they prosper, they may redeem themselves.
ʻOihk 25:50A e kūkā pū ʻo ia me ka mea nāna ia i kūʻai lilo mai, mai ka makahiki mai i kūʻai lilo ʻia aku ai ʻo ia iā ia, a hiki i ka makahiki Iubilē, a ʻo ke kumu kūʻai ona e hoʻolike ʻia ia me ka helu o nā makahiki, e like me ka wā o ka paʻaua, pēlā nō iā ia.They and their buyer are to count the time from the year they sold themselves up to the Year of Jubilee. The price for their release is to be based on the rate paid to a hired worker for that number of years.
ʻOihk 25:52A inā he ʻuʻuku nā makahiki i koe a hiki i ka makahiki Iubilē, a laila e helu pū me ia, a e like me nā makahiki, e hāʻawi hou ai ʻo ia iā ia i ke kumu kūʻai, e kūʻai lilo hou ʻia mai ai ʻo ia.If only a few years remain until the Year of Jubilee, they are to compute that and pay for their redemption accordingly.
ʻOihk 26:5A ʻo ko ʻoukou wā e hahi ʻai ana e hiki aku ia i ka wā e ʻohi hua waina ai, a ʻo ka wā e ʻohi hua waina ai e hiki aku ia i ka wā e lūlū hua ai; a e ʻai ʻoukou i kā ʻoukou berena a māʻona, a e noho maluhia ʻoukou ma ko ʻoukou ʻāina.Your threshing will continue until grape harvest and the grape harvest will continue until planting, and you will eat all the food you want and live in safety in your land.
ʻOihk 26:37A e hina lākou kekahi ma luna o kekahi me he mea lā ma mua o ka pahi kaua, i ka wā e ʻole ai he mea alualu; ʻaʻole hoʻi e hiki iki iā ʻoukou ke kū i mua o ko ʻoukou poʻe ʻenemi.They will stumble over one another as though fleeing from the sword, even though no one is pursuing them. So you will not be able to stand before your enemies.
ʻOihk 27:3A penei kou manaʻo ʻana, no ke kāne, mai ka makahiki iwakālua a hiki i ka makahiki kanaono ona, ʻo kou manaʻo ʻana, he kanalima sekela kālā, ma muli o ka sekela o ke keʻena kapu.set the value of a male between the ages of twenty and sixty at fifty shekels of silver, according to the sanctuary shekel;
ʻOihk 27:5A inā mai ka makahiki ʻalima ia a hiki i ka makahiki iwakālua ona, a laila, ʻo kou manaʻo ʻana, no ke kāne he iwakālua sekela, a no ka wahine he ʻumi sekela.for a person between the ages of five and twenty, set the value of a male at twenty shekels and of a female at ten shekels;
ʻOihk 27:6A inā mai ka malama hoʻokahi ia a hiki i ka makahiki ʻalima, a laila ʻo kou manaʻo ʻana, no ke kāne ʻelima sekela kālā, a no ka wahine ʻekolu sekela kālā.for a person between one month and five years, set the value of a male at five shekels of silver and that of a female at three shekels of silver;
ʻOihk 27:8Akā inā i ʻuʻuku iho kona waiwai i kou mea i manaʻo ai, a laila e hōʻike ʻo ia iā ia iho i mua o ke alo o ke kahuna, a e manaʻo ke kahuna iā ia; ma muli o ka mea hiki i kona lima, e manaʻo ai ke kahuna i ka mea i hoʻohiki.If anyone making the vow is too poor to pay the specified amount, the person being dedicated is to be presented to the priest, who will set the value according to what the one making the vow can afford.
ʻOihk 27:18Akā inā i hoʻolaʻa ʻo ia i kāna mahina ʻai ma hope o ka Iubilē, a laila e helu ke kahuna i ka moni iā ia e like me nā makahiki i koe a hiki i ka makahiki Iubilē, a e lawe ʻia aʻe ia mai loko aʻe o kāu mea i manaʻo ai.But if they dedicate a field after the Jubilee, the priest will determine the value according to the number of years that remain until the next Year of Jubilee, and its set value will be reduced.
ʻOihk 27:23A laila e helu aku ke kahuna nona i ka waiwai āu i manaʻo ai a hiki i ka makahiki Iubilē; a e hāʻawi ʻo ia, ia lā, i kāu mea i manaʻo ai, he mea laʻa iā Iēhova.the priest will determine its value up to the Year of Jubilee, and the owner must pay its value on that day as something holy to the Lord.
Nāh 1:20A ʻo nā mamo a Reubena, a ka hiapo a ʻIseraʻela, ma ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou mau kūpuna, e like me ka helu ʻana i nā inoa ma ko lākou mau poʻo; ʻo nā kāne a pau ma ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau i hiki ke hele i ke kaua;From the descendants of Reuben the firstborn son of Israel: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were listed by name, one by one, according to the records of their clans and families.
Nāh 1:22A ʻo nā mamo a Simeona, ma ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna, ʻo ka poʻe o lākou i helu ʻia ma ka huina o nā inoa, ma ko lākou mau poʻo, ʻo nā kāne a pau, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau e hiki ke hele i ke kaua;From the descendants of Simeon: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were counted and listed by name, one by one, according to the records of their clans and families.
Nāh 1:24ʻO nā mamo a Gada, ma ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna, e like me ka helu ʻana i nā inoa, mai ka iwakālua o ko lākou makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau e hiki ke hele i ke kaua;From the descendants of Gad: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were listed by name, according to the records of their clans and families.
Nāh 1:26ʻO nā mamo a Iuda, ma ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna, e like me ka huina o nā inoa, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau e hiki ke hele i ke kaua;From the descendants of Judah: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were listed by name, according to the records of their clans and families.
Nāh 1:28ʻO nā keiki a ʻIsakara, me ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou mau kūpuna, e like me ka helu ʻana i nā inoa, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau e hiki ke hele i ke kaua;From the descendants of Issachar: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were listed by name, according to the records of their clans and families.
Nāh 1:30ʻO nā keiki a Zebuluna, ma ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna, e like me ka helu ʻana i nā inoa, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau e hiki ke hele i ke kaua;From the descendants of Zebulun: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were listed by name, according to the records of their clans and families.
Nāh 1:32ʻO nā mamo a Iosepa, ʻo ia ʻo nā mamo a ʻEperaima, ma ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna, e like me ka helu ʻana i nā inoa, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau e hiki ke hele i ke kaua;From the sons of Joseph: From the descendants of Ephraim: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were listed by name, according to the records of their clans and families.
Nāh 1:34ʻO nā mamo a Manase, ma ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna, e like me ka helu ʻana i nā inoa, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau e hiki ke hele i ke kaua;From the descendants of Manasseh: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were listed by name, according to the records of their clans and families.
Nāh 1:36ʻO nā mamo a Beniamina, ma ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna, e like me ka helu ʻana i nā inoa, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau e hiki ke hele i ke kaua;From the descendants of Benjamin: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were listed by name, according to the records of their clans and families.
Nāh 1:38ʻO nā mamo a Dana, ma ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ka hale o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna, e like me ka helu ʻana i nā inoa, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau e hiki ke hele i ke kaua;From the descendants of Dan: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were listed by name, according to the records of their clans and families.
Nāh 1:40ʻO nā mamo a ʻAsera, ma ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna, e like me ka helu ʻana o nā inoa, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau e hiki ke hele i ke kaua;From the descendants of Asher: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were listed by name, according to the records of their clans and families.
Nāh 1:42ʻO nā mamo a Napetali, ma ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna e like me ka helu ʻana i nā inoa, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau e hiki ke hele i ke kaua;From the descendants of Naphtali: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were listed by name, according to the records of their clans and families.
Nāh 1:45Pēlā i helu ʻia ai lākou a pau o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ka poʻe a pau i loko o ka ʻIseraʻela e hiki ke hele i ke kaua;All the Israelites twenty years old or more who were able to serve in Israel’s army were counted according to their families.
Nāh 4:3Mai ke kanakolu o ka makahiki a keu aku, a hiki i ke kanalima o ka makahiki, i nā mea a pau e komo ana i loko o ka poʻe nāna e hana i ka ʻoihana ma ka halelewa o ke anaina.Count all the men from thirty to fifty years of age who come to serve in the work at the tent of meeting.
Nāh 4:23Mai nā makahiki he kanakolu a keu aku, a hiki i ke kanalima o nā makahiki kāu e helu aku ai iā lākou; i ka poʻe a pau e komo aʻe e lawelawe, a e hana i ka hana i loko o ka halelewa anaina.Count all the men from thirty to fifty years of age who come to serve in the work at the tent of meeting.
Nāh 4:30Mai ke kanakolu o nā makahiki a keu aku, a hiki i ke kanalima o ka makahiki kāu e helu ai iā lākou, ʻo kēlā mea kēia mea e komo aku e lawelawe, a e hana i ka hana o ka halelewa anaina.Count all the men from thirty to fifty years of age who come to serve in the work at the tent of meeting.
Nāh 4:35Mai ke kanakolu o nā makahiki a keu aku, a hiki i ke kanalima, i nā mea a pau i komo i loko o ka ʻoihana, no ka hana ma ka halelewa o ke anaina.All the men from thirty to fifty years of age who came to serve in the work at the tent of meeting,
Nāh 4:39Mai ke kanakolu o nā makahiki a keu aku, a hiki i ke kanalima o nā makahiki; ʻo nā mea a pau e komo ma loko o ka ʻoihana, no ka hana ma ka halelewa o ke anaina;All the men from thirty to fifty years of age who came to serve in the work at the tent of meeting,
Nāh 4:43Mai ke kanakolu o nā makahiki a keu aku, a hiki i ke kanalima o nā makahiki, ʻo nā mea a pau e komo ma loko o ka ʻoihana, no ka hana ma ka halelewa o ke anaina;All the men from thirty to fifty years of age who came to serve in the work at the tent of meeting,
Nāh 4:47Mai ke kanakolu o nā makahiki a keu aku, a hiki i ke kanalima o nā makahiki, ʻo nā mea a pau i hele mai e hana i ka ʻoihana lawelawe, a me ka ʻoihana o ka hali ukana ma ka halelewa o ke anaina:All the men from thirty to fifty years of age who came to do the work of serving and carrying the tent of meeting
Nāh 8:4A ʻo kēia hana o ka ipukukui, he gula i wili ʻia, mai kona kumu a hiki i kona mau pua, he hana i wili ʻia: ma muli o ke kumu hoʻolike a Iēhova i hōʻike ai iā Mose, pēlā nō ia i hana ai i ka ipukukui.This is how the lampstand was made: It was made of hammered gold — from its base to its blossoms. The lampstand was made exactly like the pattern the Lord had shown Moses.
Nāh 9:15I ka lā i kūkulu ʻia ai ka halelewa, uhi ihola ke ao ma luna o ka halelewa, ma ke keʻena o ke kānāwai; a ahiahi, ua ʻikea ka mea me he ahi lā ma luna o ka halelewa a hiki i kakahiaka.On the day the tabernacle, the tent of the covenant law, was set up, the cloud covered it. From evening till morning the cloud above the tabernacle looked like fire.
Nāh 9:21A i ka wā i noho ai ke ao mai ke ahiahi a hiki i kakahiaka, a piʻi aʻela ke ao i kakahiaka, a laila, haele lākou: inā ma ke ao paha; ma ka pō paha i piʻi aʻe ke ao, haele nō lākou.Sometimes the cloud stayed only from evening till morning, and when it lifted in the morning, they set out. Whether by day or by night, whenever the cloud lifted, they set out.
Nāh 10:21A hele akula ka Kohata, e hali ana i nā mea hoʻāno; a na kēlā poʻe i kūkulu aʻe i ka halelewa no ka wā i hiki aku ai lākou nei.Then the Kohathites set out, carrying the holy things. The tabernacle was to be set up before they arrived.
Nāh 11:12Naʻu nō anei i hoʻohāpai i kēia poʻe kānaka a pau? Ua hoʻohānau nō anei au iā lākou, i ʻōlelo mai ai ʻoe iaʻu, E hiʻipoi ʻoe iā lākou ma kou umauma, e like me ka hali ʻana a ka makua hānai i ke keiki omo waiū, a hiki aku i ka ʻāina āu i hoʻohiki ai i nā kūpuna o lākou?Did I conceive all these people? Did I give them birth? Why do you tell me to carry them in my arms, as a nurse carries an infant, to the land you promised on oath to their ancestors?
Nāh 11:14ʻAʻole e hiki iaʻu, ʻo wau wale nō ke halihali i kēia poʻe kānaka a pau; no ka mea, he mea kaumaha loa ia noʻu.I cannot carry all these people by myself; the burden is too heavy for me.
Nāh 11:35Hele akula nā kānaka mai Kiberotahataʻava aku a hiki i Hazerota, a noho ihola lākou i Hazerota.From Kibroth Hattaavah the people traveled to Hazeroth and stayed there.
Nāh 13:21Piʻi akula lākou a mākaʻikaʻi aʻela i ka ʻāina, mai ka wao nahele ʻo Zina a hiki aku i Rehoba, ma ke ala e hele aku ai i Hamata.So they went up and explored the land from the Desert of Zin as far as Rehob, toward Lebo Hamath.
Nāh 13:22A piʻi akula lākou ma ke kūkulu hema, a hiki aku i Heberona, i kahi o ʻAhimana, ʻo Sesai a me Talemai, nā keiki a ʻAnaka. (Ua hoʻokumu ʻia ʻo Heberona ʻehiku makahiki ma mua o Zoana i ʻAigupita.)They went up through the Negev and came to Hebron, where Ahiman, Sheshai and Talmai, the descendants of Anak, lived. (Hebron had been built seven years before Zoan in Egypt.)
Nāh 13:26Hele maila lākou a hiki i o Mose lā a me ʻAʻarona, a me ke anaina kanaka a pau o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, i ka wao nahele ʻo Parana, i Kadesa; a hoʻākāka maila lākou iā lāua, a i ke anaina kanaka a pau, a hōʻike maila i ka hua o ka ʻāina.They came back to Moses and Aaron and the whole Israelite community at Kadesh in the Desert of Paran. There they reported to them and to the whole assembly and showed them the fruit of the land.
Nāh 13:30Hoʻomālielie iho ʻo Kaleba i kānaka i mua o Mose, ʻī maila, E hele koke aku kākou, a e komo i ka ʻāina; no ka mea, e hiki pono nō iā kākou ke lanakila ma luna ona.Then Caleb silenced the people before Moses and said, “We should go up and take possession of the land, for we can certainly do it.”
Nāh 13:31Akā, ʻī maila nā kānaka i hele pū me ia, ʻAʻole e hiki iā kākou ke hele kūʻē i ua poʻe kānaka lā; no ka mea, ua ʻoi aku ko lākou ikaika i ko kākou.But the men who had gone up with him said, “We can’t attack those people; they are stronger than we are.”
Nāh 14:16No ka hiki ʻole iā Iēhova ke hoʻokomo aku i kēia poʻe kānaka i ka ʻāina āna i hoʻohiki ai no lākou, no laila ua pepehi ʻo ia iā lākou ma ka wao nahele.‘The Lord was not able to bring these people into the land he promised them on oath, so he slaughtered them in the wilderness.’
Nāh 14:18Ua ahonui ʻo Iēhova, a ua nui kona lokomaikaʻi, e kala ana i ka hewa a me ka lawehala ʻana, ʻaʻole loa hoʻi e hoʻāpono wale mai ana; e hoʻopaʻi ana naʻe i ko ka makua lawehala ma luna o nā keiki a hiki aku i ke kuakahi a me ke kualua.‘The Lord is slow to anger, abounding in love and forgiving sin and rebellion. Yet he does not leave the guilty unpunished; he punishes the children for the sin of the parents to the third and fourth generation.’
Nāh 14:19Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e kala mai ʻoe i ka hala o kēia poʻe kānaka, e like me ka nui o kou lokomaikaʻi; e like hoʻi me kāu i kala mai ai i kēia poʻe kānaka mai ʻAigupita mai, a hiki i kēia manawa.In accordance with your great love, forgive the sin of these people, just as you have pardoned them from the time they left Egypt until now.”
Nāh 14:25(Ua noho nō ka ʻAmeleka a me ka Kanaʻana ma ke awāwa.) ʻApōpō, e huli ʻoukou, a e komo aku i loko o ka wao nahele, ma ke ala e hiki ai i ke Kaiʻula.Since the Amalekites and the Canaanites are living in the valleys, turn back tomorrow and set out toward the desert along the route to the Red Sea.”
Nāh 14:33A e ʻaeʻa ana kā ʻoukou poʻe keiki ma ka wao nahele i nā makahiki he kanahā, a e halihali lākou i ko ʻoukou moekolohe ʻana, a hiki i ka nalo ʻana o ko ʻoukou mau kupapaʻu ma loko o ka wao nahele.Your children will be shepherds here for forty years, suffering for your unfaithfulness, until the last of your bodies lies in the wilderness.
Nāh 14:41ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Mose, No ke aha lā ʻoukou e hoʻohala nei i ke kauoha a Iēhova? Akā ʻaʻole ia e hiki.But Moses said, “Why are you disobeying the Lord’s command? This will not succeed!
Nāh 14:45A laila, iho maila ka ʻAmeleka a me ka Kanaʻana e noho ana ma ia puʻu, pepehi ihola iā lākou, a hoʻopuehu akula a hiki i Horema.Then the Amalekites and the Canaanites who lived in that hill country came down and attacked them and beat them down all the way to Hormah.
Nāh 15:18E ʻōlelo aku ʻoe i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, a e ʻī aku iā lākou, Aia hiki aku ʻoukou i ka ʻāina kahi aʻu e hoʻokomo ai iā ʻoukou:“Speak to the Israelites and say to them: ‘When you enter the land to which I am taking you
Nāh 16:13He mea liʻiliʻi anei kou lawe ʻana mai iā mākou mai loko mai o ka ʻāina e kahe ana ʻo ka waiū a me ka meli, e pepehi iā mākou ma ka wao nahele, ke hiki ʻole iā ʻoe e hoʻolilo iā ʻoe iho i aliʻi ma luna o mākou?Isn’t it enough that you have brought us up out of a land flowing with milk and honey to kill us in the wilderness? And now you also want to lord it over us!
Nāh 19:7A laila e holoi ke kahuna i kona mau kapa, a e ʻauʻau i kona kino i ka wai, a ma hope iho e hele mai ia i loko o kahi hoʻomoana, a e haumia ke kahuna a hiki i ke ahiahi.After that, the priest must wash his clothes and bathe himself with water. He may then come into the camp, but he will be ceremonially unclean till evening.
Nāh 19:8A ʻo ka mea nāna e puhi aku ia, e holoi ʻo ia i kona mau kapa i ka wai, a e ʻauʻau ia i kona kino i ka wai, a e haumia ʻo ia a hiki i ke ahiahi.The man who burns it must also wash his clothes and bathe with water, and he too will be unclean till evening.
Nāh 19:10A ʻo ka mea nāna e hōʻiliʻili i ka lehu o ka bipi wahine, e holoi ia i kona mau kapa, a e haumia ʻo ia a hiki i ke ahiahi: a e lilo ia no nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, a no ke kanaka ʻē e noho pū ana me lākou, i kānāwai mau loa.The man who gathers up the ashes of the heifer must also wash his clothes, and he too will be unclean till evening. This will be a lasting ordinance both for the Israelites and for the foreigners residing among them.
Nāh 19:21A e lilo ia i kānāwai mau loa no lākou; ʻo ka mea nāna e kāpīpī i ka wai huikala, e holoi ia i kona mau kapa; ʻo ka mea hoʻi nāna e hoʻopā aku i ka wai huikala, e haumia ʻo ia a hiki i ke ahiahi.This is a lasting ordinance for them. “The man who sprinkles the water of cleansing must also wash his clothes, and anyone who touches the water of cleansing will be unclean till evening.
Nāh 19:22ʻO kēlā mea kēia mea a ka mea haumia e hoʻopā aku ai, e haumia hoʻi ia mea: a ʻo ke kanaka nāna e hoʻopā aku, e haumia ʻo ia a hiki i ke ahiahi.Anything that an unclean person touches becomes unclean, and anyone who touches it becomes unclean till evening.”
Nāh 20:22Hele akula nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, ʻo ke anaina kanaka a pau, mai Kadesa aku a hiki i ke kuahiwi ʻo Hora.The whole Israelite community set out from Kadesh and came to Mount Hor.
Nāh 21:1A lohe aʻela ke aliʻi o ʻArada ka Kanaʻana, e noho ana ma ke kūkulu hema, e hele mai ana ka ʻIseraʻela ma ke ala e hiki ai i nā wahi ona, a laila, kaua maila ia i ka ʻIseraʻela, a lawe pio akula i kekahi poʻe o lākou.When the Canaanite king of Arad, who lived in the Negev, heard that Israel was coming along the road to Atharim, he attacked the Israelites and captured some of them.
Nāh 21:24Luku akula ka ʻIseraʻela iā ia i ka pahi kaua, a komo akula i kona ʻāina mai ʻArenona a Iaboka, a hiki i nā mamo a ʻAmona: no ka mea, ua paʻa ka palena o nā mamo a ʻAmona.Israel, however, put him to the sword and took over his land from the Arnon to the Jabbok, but only as far as the Ammonites, because their border was fortified.
Nāh 21:26No ka mea, ʻo Hesebona ke kūlanakauhale ʻo Sihona ke aliʻi o ka ʻAmora, nāna i kaua aku ma mua i ke aliʻi o Moaba, a lawe aʻela i kona ʻāina a pau mai kona lima aku, a hiki i ʻArenona.Heshbon was the city of Sihon king of the Amorites, who had fought against the former king of Moab and had taken from him all his land as far as the Arnon.
Nāh 21:30Ua pana pua aku mākou iā lākou; Ua luku ʻia ʻo Hesebona a hiki i Dibona, Ua hoʻoneoneo mākou a hiki aku i Nopa, A hiki hoʻi i Medeba.“But we have overthrown them; Heshbon’s dominion has been destroyed all the way to Dibon. We have demolished them as far as Nophah, which extends to Medeba.”
Nāh 22:7Hele akula nā lunakahiko o Moaba me nā lunakahiko o Midiana, me ka uku no ka ʻanāʻanā ʻana: a hiki akula lākou i o Balaʻama lā, a haʻi akula iā ia i ka ʻōlelo a Balaka.The elders of Moab and Midian left, taking with them the fee for divination. When they came to Balaam, they told him what Balak had said.
Nāh 22:18ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Balaʻama, ʻī maila i nā kauā a Balaka, Inā e hāʻawi mai ʻo Balaka iaʻu i ke kālā a me ke gula a piha kona hale, ʻaʻole e hiki iaʻu ke hoʻohala i ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova a koʻu Akua, i ka hoʻēmi iho, i ka ʻoi aku paha.But Balaam answered them, “Even if Balak gave me all the silver and gold in his palace, I could not do anything great or small to go beyond the command of the Lord my God.
Nāh 22:30Nīnau maila ka hoki iā Balaʻama, ʻAʻole anei wau ʻo kou hoki, ka mea āu i holoholo ai, mai ka manawa i lilo ai au nou, a hiki i nēia lā? Pēlā nō anei kaʻu i hana aku ai iā ʻoe ma mua? ʻĪ akula kēlā, ʻAʻole.The donkey said to Balaam, “Am I not your own donkey, which you have always ridden, to this day? Have I been in the habit of doing this to you?” “No,” he said.
Nāh 22:36A lohe aʻela ʻo Balaka, ua hiki mai ʻo Balaʻama, hele aku kēlā e hālāwai me ia ma kekahi kūlanakauhale ʻo Moaba ma ka palena ʻo ʻArenona, ʻo ia nō ka palena mamao loa.When Balak heard that Balaam was coming, he went out to meet him at the Moabite town on the Arnon border, at the edge of his territory.
Nāh 22:37ʻĪ maila ʻo Balaka iā Balaʻama, ʻAʻole anei au i hoʻouna ikaika aku i ou lā, e kiʻi iā ʻoe? He aha hoʻi kāu i hele ʻole mai ai i oʻu nei? ʻAʻole anei e hiki iaʻu ke hoʻohanohano iā ʻoe?Balak said to Balaam, “Did I not send you an urgent summons? Why didn’t you come to me? Am I really not able to reward you?”
Nāh 22:38ʻĪ akula ʻo Balaʻama iā Balaka, Eia hoʻi, ua hiki mai nei au i ou lā: iaʻu nō anei kekahi pono iki ke haʻi aku iā ʻoe i kekahi mea? ʻO ka ʻōlelo a ke Akua e waiho mai ai i loko o koʻu waha, ʻo ia kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku ai.“Well, I have come to you now,” Balaam replied. “But I can’t say whatever I please. I must speak only what God puts in my mouth.”
Nāh 22:39Hele pū aʻela ʻo Balaʻama me Balaka, a hiki aʻela lāua i Kiriatahuzota.Then Balaam went with Balak to Kiriath Huzoth.
Nāh 23:10ʻO wai lā e hiki ke helu i nā huna lepo o Iakoba, A me ka lehulehu o ka hapahā o ka ʻIseraʻela? E ake au e make i ka make ʻana o ka mea pono, I like hoʻi kuʻu hope me kona!Who can count the dust of Jacob or number even a fourth of Israel? Let me die the death of the righteous, and may my final end be like theirs!”
Nāh 23:17A hiki akula ia i ona lā, aia hoʻi, kū ihola ia ma kāna mōhai kuni, a me ia pū nā luna o Moaba; nīnau maila ʻo Balaka iā ia, He aha kā Iēhova i ʻōlelo mai ai?So he went to him and found him standing beside his offering, with the Moabite officials. Balak asked him, “What did the Lord say?”
Nāh 23:20Aia hoʻi, ua loaʻa iaʻu ka ʻōlelo hoʻomaikaʻi aku; Ua hoʻomaikaʻi nō ʻo ia, ʻaʻole e hiki iaʻu ke hoʻololi aʻe.I have received a command to bless; he has blessed, and I cannot change it.
Nāh 24:13Inā e hāʻawi mai ʻo Balaka i ke kālā a me ke gula a piha kona hale, inā ʻaʻole e hiki iaʻu ke hoʻohala i ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova, e hana i ka maikaʻi, ʻaʻole hoʻi i ka hewa ma kuʻu manaʻo iho: ʻo kā Iēhova e ʻōlelo mai ai, ʻo ia kaʻu e haʻi aku ai?‘Even if Balak gave me all the silver and gold in his palace, I could not do anything of my own accord, good or bad, to go beyond the command of the Lord — and I must say only what the Lord says’?
Nāh 26:2E helu ʻolua i ke anaina kanaka a pau o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, i nā mea o nā makahiki he iwakālua a keu aku, ma ka ʻohana o ko lākou kūpuna, i nā mea a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela e hiki ke hele i ke kaua.“Take a census of the whole Israelite community by families — all those twenty years old or more who are able to serve in the army of Israel.”
Nāh 31:16Aia hoʻi, ʻo kēia ka poʻe i hoʻowalewale i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, ma muli o ka manaʻo o Balaʻama, e lawehala iā Iēhova ma ka mea a Peora, a hiki mai nō ke ahulau i waena o ke anaina kanaka o Iēhova.“They were the ones who followed Balaam’s advice and enticed the Israelites to be unfaithful to the Lord in the Peor incident, so that a plague struck the Lord’s people.
Nāh 33:9A hele akula lākou mai Mara aku a hiki i ʻElima: a ma ʻElima he ʻumikumamālua nā pūnāwai, a me nā lāʻau pāma he kanahiku; a hoʻomoana ihola lākou i laila.They left Marah and went to Elim, where there were twelve springs and seventy palm trees, and they camped there.
Nāh 33:49A hoʻomoana ihola lākou ma Ioredane, mai Beteiesimota a hiki i ʻAbela-sitima, ma nā pāpū ʻo Moaba.There on the plains of Moab they camped along the Jordan from Beth Jeshimoth to Abel Shittim.
Nāh 33:51E ʻōlelo aku ʻoe i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, e ʻī aku iā lākou, A hiki aku ʻoukou ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o Ioredane, ma ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana;“Speak to the Israelites and say to them: ‘When you cross the Jordan into Canaan,
Nāh 34:2E kauoha aku ʻoe i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, a e ʻī aku iā lākou, Aia hiki aku ʻoukou i loko o ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana; (ʻo ia ka ʻāina e lilo ana no ʻoukou i noho ana, ʻo ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana, a me kona mau mokuna:)“Command the Israelites and say to them: ‘When you enter Canaan, the land that will be allotted to you as an inheritance is to have these boundaries:
Nāh 34:4A e huli aʻe ko ʻoukou palena mai ka ʻaoʻao hema aʻe i ka puʻu ʻo ʻAkerabima, a hele aku i Zina: a ʻo ka hele ʻana aku o ia mai ka ʻaoʻao hema aku a Kadesa-banea, a e hele hou aku ia i Hazaradara, a hiki aku i ʻAzemona:cross south of Scorpion Pass, continue on to Zin and go south of Kadesh Barnea. Then it will go to Hazar Addar and over to Azmon,
Nāh 34:8Mai ka mauna Hora aku, e hōʻailona ʻoukou a hiki i ke komo ʻana o Hamata: a e hele aku no ka palena a hiki i Zedada.and from Mount Hor to Lebo Hamath. Then the boundary will go to Zedad,
Nāh 34:11A e hele aku ka palena mai Sepama a Ribela, ma ka ʻaoʻao hikina o ʻAina: a e iho aku ka palena, a hiki aku ma ka ʻaoʻao o ka loko o Kinerota ma ka hikina.The boundary will go down from Shepham to Riblah on the east side of Ain and continue along the slopes east of the Sea of Galilee.
Nāh 35:10E ʻōlelo aku ʻoe i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, e ʻī aku iā lākou, Aia hiki aku ʻoukou ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o Ioredane i loko o ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana;“Speak to the Israelites and say to them: ‘When you cross the Jordan into Canaan,
Nāh 35:28No ka mea, ʻo kona pono nō e noho i loko o ke kūlanakauhale o kona puʻuhonua, a hiki i ka make ʻana o ke kahuna nui: akā, ma hope iho o ka make ʻana o ke kahuna nui, e hoʻi hou nō ka pepehi kanaka i ka ʻāina o kona noho ʻana.The accused must stay in the city of refuge until the death of the high priest; only after the death of the high priest may they return to their own property.
Nāh 35:32ʻAʻole hoʻi ʻoukou e lawe i uku pānaʻi, no ka mea i holo aku i ke kūlanakauhale o kona puʻuhonua, i hoʻi hou aku ai ia e noho i ka ʻāina, a hiki i ka make ʻana o ke kahuna.“‘Do not accept a ransom for anyone who has fled to a city of refuge and so allow them to go back and live on their own land before the death of the high priest.
Nāh 35:33Pēlā ʻoukou e hoʻohaumia ʻole ai i ka ʻāina a ʻoukou e noho ai: no ka mea, ʻo ke koko, ʻo ia ke hoʻohaumia i ka ʻāina; ʻaʻole e hiki ke huikala ʻia ka ʻāina i ke koko i hoʻokahe ʻia ma loko, aia wale nō ma ke koko o ka mea nāna ia i hoʻokahe.“‘Do not pollute the land where you are. Bloodshed pollutes the land, and atonement cannot be made for the land on which blood has been shed, except by the blood of the one who shed it.
Nāh 36:4A hiki mai ka Iubilē o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, a laila e hui pū ʻia aku ko lākou ʻāina hoʻoili me ka ʻāina o ka ʻohana o ko lākou noho ʻana aku; pēlā nō e lawe ʻia aku ai ko lākou ʻāina hoʻoili mai ka ʻāina aku o ka ʻohana o ko mākou mau mākua.When the Year of Jubilee for the Israelites comes, their inheritance will be added to that of the tribe into which they marry, and their property will be taken from the tribal inheritance of our ancestors.”
Kānl 1:2(He ʻumikumamākahi lā hele mai Horeba, ma ke ala o Mauna Seira, a hiki i Kadesabanea.)(It takes eleven days to go from Horeb to Kadesh Barnea by the Mount Seir road.)
Kānl 1:9ʻŌlelo akula au iā ʻoukou i kēlā manawa, ʻī akula, ʻAʻole e hiki iaʻu, ʻo wau wale, ke halihali iā ʻoukou:At that time I said to you, “You are too heavy a burden for me to carry alone.
Kānl 1:12Pehea lā e hiki ai iaʻu, ʻo wau wale nō ke halihali i ko ʻoukou kaumaha, a me ko ʻoukou luhi, a me ko ʻoukou hoʻopaʻapaʻa ʻana?But how can I bear your problems and your burdens and your disputes all by myself?
Kānl 1:19A iā kākou i haʻalele ai iā Horeba, hele kākou ma loko o kēlā wao nahele nui weliweli a pau, a ʻoukou i ʻike ai ma ke ala o ka mauna o ka ʻAmora, e like me kā Iēhova i kauoha mai ai iā kākou; a hiki kākou ma Kadesabanea.Then, as the Lord our God commanded us, we set out from Horeb and went toward the hill country of the Amorites through all that vast and dreadful wilderness that you have seen, and so we reached Kadesh Barnea.
Kānl 1:20A ʻī akula au iā ʻoukou, Ua hiki mai ʻoukou ma ka mauna o ka ʻAmora, ka mea a Iēhova ko kākou Akua i hāʻawi mai ai no kākou.Then I said to you, “You have reached the hill country of the Amorites, which the Lord our God is giving us.
Kānl 1:24Huli aʻela lākou, a piʻi akula ma ka mauna, a hiki ma ke kahawai ʻo ʻEsekola, a mākaʻikaʻi akula i ka ʻāina.They left and went up into the hill country, and came to the Valley of Eshkol and explored it.
Kānl 1:31A ma ka wao nahele, kahi āu i ʻike ai iā Iēhova kou Akua, e like me kā ke kanaka hali ʻana i kāna keiki, pēlā ia i hali ai iā ʻoe ma ke ala a pau a ʻoukou i hele ai, a hiki mai ʻoukou ma kēia wahi.and in the wilderness. There you saw how the Lord your God carried you, as a father carries his son, all the way you went until you reached this place.”
Kānl 1:44A ʻo ka ʻAmora e noho ana ma ua puʻu lā, hele mai lākou e kūʻē iā ʻoukou, a hahai mai lākou iā ʻoukou, e like me kā ka nalo meli hana ʻana, a pepehi mai iā ʻoukou ma Seira a hiki mai i Horema.The Amorites who lived in those hills came out against you; they chased you like a swarm of bees and beat you down from Seir all the way to Hormah.
Kānl 2:14A ʻo nā makahiki o ko kākou hele ʻana mai Kadesabanea mai, a hiki kākou ma ke kahawai ʻo Zareda, he kanakolu ia a me kumamāwalu; a pau ka hanauna a pau o nā kānaka koa i ka nalowale i waena o ka poʻe kaua, e like me kā Iēhova i hoʻohiki ai iā lākou.Thirty-eight years passed from the time we left Kadesh Barnea until we crossed the Zered Valley. By then, that entire generation of fighting men had perished from the camp, as the Lord had sworn to them.
Kānl 2:19A hiki aku ʻoe a kokoke i nā mamo a ʻAmona, mai hana ʻino aku iā lākou, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hakakā aku me lākou: ʻaʻole au e hāʻawi i wahi e noho ai nou ma ka ʻāina o nā mamo a ʻAmona; no ka mea, ua hāʻawi aku au ia i wahi e noho ai no nā mamo a Lota.When you come to the Ammonites, do not harass them or provoke them to war, for I will not give you possession of any land belonging to the Ammonites. I have given it as a possession to the descendants of Lot.”
Kānl 2:22E like me kāna i hana aku ai no nā mamo a ʻEsau e noho ana ma Seira, iā ia i luku ai i ka poʻe Horima i mua o lākou; hoʻokuke akula lākou ia poʻe, a noho ihola ma ko lākou wahi, a hiki i kēia lā:The Lord had done the same for the descendants of Esau, who lived in Seir, when he destroyed the Horites from before them. They drove them out and have lived in their place to this day.
Kānl 2:23A ʻo ko ʻAva e noho ana ma Hazerima a hiki i ʻAza, na ko Kapetora, mai Kapetora mai, i luku aku lākou, a noho ihola ma ko lākou lā wahi.)And as for the Avvites who lived in villages as far as Gaza, the Caphtorites coming out from Caphtor destroyed them and settled in their place.)
Kānl 2:24E kū ʻoukou i luna, e hele aku, a hiki ma kēlā kapa o ke kahawai ʻo ʻArenona: aia hoʻi, ua hāʻawi aku au iā Sihona no ka ʻAmora, ke aliʻi o Hesebona, a me kona ʻāina i loko o kou lima; e hoʻomaka ʻoe e komo, a e kūʻē aku iā ia i ke kaua.“Set out now and cross the Arnon Gorge. See, I have given into your hand Sihon the Amorite, king of Heshbon, and his country. Begin to take possession of it and engage him in battle.
Kānl 2:29(E like me nā mamo a ʻEsau, e noho ana ma Seira, a me ko Moaba e noho ana ma ʻAra i hana mai ai iaʻu;) a hiki aku au ma kēlā kapa o Ioredane, ma ka ʻāina a Iēhova ko mākou Akua i hāʻawi mai ai iā mākou.as the descendants of Esau, who live in Seir, and the Moabites, who live in Ar, did for us — until we cross the Jordan into the land the Lord our God is giving us.”
Kānl 2:36Mai ʻAroera ma kapa o ke kahawai ʻo ʻArenona, a me ke kūlanakauhale ma ke kahawai a hiki i Gileada, ʻaʻole kekahi kūlanakauhale i lanakila ma luna o kākou; na Iēhova ko kākou Akua i hoʻolilo mai nā mea a pau iā kākou.From Aroer on the rim of the Arnon Gorge, and from the town in the gorge, even as far as Gilead, not one town was too strong for us. The Lord our God gave us all of them.
Kānl 3:8A lawe akula kākou i kēlā manawa, mai loko mai o nā lima o ua mau aliʻi lā ʻelua o ka ʻAmora, i ka ʻāina ma kēia ʻaoʻao o Ioredane, mai ke kahawai ʻo ʻArenona a hiki i ka mauna ʻo Heremona;So at that time we took from these two kings of the Amorites the territory east of the Jordan, from the Arnon Gorge as far as Mount Hermon.
Kānl 3:10ʻO nā kūlanakauhale a pau o ka pāpū, a me Gileada a pau, a me Basana a pau, a hiki i Saleka a me ʻEderei, nā kūlanakauhale o ke aupuni o ʻOga i Basana.We took all the towns on the plateau, and all Gilead, and all Bashan as far as Salekah and Edrei, towns of Og’s kingdom in Bashan.
Kānl 3:14Lawe akula ʻo Iaira ke keiki a Manase i ka ʻāina a pau ʻo ʻAregoba a hiki i ka mokuna ʻo Gesuri, a me Maʻakati; a kapa akula iā lākou ma kona inoa iho, ʻo Basanahavotaiaira, a hiki i kēia lā.Jair, a descendant of Manasseh, took the whole region of Argob as far as the border of the Geshurites and the Maakathites; it was named after him, so that to this day Bashan is called Havvoth Jair.)
Kānl 3:16A hāʻawi aku au no ka Reubena a me ka Gada, mai Gileada a hiki i ke kahawai ʻo ʻArenona, i waena o ke awāwa, ka mokuna a hiki i ke kahawai ʻo Iaboka, ʻo ia hoʻi ka mokuna o nā mamo a ʻAmona.But to the Reubenites and the Gadites I gave the territory extending from Gilead down to the Arnon Gorge (the middle of the gorge being the border) and out to the Jabbok River, which is the border of the Ammonites.
Kānl 3:17ʻO ka pāpū hoʻi a me Ioredane, a ʻo ka mokuna, mai Kinereta a hiki i ke kai o ka pāpū, ʻo ia ka moana kai ma ke kumu o Pisega ma ka hikina.Its western border was the Jordan in the Arabah, from Kinnereth to the Sea of the Arabah (that is, the Dead Sea), below the slopes of Pisgah.
Kānl 3:24E Iēhova ke Akua, ua hoʻomaka aʻe nei ʻoe e hōʻike i kāu kauā i kou mana, a me kou lima ikaika: no ka mea, ʻo wai ke Akua i loko o ka lani, a me ka honua, e hiki iā ia ke hana e like me kāu mau hana, a me kou ikaika?“Sovereign Lord, you have begun to show to your servant your greatness and your strong hand. For what god is there in heaven or on earth who can do the deeds and mighty works you do?
Kānl 4:30A loaʻa iā ʻoe ka pōpilikia, a hiki mai kēia mau mea a pau ma luna ou i nā lā ma hope, a i huli mai ʻoe iā Iēhova kou Akua, a hoʻolohe i kona leo,When you are in distress and all these things have happened to you, then in later days you will return to the Lord your God and obey him.
Kānl 4:32ʻĀnō e nīnau aku ʻoe i nā lā i hala ma hope, i ka wā ma mua ou, a mai ka manawa mai a ke Akua i hana ai ke kanaka ma ka honua, a mai kēlā ʻaoʻao o ka lani a hiki i kēia ʻaoʻao o ka lani, ʻauhea aʻe nei ka mea like me kēia mea nui, ʻauhea ka mea i lohe ʻia e like ai me ia?Ask now about the former days, long before your time, from the day God created human beings on the earth; ask from one end of the heavens to the other. Has anything so great as this ever happened, or has anything like it ever been heard of?
Kānl 4:41A laila hoʻokaʻawale aʻela ʻo Mose i nā kūlanakauhale ʻekolu ma kēia ʻaoʻao o Ioredane ma ka hiki ʻana o ka lā;Then Moses set aside three cities east of the Jordan,
Kānl 4:47A lilo kona ʻāina iā lākou, a me ka ʻāina o ʻOga, ke aliʻi o Basana, nā aliʻi ʻelua o ka ʻAmora, ma kēia ʻaoʻao o Ioredane ma ka hiki ʻana o ka lā:They took possession of his land and the land of Og king of Bashan, the two Amorite kings east of the Jordan.
Kānl 4:49A ʻo ka pāpū a pau ma kēia ʻaoʻao o Ioredane ma ka hikina, a hiki i ke kai o ka pāpū, ʻo kahi haʻahaʻa ma ke kumu o Pisega.and included all the Arabah east of the Jordan, as far as the Dead Sea, below the slopes of Pisgah.
Kānl 7:9E ʻike hoʻi ʻoe, ʻo Iēhova kou Akua, ʻo ia nō ke Akua, he Akua ʻoiaʻiʻo, e mālama ana i ka berita, a i ke aloha no ka poʻe i aloha aku iā ia, a mālama hoʻi i kāna mau kauoha, a hiki i ke tausani o nā hanauna:Know therefore that the Lord your God is God; he is the faithful God, keeping his covenant of love to a thousand generations of those who love him and keep his commandments.
Kānl 7:17Inā paha e ʻī iho ʻoe ma loko o kou naʻau, Ua ʻoi aku ka nui o kēia mau lāhui kanaka i koʻu; pehea lā e hiki iaʻu ke kipaku aku iā lākou?You may say to yourselves, “These nations are stronger than we are. How can we drive them out?”
Kānl 7:24A e hoʻolilo mai ia i ko lākou mau aliʻi i loko o kou lima, a e hōkai ʻoe i ko lākou inoa ma lalo iho o ka lani; ʻaʻole e hiki i kekahi kanaka ke kū i mua ou, a pau lākou i ka luku ʻia e ʻoe.He will give their kings into your hand, and you will wipe out their names from under heaven. No one will be able to stand up against you; you will destroy them.
Kānl 9:2He poʻe kānaka nunui a lōʻihi, nā keiki a ka poʻe ʻAnakima, a ʻoukou i ʻike ai, a ua lohe hoʻi ʻoe, ʻO wai lā auaneʻi e hiki ke kū i mua o nā keiki a ʻAnaka?The people are strong and tall — Anakites! You know about them and have heard it said: “Who can stand up against the Anakites?”
Kānl 9:7E hoʻomanaʻo ʻoe, mai hoʻopoina i kou hoʻonāukiuki ʻana iā Iēhova kou Akua ma ka wao nahele: ma ka lā i puka mai ai ʻoukou mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita mai, a hiki ʻoukou ma kēia wahi, ua kipi ʻoukou iā Iēhova.Remember this and never forget how you aroused the anger of the Lord your God in the wilderness. From the day you left Egypt until you arrived here, you have been rebellious against the Lord.
Kānl 9:28O ʻōlelo mai auaneʻi ko ka ʻāina no laila i lawe mai ai ʻoe iā mākou, No ka hiki ʻole iā Iēhova ke lawe aku iā lākou ma ka ʻāina āna i ʻōlelo mai ai iā lākou, a no kona inaina iā lākou, i lawe mai ʻo ia iā lākou e luku iā lākou ma ka wao nahele.Otherwise, the country from which you brought us will say, ‘Because the Lord was not able to take them into the land he had promised them, and because he hated them, he brought them out to put them to death in the wilderness.’
Kānl 10:8I kēlā manawa hoʻokaʻawale aʻela ʻo Iēhova i ka ʻohana a Levi, e halihali i ka pahu berita o Iēhova, e kū i mua o Iēhova e lawelawe nāna, a e hoʻomaikaʻi aku ma kona inoa, a hiki i kēia lā.At that time the Lord set apart the tribe of Levi to carry the ark of the covenant of the Lord, to stand before the Lord to minister and to pronounce blessings in his name, as they still do today.
Kānl 11:4I ka mea hoʻi āna i hana ai i ka poʻe kaua o ʻAigupita, i ko lākou mau lio, a me ko lākou mau hale kaʻa; i kona hoʻopopoʻi ʻana i ka wai o ke Kaiʻula ma luna o lākou i ko lākou hahai ʻana mai iā ʻoukou, a luku mai ʻo Iēhova iā lākou a hiki i kēia lā:what he did to the Egyptian army, to its horses and chariots, how he overwhelmed them with the waters of the Red Sea as they were pursuing you, and how the Lord brought lasting ruin on them.
Kānl 11:5I ka mea hoʻi āna i hana mai ai no ʻoukou ma ka wao nahele a hiki mai ma kēia wahi;It was not your children who saw what he did for you in the wilderness until you arrived at this place,
Kānl 11:24No ʻoukou nā wahi a pau a ko ʻoukou kapuaʻi e hehi iho ai: mai ka wao nahele a hiki i Lebanona, a mai ka muliwai, ka muliwai ʻo ʻEuperate, a hiki i ke kai ma ke komohana, ʻo ia ko ʻoukou palena ʻāina.Every place where you set your foot will be yours: Your territory will extend from the desert to Lebanon, and from the Euphrates River to the Mediterranean Sea.
Kānl 11:25ʻAʻole e hiki i kekahi kanaka ke kūpaʻa i mua o ʻoukou, na Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua e kau mai ka makaʻu a me ka weliweli iā ʻoukou ma luna o ka ʻāina a pau a ʻoukou e hehi iho ai, e like me kāna i ʻōlelo mai ai iā ʻoukou.No one will be able to stand against you. The Lord your God, as he promised you, will put the terror and fear of you on the whole land, wherever you go.
Kānl 12:9No ka mea, ʻaʻole ʻoukou i hiki aku i kēia manawa ma kahi e maha ai, a ma ka noho ʻana a Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua e hāʻawi mai iā ʻoukou.since you have not yet reached the resting place and the inheritance the Lord your God is giving you.
Kānl 13:7I nā akua o nā kānaka e noho ana a puni ʻo ʻoukou, ʻo nā mea kokoke mai iā ʻoe, a me nā mea mamao aku, mai kekahi ʻaoʻao o ka honua, a hiki i kekahi ʻaoʻao o ka honua;gods of the peoples around you, whether near or far, from one end of the land to the other),
Kānl 14:24Inā paha lōʻihi ke ala iā ʻoe, ʻaʻole e hiki iā ʻoe ke lawe aku ia mea ma laila; a i mamao aku paha iā ʻoe ka wahi a Iēhova kou Akua i wae ai e hoʻopaʻa i kona inoa ma laila; no ka mea, ua hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻo Iēhova kou Akua iā ʻoe;But if that place is too distant and you have been blessed by the Lord your God and cannot carry your tithe (because the place where the Lord will choose to put his Name is so far away),
Kānl 17:14A hiki aku ʻoe ma ka ʻāina a Iēhova kou Akua e hāʻawi mai ai iā ʻoe, a lilo ia nou, a noho ʻoe i laila, a e ʻōlelo iho ʻoe, E hoʻonoho au i aliʻi ma luna oʻu, e like me nā lāhui kanaka a puni oʻu:When you enter the land the Lord your God is giving you and have taken possession of it and settled in it, and you say, “Let us set a king over us like all the nations around us,”
Kānl 18:9A hiki aku ʻoe ma ka ʻāina a Iēhova kou Akua e hāʻawi mai ai iā ʻoe, mai aʻo iho ʻoe e hana e like me nā mea haumia o ua mau lāhui kanaka lā.When you enter the land the Lord your God is giving you, do not learn to imitate the detestable ways of the nations there.
Kānl 18:22A i ʻōlelo aku kekahi kāula ma ka inoa ʻo Iēhova, a hiki ʻole mai ia mea, ʻaʻole hoʻi ia e kō, ʻo ia ka mea a Iēhova i ʻōlelo ʻole mai ai; ua ʻōlelo aku ua kāula lā me ka hoʻokiʻekiʻe; mai makaʻu aku ʻoe iā ia.If what a prophet proclaims in the name of the Lord does not take place or come true, that is a message the Lord has not spoken. That prophet has spoken presumptuously, so do not be alarmed.
Kānl 21:2A laila e hele mai kou poʻe lunakahiko a me kou poʻe luna kānāwai, a e ana aku lākou a hiki i nā kūlanakauhale e puni ana i ka mea i pepehi ʻia.your elders and judges shall go out and measure the distance from the body to the neighboring towns.
Kānl 22:2Inā ʻaʻole kokoke mai kou hoahānau iā ʻoe, a ua ʻike ʻole paha ʻoe iā ia, a laila ʻoe e lawe mai ia mea i kou hale iho, a e noho pū ia me ʻoe, a hiki i ka manawa e ʻimi mai ai kou hoahānau iā ia, a laila e hoʻihoʻi aku ʻoe ia mea iā ia.If they do not live near you or if you do not know who owns it, take it home with you and keep it until they come looking for it. Then give it back.
Kānl 23:2ʻAʻole e komo i loko o ke anaina kanaka o Iēhova ka mea poʻo ʻole, a hiki i ka ʻumi o kona hanauna ʻaʻole e komo i loko o ke anaina kanaka o Iēhova.No one born of a forbidden marriage nor any of their descendants may enter the assembly of the Lord, not even in the tenth generation.
Kānl 23:3ʻAʻole e komo i loko o ke anaina kanaka o Iēhova ka ʻAmora, a me ka Moaba, a hiki i ka ʻumi o ko lākou hanauna, ʻaʻole loa e komo i loko o ke anaina kanaka o Iēhova:No Ammonite or Moabite or any of their descendants may enter the assembly of the Lord, not even in the tenth generation.
Kānl 23:10Inā paha ma waena ou kekahi kanaka maʻemaʻe ʻole no ka haumia i hiki mai iā ia i ka pō, e hele ia i waho o kahi e hoʻomoana ai, ʻaʻole ia e hele mai i loko o kahi e hoʻomoana ai:If one of your men is unclean because of a nocturnal emission, he is to go outside the camp and stay there.
Kānl 23:11Aia i ka manawa e hiki mai ana ke ahiahi, e holoi iā ia iho i ka wai; a i ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, e hele mai ia i loko o kahi e hoʻomoana ai.But as evening approaches he is to wash himself, and at sunset he may return to the camp.
Kānl 26:1Aia hiki aku ʻoe ma ka ʻāina a Iēhova kou Akua e hāʻawi mai ai nou, a lilo ia nou, a noho iho ʻoe ma laila;When you have entered the land the Lord your God is giving you as an inheritance and have taken possession of it and settled in it,
Kānl 26:3A e hele ʻoe i ke kahuna e noho ana ia mau lā, a e ʻī aku iā ia, Ke hōʻoia aku nei au iā Iēhova kou Akua i kēia lā, no ka mea, ua hiki mai nei au ma ka ʻāina a Iēhova i hoʻohiki ai i ko kākou mau kūpuna e hāʻawi mai no kākou.and say to the priest in office at the time, “I declare today to the Lord your God that I have come to the land the Lord swore to our ancestors to give us.”
Kānl 27:3A e kahakaha iho ma luna o ia mau mea i nā hua ʻōlelo a pau o kēia kānāwai, aia hiki aku ʻoe ma kēlā ʻaoʻao, i komo aku ai ʻoe ma ka ʻāina a Iēhova kou Akua i hāʻawi mai ai iā ʻoe, he ʻāina e kahe ana ʻo ka waiū a me ka meli; e like me kā Iēhova ke Akua o kou mau kūpuna i ʻōlelo mai ai iā ʻoe.Write on them all the words of this law when you have crossed over to enter the land the Lord your God is giving you, a land flowing with milk and honey, just as the Lord, the God of your ancestors, promised you.
Kānl 27:4Aia hiki aku ʻoukou ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o Ioredane, e kūkulu ʻoukou i kēia mau pōhaku, aʻu e kauoha aku nei iā ʻoukou i kēia lā, ma ka mauna ʻo ʻEbala, a e hāpala ia mau mea i ka puna.And when you have crossed the Jordan, set up these stones on Mount Ebal, as I command you today, and coat them with plaster.
Kānl 27:12Eia nā mea e kū ma ka mauna ʻo Gerizima e hoʻomaikaʻi aku i nā kānaka, i ko ʻoukou hiki ʻana aku i kēlā kapa o Ioredane: ʻo ka Simeona, ʻo ka Levi, ʻo ka Iuda, ʻo ka ʻIsakara, ʻo ka Iosepa, a me ka Beniamina:When you have crossed the Jordan, these tribes shall stand on Mount Gerizim to bless the people: Simeon, Levi, Judah, Issachar, Joseph and Benjamin.
Kānl 28:27A e hahau mai ʻo Iēhova iā ʻoe, i ka maʻi hēhē o ʻAigupita, a me ka hī koko, a me ka pehu pala, a me ke kākiʻo, ka mea hiki ʻole ke hoʻōla ʻia.The Lord will afflict you with the boils of Egypt and with tumors, festering sores and the itch, from which you cannot be cured.
Kānl 28:35A e pepehi mai ʻo Iēhova iā ʻoe i ka maʻi hēhē ʻeha ma nā kuli, a ma nā wāwae, ka mea hiki ʻole ke hoʻōla ʻia, mai ka poho o kou wāwae a hiki i ka piko o kou poʻo.The Lord will afflict your knees and legs with painful boils that cannot be cured, spreading from the soles of your feet to the top of your head.
Kānl 28:45A e hiki mai auaneʻi nēia mau mea pōʻino a pau ma luna ou, a e hahai mai iā ʻoe, a loaʻa ʻoe, a make ʻoe, no kou hoʻolohe ʻole i ka leo o Iēhova kou Akua, e mālama i kāna mau kauoha a me kona mau kānāwai āna i kauoha mai ai iā ʻoe.All these curses will come on you. They will pursue you and overtake you until you are destroyed, because you did not obey the Lord your God and observe the commands and decrees he gave you.
Kānl 28:64A e hoʻopuehu aku ʻo Iēhova iā ʻoe ma waena o nā kānaka a pau mai kēlā ʻaoʻao o ka honua, a hiki i kēia ʻaoʻao o ka honua; a ma laila ʻoe e mālama ai i nā akua ʻē, i ka lāʻau a me ka pōhaku, āu i ʻike ʻole ai, ʻaʻole hoʻi kou mau mākua.Then the Lord will scatter you among all nations, from one end of the earth to the other. There you will worship other gods — gods of wood and stone, which neither you nor your ancestors have known.
Kānl 28:67I kakahiaka e ʻōlelo iho ʻoe, Inā paha i hiki mai ke ahiahi! A i ke ahiahi e ʻōlelo iho ʻoe, Inā paha i hiki mai ke kakahiaka! No ka mea makaʻu a kou naʻau e makaʻu ai, a no ka mea ʻikea a kou maka e ʻike ai.In the morning you will say, “If only it were evening!” and in the evening, “If only it were morning!” — because of the terror that will fill your hearts and the sights that your eyes will see.
Kānl 29:4Akā, ʻaʻole ʻo Iēhova i hāʻawi mai iā ʻoukou i naʻau noʻonoʻo, i maka ʻike, a i pepeiao lohe a hiki i kēia lā.But to this day the Lord has not given you a mind that understands or eyes that see or ears that hear.
Kānl 29:7A hiki mai ʻoukou ma kēia wahi, ʻo Sihona ke aliʻi o Hesebona, a me ʻOga ke aliʻi o Basana, hele kūʻē maila lāua iā kākou i ke kaua, a pepehi akula kākou iā lāua.When you reached this place, Sihon king of Heshbon and Og king of Bashan came out to fight against us, but we defeated them.
Kānl 29:11ʻO kā ʻoukou kamaliʻi, ʻo kā ʻoukou poʻe wāhine, a me kou malihini ma kou wahi i hoʻomoana ai, mai ka mea kua lāʻau a hiki i ka mea huki wai ou;together with your children and your wives, and the foreigners living in your camps who chop your wood and carry your water.
Kānl 30:1Aia i ka manawa e hiki mai ai ma luna ou kēia mau mea a pau, ka pōmaikaʻi a me ka pōʻino aʻu i hoʻākāka aku ai i mua ou, a e hoʻomanaʻo ʻoe i waena o nā lāhui kanaka, kahi a Iēhova kou Akua i hoʻokuke aku ai iā ʻoe:When all these blessings and curses I have set before you come on you and you take them to heart wherever the Lord your God disperses you among the nations,
Kānl 31:2ʻĪ akula ʻo ia iā lākou, Hoʻokahi oʻu haneri makahiki a me ka iwakālua i kēia lā; ʻaʻole e hiki hou iaʻu ke hele aku i waho, a me ka hoʻi mai i loko: ua ʻōlelo mai nō hoʻi ʻo Iēhova iaʻu, ʻAʻole ʻoe e hele ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o kēia Ioredane.“I am now a hundred and twenty years old and I am no longer able to lead you. The Lord has said to me, ‘You shall not cross the Jordan.’
Kānl 31:17A laila e hoʻaʻā ʻia aku koʻu inaina iā lākou ia lā, a e haʻalele aku au iā lākou, e hūnā au i koʻu maka mai o lākou aku, a e pau lākou i ka luku ʻia, a e loʻohia lākou e nā ʻino a me nā pilikia he nui loa; no laila, e ʻōlelo mai ai lākou ia lā, ʻAʻole anei i hiki mai kēia mau mea ʻino i luna o kākou, no ka noho ʻole mai o ko kākou Akua i waena o kākou?And in that day I will become angry with them and forsake them; I will hide my face from them, and they will be destroyed. Many disasters and calamities will come on them, and in that day they will ask, ‘Have not these disasters come on us because our God is not with us?’
Kānl 31:29No ka mea, ua ʻike nō au, aia ma hope o kuʻu make ʻana, e hoʻohaumia loa ʻoukou iā ʻoukou iho, a e huli aʻe ʻoukou mai ka ʻaoʻao aku aʻu i kauoha aku ai iā ʻoukou; a e hiki mai ka hewa iā ʻoukou i nā lā ma hope; no ka mea, e hana hewa auaneʻi ʻoukou i mua o Iēhova, e hoʻonāukiuki aku iā ia ma ka hana a ko ʻoukou lima.For I know that after my death you are sure to become utterly corrupt and to turn from the way I have commanded you. In days to come, disaster will fall on you because you will do evil in the sight of the Lord and arouse his anger by what your hands have made.”
Kānl 32:22No ka mea, ua hoʻaʻā ʻia ke ahi e kuʻu inaina, A e ʻenaʻena ia a hiki i lalo lilo i ka pō, A e hoʻopau ia i ka honua a me kona hua iho, A e puhi ia i ke ahi i nā kumu mauna.For a fire will be kindled by my wrath, one that burns down to the realm of the dead below. It will devour the earth and its harvests and set afire the foundations of the mountains.
Kānl 32:35Iaʻu nō kā hoʻopaʻi aku, a me ka hoʻouku: E hoʻopaheʻe auaneʻi ko lākou wāwae: No ka mea, ua kokoke mai ka lā e pōʻino ai lākou, Ua lalelale mai nā mea e hiki mai ana ma luna o lākou.It is mine to avenge; I will repay. In due time their foot will slip; their day of disaster is near and their doom rushes upon them.”
Kānl 33:16No nā mea maikaʻi o ka honua, a me kona mea i piha ai, No ka lokomaikaʻi o ka mea i noho ai ma ka lāʻau; E hiki mai ia ma luna o ke poʻo o Iosepa, A ma luna hoʻi o ka piko poʻo o ka mea i hoʻokaʻawale ʻia e kona poʻe hoahānau.with the best gifts of the earth and its fullness and the favor of him who dwelt in the burning bush. Let all these rest on the head of Joseph, on the brow of the prince among his brothers.
Kānl 34:1Piʻi akula ʻo Mose mai nā pāpū aku o Moaba ma ka puʻu ʻo Nebo, ma luna pono o Pisega, e kū pono ana i Ieriko; a hōʻike maila ʻo Iēhova iā ia i ka ʻāina a pau ʻo Gileada a hiki i Dana,Then Moses climbed Mount Nebo from the plains of Moab to the top of Pisgah, across from Jericho. There the Lord showed him the whole land — from Gilead to Dan,
Kānl 34:2Me ka ʻāina a pau o ka Napetali, a me ka ʻāina o ka ʻEperaima, a me ko ka Manase, a me ka ʻāina a pau o ka Iuda, a hiki aku i ke kai ma ke komohana,all of Naphtali, the territory of Ephraim and Manasseh, all the land of Judah as far as the Mediterranean Sea,
Kānl 34:3A me ke kūkulu hema, a me ka pāpū o ke awāwa ʻo Ieriko, ke kūlanakauhale lāʻau pāma, e hiki i Zoara.the Negev and the whole region from the Valley of Jericho, the City of Palms, as far as Zoar.
Kānl 34:6Nāna nō ia i kanu ma kekahi awāwa ma ka ʻāina ʻo Moaba, e kū pono ana i Betepeora: akā, ʻaʻohe kanaka i ʻike i kona wahi i kanu ʻia ai a hiki i kēia manawa.He buried him in Moab, in the valley opposite Beth Peor, but to this day no one knows where his grave is.
Ios 1:4Mai ka wao nahele mai, a mai Lebanona nei a hiki i ka muliwai nui, ʻo ia hoʻi ka muliwai ʻo ʻEuperate, ʻo ka ʻāina a pau o ka Heta, a hiki i ka moana nui ma ke komohana, ʻo ia ko ʻoukou mokuna.Your territory will extend from the desert to Lebanon, and from the great river, the Euphrates — all the Hittite country — to the Mediterranean Sea in the west.
Ios 1:5ʻAʻole loa e hiki i kekahi kanaka ke kū i mua ou, i nā lā a pau o kou ola ʻana. Me aʻu i noho pū ai me Mose, pēlā nō wau me ʻoe. ʻAʻole au e waiho aku, ʻaʻole hoʻi e haʻalele iā ʻoe.No one will be able to stand against you all the days of your life. As I was with Moses, so I will be with you; I will never leave you nor forsake you.
Ios 1:8ʻO ka palapala o kēia kānāwai, ʻaʻole ia e haʻalele i kou waha: e noʻonoʻo ʻoe ia mea, i ke ao a me ka pō, i hiki iā ʻoe ke mālama aku a e hana hoʻi e like me nā mea a pau i kākau ʻia ma laila. A laila e hoʻomalu ai ʻoe i kou hele ʻana a pau, a e pōmaikaʻi ʻiʻo ʻoe.Keep this Book of the Law always on your lips; meditate on it day and night, so that you may be careful to do everything written in it. Then you will be prosperous and successful.
Ios 1:15A hiki i ka wā e hoʻomaha mai ai ʻo Iēhova i ko ʻoukou poʻe hoahānau, e like me ʻoukou nei; a loaʻa hoʻi iā lākou ka ʻāina a Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua e hāʻawi mai ai no lākou; a laila, e hoʻi mai nō ʻoukou i ka ʻāina e ili mai ana no ʻoukou, a e komo i ka ʻāina a Mose, ke kauā a Iēhova i hāʻawi mai ai no ʻoukou, ma kēia ʻaoʻao o Ioredane, ma ka hikina a ka lā.until the Lord gives them rest, as he has done for you, and until they too have taken possession of the land the Lord your God is giving them. After that, you may go back and occupy your own land, which Moses the servant of the Lord gave you east of the Jordan toward the sunrise.”
Ios 2:7Hahai akula nā kānaka iā lāua ma ke ala e hiki aku ai i Ioredane, a hiki i ke āhua. A puka akula ka poʻe hahai i waho, a laila, pani ʻia ihola ka puka.So the men set out in pursuit of the spies on the road that leads to the fords of the Jordan, and as soon as the pursuers had gone out, the gate was shut.
Ios 2:18A hiki mākou i kēia ʻāina, a laila, e hīkiʻi ʻoe ma ka puka i kēia kaula ʻulaʻula āu i hoʻokuʻu iho ai iā māua i lalo; a e hoʻākoakoa mai ʻoe, ma kou hale, i kou makua kāne a me kou makuahine, a me kou poʻe kaikunāne a me ka poʻe a pau o kou makua kāne.unless, when we enter the land, you have tied this scarlet cord in the window through which you let us down, and unless you have brought your father and mother, your brothers and all your family into your house.
Ios 2:22Hele akula lāua a hiki i ka mauna, a noho ihola i laila i nā lā ʻekolu, a hoʻi mai ka poʻe hahai. Ua ʻimi akula ka poʻe hahai iā lāua, ma ke ala a pau, ʻaʻole hoʻi i loaʻa.When they left, they went into the hills and stayed there three days, until the pursuers had searched all along the road and returned without finding them.
Ios 2:23A hoʻi maila ua mau kānaka lā ʻelua, e iho ana mai ka mauna mai, hele aʻela lāua, a hiki akula i o Iosua lā, i ke keiki a Nuna, a haʻi akula iā ia i nā mea a pau i loaʻa iā lāua:Then the two men started back. They went down out of the hills, forded the river and came to Joshua son of Nun and told him everything that had happened to them.
Ios 3:1Kū aʻela ʻo Iosua i kakahiaka, a hele akula, mai Sitima aku, a hiki akula i Ioredane, ʻo ia, a me nā mamo a pau a ʻIseraʻela, a ma laila lākou i hoʻomoana ai ma mua o ko lākou hele ʻana aʻe i kēlā kapa.Early in the morning Joshua and all the Israelites set out from Shittim and went to the Jordan, where they camped before crossing over.
Ios 3:8E kauoha aku ʻoe i nā kāhuna, i ka poʻe halihali i ka pahu berita, e ʻī aku, A hiki ʻoukou ma ka lihi wai o Ioredane, e kū mālie ʻoukou ma loko o Ioredane.Tell the priests who carry the ark of the covenant: ‘When you reach the edge of the Jordan’s waters, go and stand in the river.’”
Ios 3:13A hiki i ka wā e hoʻomaha ai ma loko o ka wai o Ioredane nā kapuaʻi o ka poʻe kāhuna nāna e lawe ka pahu o Iēhova, ka Haku o ka honua a pau; a laila, e hoʻokaʻawale ʻia nā wai o Ioredane, ʻo nā wai e kahe ana mai luna mai, a e kū nō i luna me he puʻu lā.And as soon as the priests who carry the ark of the Lord — the Lord of all the earth — set foot in the Jordan, its waters flowing downstream will be cut off and stand up in a heap.”
Ios 3:15A hiki ka poʻe i halihali i ka pahu i Ioredane, a komo nā wāwae o nā kāhuna, ka poʻe i halihali i ka pahu ma ka lihi wai, (no ka mea, i ka manawa e oʻo ai ka ʻai, ua hālana ʻo Ioredane ma luna o kona kapa a pau,)Now the Jordan is at flood stage all during harvest. Yet as soon as the priests who carried the ark reached the Jordan and their feet touched the water’s edge,
Ios 3:16A laila, kū mālie nō nā wai i kahe ma luna mai, a piʻi akula, a lilo i puʻu lōʻihi loa a hiki wale aku i ke kūlanakauhale i ʻAdama, e pili ana i Zaretana: a ʻo ka wai i kahe ma ke kai o ka pāpū, ʻo ia hoʻi ka moana kai, moku ihola ia a maloʻo; a hele akula nā kānaka i kēlā kapa, ma ke alo o Ieriko.the water from upstream stopped flowing. It piled up in a heap a great distance away, at a town called Adam in the vicinity of Zarethan, while the water flowing down to the Sea of the Arabah (that is, the Dead Sea) was completely cut off. So the people crossed over opposite Jericho.
Ios 4:8Hana ihola nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela pēlā, e like me kā Iosua i kauoha mai ai, a lawe lākou i ʻumikumamālua pōhaku, mai loko mai o Ioredane, me ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova iā Iosua, e like hoʻi me ka helu ʻana o nā ʻohana o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, a lawe pū aʻela me lākou a hiki i kahi a lākou i moe ai, a waiho ihola ma laila.So the Israelites did as Joshua commanded them. They took twelve stones from the middle of the Jordan, according to the number of the tribes of the Israelites, as the Lord had told Joshua; and they carried them over with them to their camp, where they put them down.
Ios 4:9Kūkulu ihola ʻo Iosua i ʻumikumamālua pōhaku ma loko o Ioredane, ma kahi i kū ai nā kapuaʻi o nā kāhuna, ʻo ka poʻe lawe i ka pahu berita. Ma laila nō i waiho ʻia ai ia mau mea a hiki loa mai i kēia lā.Joshua set up the twelve stones that had been in the middle of the Jordan at the spot where the priests who carried the ark of the covenant had stood. And they are there to this day.
Ios 4:22A laila, e hōʻike aku ʻoukou i kā ʻoukou poʻe keiki, me ka ʻī ʻana aku, Ma kahi maloʻo i hele mai ai ka ʻIseraʻela, a hiki i kēia ʻaoʻao o Ioredane nei.tell them, ‘Israel crossed the Jordan on dry ground.’
Ios 5:9ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā Iosua, I kēia lā ua ʻolokaʻa wale aku au, mai o ʻoukou aku, i ka hōʻino ʻana o ʻAigupita. No laila ua kapa ʻia ka inoa o ia wahi, ʻo Gilegala, a hiki mai i kēia lā.Then the Lord said to Joshua, “Today I have rolled away the reproach of Egypt from you.” So the place has been called Gilgal to this day.
Ios 6:5A hiki i ka wā e puhi lōʻihi ai lākou i ke kiwi hipa, a lohe ʻoukou i ke kani ʻana o ua mau pū nei, a laila, e hoʻōho nā kānaka a pau i ka hoʻōho nui. A laila e hiolo loa i lalo ka pā o ua kūlanakauhale lā, a e piʻi nō kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka ma kona alo iho.When you hear them sound a long blast on the trumpets, have the whole army give a loud shout; then the wall of the city will collapse and the army will go up, everyone straight in.”
Ios 6:10Ua kauoha nō ʻo Iosua i kānaka, me ka ʻī aku, mai hoʻōho ʻoukou, ʻaʻole hoʻi e uwalaʻau iki aku. Mai puka aku kekahi ʻōlelo, mai loko aku o ko ʻoukou waha, a hiki i ka lā aʻu e ʻōlelo aku ai iā ʻoukou, e hoʻōho, a laila, e hoʻōho ʻoukou.But Joshua had commanded the army, “Do not give a war cry, do not raise your voices, do not say a word until the day I tell you to shout. Then shout!”
Ios 7:5Pepehi maila nā kānaka o ʻAi i kanakolukumamāono o lākou; a hahai iā lākou mai ka puka mai a hiki i Sebarima, a i ka iho ʻana, pepehi maila lākou. Maʻule ihola ka naʻau o kānaka, a lilo ihola i mea e like me ka wai.who killed about thirty-six of them. They chased the Israelites from the city gate as far as the stone quarries and struck them down on the slopes. At this the hearts of the people melted in fear and became like water.
Ios 7:12No laila, ʻaʻole hiki i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, ke kū i mua o ko lākou poʻe ʻenemi, ua huli lākou i ko lākou kua i nā ʻenemi o lākou, no ka mea, ua laʻa lākou; ʻaʻole loa hoʻi au e noho pū hou me ʻoukou, ke hoʻopau ʻole ʻoukou ia mea laʻa mai o ʻoukou aku.That is why the Israelites cannot stand against their enemies; they turn their backs and run because they have been made liable to destruction. I will not be with you anymore unless you destroy whatever among you is devoted to destruction.
Ios 7:13E kū i luna, a e hoʻomaʻemaʻe i kānaka, a e ʻōlelo aku, E hoʻomaʻemaʻe ʻoukou iā ʻoukou iho, no ka lā ʻapōpō; no ka mea, ke ʻī mai nei ʻo Iēhova, ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela penei, He mea laʻa i waena pono o ʻoukou, e ka ʻIseraʻela; ʻaʻole ʻoukou e hiki ke kū i mua o ko ʻoukou ʻenemi a kipaku ʻoukou i kēlā mea laʻa, mai o ʻoukou aku.“Go, consecrate the people. Tell them, ‘Consecrate yourselves in preparation for tomorrow; for this is what the Lord, the God of Israel, says: There are devoted things among you, Israel. You cannot stand against your enemies until you remove them.
Ios 7:26Hoʻopuʻu ihola lākou i ahu pōhaku ma luna ona, a hiki mai i nēia lā. A laila huli maila ʻo Iēhova, mai ka wela mai o kona huhū. No ia mea, ua kapa ʻia aku ka inoa o ia wahi, ʻo ke awāwa ʻo ʻAkora a hiki i kēia lā.Over Achan they heaped up a large pile of rocks, which remains to this day. Then the Lord turned from his fierce anger. Therefore that place has been called the Valley of Achor ever since.
Ios 8:5A ʻo wau a me nā kānaka a pau pū me aʻu, e hoʻokokoke aku mākou i ke kūlanakauhale; a hiki i ka wā e puka mai ai lākou i waho, e hoʻouka e like me ka wā ma mua, a e heʻe mākou i mua o lākou,I and all those with me will advance on the city, and when the men come out against us, as they did before, we will flee from them.
Ios 8:11Piʻi pū akula me ia kona poʻe a pau i mākaukau i ke kaua, a neʻeneʻe akula, a hiki ma ke alo o ia kūlanakauhale, a hoʻomoana ihola ma ka ʻaoʻao ʻākau o ʻAi. He awāwa hoʻi ma waena o lākou a me ʻAi.The entire force that was with him marched up and approached the city and arrived in front of it. They set up camp north of Ai, with the valley between them and the city.
Ios 8:15Hana ihola ʻo Iosua a me ka ʻIseraʻela me he poʻe heʻe lā i mua o lākou, a holo akula ma ke ala e hiki aku ai i ka wao nahele.Joshua and all Israel let themselves be driven back before them, and they fled toward the wilderness.
Ios 8:28Puhi ihola ʻo Iosua iā ʻAi, a hoʻolilo ihola ia wahi i puʻu mau loa, i wahi ʻōlohelohe wale, a hiki mai i kēia lā.So Joshua burned Ai and made it a permanent heap of ruins, a desolate place to this day.
Ios 8:29Kāʻawe nō hoʻi ia i ke aliʻi o ʻAi ma ka lāʻau a hiki i ke ahiahi; a napoʻo ka lā, kauoha aʻela ʻo Iosua e kuʻu i kona kupapaʻu mai luna mai o ka lāʻau, a e kiola ma ka ʻīpuka e komo aku ai i ke kūlanakauhale; a hoʻāhu ihola lākou i ahu pōhaku nui, a hiki mai i nēia lā.He impaled the body of the king of Ai on a pole and left it there until evening. At sunset, Joshua ordered them to take the body from the pole and throw it down at the entrance of the city gate. And they raised a large pile of rocks over it, which remains to this day.
Ios 9:17Hele aʻela nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, a pōʻakolu hiki i ko lākou mau kūlanakauhale. Eia ko lākou mau kūlanakauhale, ʻo Gibeona, ʻo Hepira, ʻo Beʻerota a me Kiriatiarima.So the Israelites set out and on the third day came to their cities: Gibeon, Kephirah, Beeroth and Kiriath Jearim.
Ios 9:27Ia lā, hoʻolilo ihola ʻo Iosua iā lākou i poʻe kālai lāʻau, a i poʻe huki wai no nā kānaka, a no ke kuahu o Iēhova, ma kahi āna i makemake ai, pēlā nō, a hiki loa mai i nēia lā.That day he made the Gibeonites woodcutters and water carriers for the assembly, to provide for the needs of the altar of the Lord at the place the Lord would choose. And that is what they are to this day.
Ios 10:9Hiki koke akula ʻo Iosua iā lākou, i kona hele ʻana, mai Gilegala aku i ka pō a ao.After an all-night march from Gilgal, Joshua took them by surprise.
Ios 10:10Hoʻoʻauheʻe akula ʻo Iēhova iā lākou i mua o ka ʻIseraʻela, a luku akula ʻo ia iā lākou i ka make nui loa, ma Gibeona, a hahai akula nō hoʻi ʻo ia iā lākou, ma ke ala e hiki aku ai i Betehorona, a pepehi ihola iā lākou a hiki i ʻAzeka, a i Makeda.The Lord threw them into confusion before Israel, so Joshua and the Israelites defeated them completely at Gibeon. Israel pursued them along the road going up to Beth Horon and cut them down all the way to Azekah and Makkedah.
Ios 10:11A i ko lākou heʻe ʻana i mua o ka ʻIseraʻela, i ko lākou iho ʻana i Betehorona, hoʻolei maila ʻo Iēhova i nā pōhaku nui ma luna o lākou, mai ka lani mai, a hiki i ʻAzeka, a make lākou. Ua nui ka poʻe i make i ka huahekili, he hapa ka poʻe i make i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, i ka pahi kaua.As they fled before Israel on the road down from Beth Horon to Azekah, the Lord hurled large hailstones down on them, and more of them died from the hail than were killed by the swords of the Israelites.
Ios 10:26A ma hope iho, luku akula ʻo Iosua iā lākou a pepehi ihola, a kāʻawe aʻela ma nā lāʻau ʻelima; a e kaulia ana nō lākou ma nā lāʻau, a hiki i ke ahiahi.Then Joshua put the kings to death and exposed their bodies on five poles, and they were left hanging on the poles until evening.
Ios 10:27A hiki i ka manawa i napoʻo ai ka lā, kauoha aʻela ʻo Iosua, e kuʻu iā lākou mai luna iho o nā lāʻau, a e kiola iā lākou i loko o ke ana, ma kahi a lākou i peʻe aku ai; a waiho akula i nā pōhaku nui ma ka waha o ke ana, a hiki loa mai i nēia lā.At sunset Joshua gave the order and they took them down from the poles and threw them into the cave where they had been hiding. At the mouth of the cave they placed large rocks, which are there to this day.
Ios 10:29Hele akula ʻo Iosua, a me ka ʻIseraʻela a pau pū me ia, mai Makeda aku a hiki i Libena, a kaua akula iā Libena.Then Joshua and all Israel with him moved on from Makkedah to Libnah and attacked it.
Ios 10:41Luku akula ʻo Iosua iā lākou, mai Kadesabanea a hiki i Gaza, a me ka ʻāina a pau o Gosena a hiki loa i Gibeona.Joshua subdued them from Kadesh Barnea to Gaza and from the whole region of Goshen to Gibeon.
Ios 10:43Hoʻi maila ʻo Iosua, a me ka ʻIseraʻela a pau pū me ia, a hiki i kahi a lākou i hoʻomoana ai ma Gilegala.Then Joshua returned with all Israel to the camp at Gilgal.
Ios 11:6ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova iā Iosua, Mai makaʻu ʻoe iā lākou, no ka mea, ke hiki i kēia hora i ka lā ʻapōpō, naʻu nō e hāʻawi aku iā lākou a pau e make i mua i ke alo o ka ʻIseraʻela; a e ʻoki ʻoukou i ke olonā o ko lākou mau lio, a e puhi aku i ko lākou hale kaʻa i ke ahi.The Lord said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid of them, because by this time tomorrow I will hand all of them, slain, over to Israel. You are to hamstring their horses and burn their chariots.”
Ios 11:8Hāʻawi maila ʻo Iēhova iā lākou i ka lima o ka ʻIseraʻela, a pepehi akula ka ʻIseraʻela iā lākou, a hahai akula iā lākou, a hiki i Zidonanui, a i Mizerepotemaima, a i ke awāwa ʻo Mizepe, ma ka hikina. Luku akula iā lākou, ʻaʻole i waiho i kekahi koena o lākou.and the Lord gave them into the hand of Israel. They defeated them and pursued them all the way to Greater Sidon, to Misrephoth Maim, and to the Valley of Mizpah on the east, until no survivors were left.
Ios 11:17Mai ka mauna mai ʻo Halaka, ma ke ala e hiki aku ai i Seira, a hiki i Baʻalegada, ma ke awāwa ʻo Lebanona, ma lalo iho o ka mauna ʻo Heremona. Hoʻopio nō ia i ko laila poʻe aliʻi a pau, a pepehi akula iā lākou a make loa.from Mount Halak, which rises toward Seir, to Baal Gad in the Valley of Lebanon below Mount Hermon. He captured all their kings and put them to death.
Ios 12:1Eia nā aliʻi a ka poʻe mamo a ʻIseraʻela i luku aku ai, a lawe aku i ko lākou ʻāina, ma kēlā kapa o Ioredane ma ka hikina a ka lā, mai ke kahawai ʻo ʻArenona, a hiki i ka mauna ʻo Heremona, a me ka pāpū a pau ma ka hikina.These are the kings of the land whom the Israelites had defeated and whose territory they took over east of the Jordan, from the Arnon Gorge to Mount Hermon, including all the eastern side of the Arabah:
Ios 12:2ʻO Sihona ke aliʻi o ka ʻAmora ka mea i noho ma Hesebona, a aliʻi ihola ʻo ia mai ʻAroera, ʻo ia ma kapa o ke kahawai ʻo ʻArenona, a ma waena aʻe o ke kahawai a me ka hapa o Giliada a hiki i ke kahawai ʻo Iaboka, ʻo ia ka palena o ka poʻe mamo a ʻAmona.Sihon king of the Amorites, who reigned in Heshbon. He ruled from Aroer on the rim of the Arnon Gorge — from the middle of the gorge — to the Jabbok River, which is the border of the Ammonites. This included half of Gilead.
Ios 12:3A ʻo ka pāpū a hiki i ke kai o Kinerota ma ka hikina, a hiki i ke kai o ka pāpū, ʻo ia ke kai paʻakai ma ka hikina ma ka ʻaoʻao o Beteiesimota, ma ka ʻaoʻao hema ma lalo aʻe o ʻAsedotapisega.He also ruled over the eastern Arabah from the Sea of Galilee to the Sea of the Arabah (that is, the Dead Sea), to Beth Jeshimoth, and then southward below the slopes of Pisgah.
Ios 12:5A aliʻi ihola ʻo ia ma ka mauna ʻo Heremona, a ma Saleka, a ma Basana a puni, a hiki i ka mokuna ʻo Gesuri a me Maʻakati, a me ka hapa o Gileada, ka mokuna o Sihona ke aliʻi o Hesebona.He ruled over Mount Hermon, Salekah, all of Bashan to the border of the people of Geshur and Maakah, and half of Gilead to the border of Sihon king of Heshbon.
Ios 12:7Eia nā aliʻi o ka ʻāina a Iosua a me ka ʻIseraʻela i pepehi aku ai ma kēlā kapa o Ioredane, ma ke komohana, mai Baʻalagada ma ke awāwa ʻo Lebanona a hiki i ka mauna ʻo Halaka, kahi e piʻi ai i Seira, a hāʻawi ʻo Iosua ia mea i nā ʻohana o ka ʻIseraʻela i kahi e noho ai e like me ko lākou māhele ʻana;Here is a list of the kings of the land that Joshua and the Israelites conquered on the west side of the Jordan, from Baal Gad in the Valley of Lebanon to Mount Halak, which rises toward Seir. Joshua gave their lands as an inheritance to the tribes of Israel according to their tribal divisions.
Ios 13:3Mai Sihora mai aia i mua o ʻAigupita a hiki i ka palena ʻo ʻEkerona ma ka ʻākau aʻe, ua helu ʻia nō ka poʻe Kanaʻana; ʻelima haku o ka poʻe Pilisetia; ka poʻe Gaza, a me ka poʻe ʻAsedoda, a me ka poʻe ʻEsekalona, a me ka poʻe Gata, a me ka poʻe ʻEkerona; a ʻo ka poʻe ʻAvita kekahi.from the Shihor River on the east of Egypt to the territory of Ekron on the north, all of it counted as Canaanite though held by the five Philistine rulers in Gaza, Ashdod, Ashkelon, Gath and Ekron; the territory of the Avvites
Ios 13:4Mai ke kūkulu hema mai o ka ʻāina a pau a ka poʻe Kanaʻana, a me ka Meara, kahi e pili ana i ko Sidona poʻe a hiki i ʻApeka i ka palena o ka ʻAmora.on the south; all the land of the Canaanites, from Arah of the Sidonians as far as Aphek and the border of the Amorites;
Ios 13:5ʻO ka ʻāina o ka poʻe Gibeli, a ʻo Lebanona a pau loa ma ka hikina a ka lā, mai Baʻalagada aku ma lalo aʻe o ka mauna ʻo Heremona a hiki i kahi e komo ai i loko o Hamata.the area of Byblos; and all Lebanon to the east, from Baal Gad below Mount Hermon to Lebo Hamath.
Ios 13:6A ʻo ka poʻe noho ma ka mauna, mai Lebanona mai a hiki i Miserepotemaima, a me ko Sidona a pau, ʻo lākou, kaʻu e kipaku aku auaneʻi mai ka ʻIseraʻela aku: akā, e puʻunaue ʻoe ia mea ma ka hailona no ka poʻe mamo a ʻIseraʻela i wahi e noho ai, me aʻu i kauoha aku ai iā ʻoe.“As for all the inhabitants of the mountain regions from Lebanon to Misrephoth Maim, that is, all the Sidonians, I myself will drive them out before the Israelites. Be sure to allocate this land to Israel for an inheritance, as I have instructed you,
Ios 13:9Mai ʻAroera mai ma ke kapa o ka muliwai ʻo ʻArenona, a me ke kūlanakauhale aia ma ka muliwai, a me ke awāwa a pau o Medeba a hiki i Dibona;It extended from Aroer on the rim of the Arnon Gorge, and from the town in the middle of the gorge, and included the whole plateau of Medeba as far as Dibon,
Ios 13:10ʻO nā kūlanakauhale a pau o Sihona, ke aliʻi o ka poʻe ʻAmora, ka mea i aliʻi ai ma Hesebona a hiki i ka palena o nā keiki a ʻAmona;and all the towns of Sihon king of the Amorites, who ruled in Heshbon, out to the border of the Ammonites.
Ios 13:11A me Gileada, a me ka palena o ka poʻe Gesura, a me ka poʻe Maʻakati, a ʻo ka mauna a pau ʻo Heremona, a me Basana a pau a hiki i Saleka;It also included Gilead, the territory of the people of Geshur and Maakah, all of Mount Hermon and all Bashan as far as Salekah —
Ios 13:13Akā, ʻaʻole i kipaku ʻia ka poʻe Gesuri, a me ka poʻe Maʻakati e ka ʻIseraʻela; akā, noho pū nō ka poʻe Gesuri, a me ka poʻe Maʻakati me ka ʻIseraʻela a hiki i kēia lā.But the Israelites did not drive out the people of Geshur and Maakah, so they continue to live among the Israelites to this day.
Ios 13:25Aia nō iā lākou ka palena ʻo Iazera, a me nā kūlanakauhale a pau o Gileada, a me ka hapalua o ka ʻāina o ka poʻe mamo a ʻAmona a hiki i ʻAroera aia i mua o Raba.The territory of Jazer, all the towns of Gilead and half the Ammonite country as far as Aroer, near Rabbah;
Ios 13:26A mai Hesebona a hiki iā Ramotamizepa, a me Betonima; a mai Mahanaima a hiki i ka mokuna ʻo Debira.and from Heshbon to Ramath Mizpah and Betonim, and from Mahanaim to the territory of Debir;
Ios 13:27Ma ke awāwa ʻo Betearama a me Betenimera a me Sukota, a me Zapora, ke koena o ke aupuni o Sihona, ke aliʻi o Hesebona, ʻo Ioredane a me kona palena a hiki i kahakai o Kinerota me kēlā kapa ʻo Ioredane ma ka hikina.and in the valley, Beth Haram, Beth Nimrah, Sukkoth and Zaphon with the rest of the realm of Sihon king of Heshbon (the east side of the Jordan, the territory up to the end of the Sea of Galilee).
Ios 14:14No ia mea, ua lilo ʻo Heberona i ʻāina hoʻoili no Kaleba ke keiki a Iepune no Keneze a hiki i kēia lā, no ka mea, ua hahai ʻoiaʻiʻo ʻo ia ma muli o Iēhova ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela.So Hebron has belonged to Caleb son of Jephunneh the Kenizzite ever since, because he followed the Lord, the God of Israel, wholeheartedly.
Ios 15:1Eia ke kuleana o ka ʻohana a Iuda e like me ko lākou poʻe ʻōhua, a hiki i ka mokuna ʻo ʻEdoma: ʻo ka wao akua o Zina ma ka hema, ʻo ia ka wēlau o ko lākou ʻaoʻao hema.The allotment for the tribe of Judah, according to its clans, extended down to the territory of Edom, to the Desert of Zin in the extreme south.
Ios 15:3A moe aʻela ma ka ʻaoʻao hema i Maʻaleakerabima, a hele aʻela i Zina, a piʻi aʻe i luna ma ka hema i Kadesabanea, a hiki aʻela i Hezerona, a piʻi hou i luna i ʻAdara a puni i Karekaʻa:crossed south of Scorpion Pass, continued on to Zin and went over to the south of Kadesh Barnea. Then it ran past Hezron up to Addar and curved around to Karka.
Ios 15:5A ʻo ka ʻaoʻao hikina, ʻo ka moana kai nō ia a hiki i ka nuku o Ioredane; a ʻo ka mokuna ma ka ʻaoʻao ʻākau, aia mai ke kaikūʻono o ke kai ma ka nuku o Ioredane.The eastern boundary is the Dead Sea as far as the mouth of the Jordan. The northern boundary started from the bay of the sea at the mouth of the Jordan,
Ios 15:9Ua hōʻailona ʻia ka mokuna mai ka piko o ka mauna a hiki i ka pūnāwai Nepetoa, a ma laila aku a hiki i nā kūlanakauhale o ka mauna ʻo ʻEperona; a ua hōʻailona ʻia ka mokuna ma Baʻala, ʻo ia ʻo Kiriarima.From the hilltop the boundary headed toward the spring of the waters of Nephtoah, came out at the towns of Mount Ephron and went down toward Baalah (that is, Kiriath Jearim).
Ios 15:46Mai ʻEkerona aku a hiki i ke kai, ʻo nā mea a pau e pili ana iā ʻAsedoda, a me kona mau kauhale.west of Ekron, all that were in the vicinity of Ashdod, together with their villages;
Ios 15:47ʻO ʻAsedoda a me kona mau kūlanakauhale, a me kona mau kauhale; ʻo Gaza a me kona mau kūlanakauhale, a me kona mau kauhale, a hiki i ka muliwai o ʻAigupita, a me ke kai nui, a me kona mokuna.Ashdod, its surrounding settlements and villages; and Gaza, its settlements and villages, as far as the Wadi of Egypt and the coastline of the Mediterranean Sea.
Ios 15:63A ʻo ka poʻe Iebusi, ka poʻe i noho ma Ierusalema, ʻaʻole i hiki i ka Iuda ke kipaku aku iā lākou; akā, ua noho pū nō ka poʻe Iebusi me ka Iuda ma Ierusalema a hiki i kēia lā.Judah could not dislodge the Jebusites, who were living in Jerusalem; to this day the Jebusites live there with the people of Judah.
Ios 16:1Ua loaʻa mai i ka poʻe mamo a Iosepa ma ka hailona ka ʻāina mai Ioredane mai ma Ieriko, a hiki i ka wai o Ieriko ma ka hikina, a ʻo ka wao nahele kahi e piʻi ai mai Ieriko aʻe a hiki i ka mauna ʻo Betela,The allotment for Joseph began at the Jordan, east of the springs of Jericho, and went up from there through the desert into the hill country of Bethel.
Ios 16:2A hala ia mai Betela aku a hiki i Luza, a moe aʻela a hiki i ka mokuna ʻo ʻAreki a i ʻAtarota,It went on from Bethel (that is, Luz), crossed over to the territory of the Arkites in Ataroth,
Ios 16:3A iho i lalo i kahakai a hiki i ka ʻaoʻao o Iapeleti, a hiki i ka mokuna ʻo Betehorona lalo a hiki i Gezera: a ʻo kona wēlau aia nō ma ke kai.descended westward to the territory of the Japhletites as far as the region of Lower Beth Horon and on to Gezer, ending at the Mediterranean Sea.
Ios 16:5Eia ka ʻaoʻao o ka ʻEperaima ma muli o ko lākou poʻe ʻōhua; ʻo ka mokuna o ko lākou ʻāina hoʻoili ma ka hikina, aia nō i ʻAterotadara a hiki i Betehorona luna.This was the territory of Ephraim, according to its clans: The boundary of their inheritance went from Ataroth Addar in the east to Upper Beth Horon
Ios 16:6A ua moe aku ka mokuna i ke kai ma Mikemeta ma ka ʻaoʻao ʻākau; a huli aʻela ka mokuna ma ka hikina a hiki i Taʻanatasilo, a moe aʻela ma ka hikina a i Ianoha.and continued to the Mediterranean Sea. From Mikmethath on the north it curved eastward to Taanath Shiloh, passing by it to Janoah on the east.
Ios 16:7A iho ihola ia mai Ianoha aʻe a hiki i ʻAtarota, a me Naʻarata, a hiki mai i Ieriko, a mai laila aku i Ioredane.Then it went down from Janoah to Ataroth and Naarah, touched Jericho and came out at the Jordan.
Ios 16:10ʻAʻole lākou i kipaku aku i ka poʻe Kanaʻana, ka poʻe i noho ma Gezera; akā, ua noho pū nō ka poʻe Kanaʻana me ka ʻEperaima a hiki i kēia lā, a ua hoʻoluhi lākou he poʻe hoʻokupu.They did not dislodge the Canaanites living in Gezer; to this day the Canaanites live among the people of Ephraim but are required to do forced labor.
Ios 17:7A ʻo ka ʻaoʻao o Manase mai ʻAsera ia, a i Mikemeta, aia i mua o Sekema; a ua moe aʻela ka mokuna ma ka ʻaoʻao ʻākau, a hiki i ko ʻEnetapua poʻe.The territory of Manasseh extended from Asher to Mikmethath east of Shechem. The boundary ran southward from there to include the people living at En Tappuah.
Ios 17:12ʻAʻole naʻe e hiki i ka poʻe mamo a Manase ke kipaku aku i ko kēia mau kūlanakauhale; ua noho nō ka poʻe Kanaʻana ma ia ʻāina.Yet the Manassites were not able to occupy these towns, for the Canaanites were determined to live in that region.
Ios 17:14ʻŌlelo akula nā mamo a Iosepa iā Iosua, ʻī aku, No ke aha lā i hāʻawi mai ʻoe iaʻu i hoʻokahi wale nō puʻu, a i hoʻokahi ʻāina hoʻoili? He lāhui nui nō au, no ka mea, ua hoʻopōmaikaʻi mai ʻo Iēhova iaʻu a hiki i ʻaneʻi.The people of Joseph said to Joshua, “Why have you given us only one allotment and one portion for an inheritance? We are a numerous people, and the Lord has blessed us abundantly.”
Ios 18:13A moe aʻela ka mokuna mai laila aku a hiki i Luza i ka ʻaoʻao o Luza, ma ka hema ʻo Betela nō ia; a ua iho ka mokuna i ʻAterotadara ma ka puʻu e pili ana i ka ʻaoʻao hema o Betehorona lalo.From there it crossed to the south slope of Luz (that is, Bethel) and went down to Ataroth Addar on the hill south of Lower Beth Horon.
Ios 18:15ʻO kona ʻaoʻao hema aia nō ia mai ke kihi o Kiriatiarima, a hala aʻela kona mokuna i ke komohana, a moe aʻela ia a hiki i ka pūnāwai o Napetoa.The southern side began at the outskirts of Kiriath Jearim on the west, and the boundary came out at the spring of the waters of Nephtoah.
Ios 18:16A iho ka mokuna i ke kihi o ka mauna, aia i mua o ke awāwa o ke keiki a Hinoma, aia ma ke awāwa o ka poʻe Repaima ma ka ʻākau, a ihola ia i ke awāwa a Hinoma a hiki i ka ʻaoʻao o Iebusi ma ka hema, a iho ia i ʻEnerogela,The boundary went down to the foot of the hill facing the Valley of Ben Hinnom, north of the Valley of Rephaim. It continued down the Hinnom Valley along the southern slope of the Jebusite city and so to En Rogel.
Ios 18:17Ua kākau ʻia mai ka ʻākau a hiki aku i ʻEnesemeka, a moe aʻela ia i Gelilota kahi kokoke i ka piʻi ʻana o ʻAdumima, a iho ia i ka pōhaku o Bohana ke keiki a Reubena,It then curved north, went to En Shemesh, continued to Geliloth, which faces the Pass of Adummim, and ran down to the Stone of Bohan son of Reuben.
Ios 19:8ʻO nā kauhale a pau a puni i kēia mau kūlanakauhale a hiki i Baʻalatebeʻera, ʻo Ramata ma ka hema. ʻO ia ka hoʻoilina o ka ʻohana o ka poʻe mamo a Simeona ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻōhua.and all the villages around these towns as far as Baalath Beer (Ramah in the Negev). This was the inheritance of the tribe of the Simeonites, according to its clans.
Ios 19:11Ua moe aʻe ko lākou mokuna ma kai, a me Marala, ua pili ia i Dabaseta, a ua hiki lā i ka muliwai aia i mua o Iokeneama.Going west it ran to Maralah, touched Dabbesheth, and extended to the ravine near Jokneam.
Ios 19:12A ua huli ia mai Sarida ma ka hikina kahi i puka mai ai ka lā, a hiki i ka mokuna ʻo Kiselotabora, a laila moe aʻela ia i Daberata, a piʻi i luna i Iapia.It turned east from Sarid toward the sunrise to the territory of Kisloth Tabor and went on to Daberath and up to Japhia.
Ios 19:13A laila moe aʻela ia ma ka hikina i Gitahepera a me ʻItakazina, a moe aʻela ma Remonametoara a hiki i Nea.Then it continued eastward to Gath Hepher and Eth Kazin; it came out at Rimmon and turned toward Neah.
Ios 19:14Ua pōʻai aʻela ka mokuna ma ka ʻākau a hiki i Hanatona; a ʻo kona wēlau aia ma ke awāwa ʻo Iipetaʻela.There the boundary went around on the north to Hannathon and ended at the Valley of Iphtah El.
Ios 19:27A laila, huli ia i ka hikina i Betedagona, a pili ia i Zebuluna a me ke awāwa ʻo Iipetaʻela ma ka ʻākau o Betemeka, a me Neiʻela, a hiki aku i Kabula ma ka ʻaoʻao hema;It then turned east toward Beth Dagon, touched Zebulun and the Valley of Iphtah El, and went north to Beth Emek and Neiel, passing Kabul on the left.
Ios 19:28A ʻo Heberona, a me Rehoba, a me Hamona, a me Kana, a hiki i Zidona nui.It went to Abdon, Rehob, Hammon and Kanah, as far as Greater Sidon.
Ios 19:29A huli ka mokuna i Rama, a i ke kūlanakauhale ikaika o Turo; a laila huli ka mokuna i Hosa; a ʻo kona wēlau aia ma ke kai, mai kona ʻaoʻao a hiki i ʻAkeziba.The boundary then turned back toward Ramah and went to the fortified city of Tyre, turned toward Hosah and came out at the Mediterranean Sea in the region of Akzib,
Ios 19:33Aia ko lākou mokuna mai Halepa mai, mai ʻAlona hoʻi a i Zaʻananima a me ʻAdami, Nekeba, a me Iabenela a hiki i Lakuma; a ʻo kona wēlau aia ma Ioredane.Their boundary went from Heleph and the large tree in Zaanannim, passing Adami Nekeb and Jabneel to Lakkum and ending at the Jordan.
Ios 20:6A e noho ʻo ia ma ua kūlanakauhale lā, a hiki i ka wā o kona kū ʻana i mua o ke anaina no ka hoʻokolokolo ʻana, a hiki i ka wā o ka make ʻana o ke kahuna nui o ia mau lā; a laila, e hoʻi ua kanaka pepehi lā, e hele ʻo ia i kona kūlanakauhale, i kona hale iho, a i ke kūlanakauhale āna i haʻalele ai.They are to stay in that city until they have stood trial before the assembly and until the death of the high priest who is serving at that time. Then they may go back to their own home in the town from which they fled.”
Ios 20:9E lilo nō kēia mau kūlanakauhale i puʻuhonua no nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela a pau, a me ka malihini e noho pū ana ma waena o lākou, i peʻe aku ai i laila kēlā mea kēia mea i pepehi kanaka me ka manaʻo ʻole, i make ʻole ʻo ia i ka lima o ka mea hoʻopaʻi koko, a hiki i ka wā o kona kū ʻana i mua o ke anaina kanaka.Any of the Israelites or any foreigner residing among them who killed someone accidentally could flee to these designated cities and not be killed by the avenger of blood prior to standing trial before the assembly.
Ios 21:44Ua hoʻomaha maila ʻo Iēhova iā lākou a puni, e like me nā mea a pau āna i hoʻohiki ai i ko lākou poʻe mākua: ʻaʻole kekahi kanaka o ko lākou poʻe ʻenemi e hiki ai ke kū i mua o lākou; no ka mea, ua hāʻawi maila ʻo Iēhova i ko lākou poʻe ʻenemi a pau i loko o ko lākou mau lima.The Lord gave them rest on every side, just as he had sworn to their ancestors. Not one of their enemies withstood them; the Lord gave all their enemies into their hands.
Ios 22:3ʻAʻole ʻoukou i haʻalele i ko ʻoukou poʻe hoahānau i nā lā a pau a hiki i nēia lā, akā, ua mālama ʻoukou i ka ʻōlelo i kauoha mai ai ʻo Iēhova, ko ʻoukou Akua.For a long time now — to this very day — you have not deserted your fellow Israelites but have carried out the mission the Lord your God gave you.
Ios 22:10A hiki lākou i kahi e pili ana i Ioredane, aia ma ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana, hana aʻela kā Reubena poʻe mamo, a me kā Gada a me ka ʻohana hapa a Manase i kuahu ma laila, ma Ioredane, ua nui kēlā kuahu i ka nānā aku.When they came to Geliloth near the Jordan in the land of Canaan, the Reubenites, the Gadites and the half-tribe of Manasseh built an imposing altar there by the Jordan.
Ios 22:17He ʻuʻuku anei ka hewa o Peora iā kākou, ʻaʻole kākou i holoi aku i kēia mea, mai o kākou aku, a hiki mai i kēia lā, he mea ia i ahulau ai ke anaina o Iēhova,Was not the sin of Peor enough for us? Up to this very day we have not cleansed ourselves from that sin, even though a plague fell on the community of the Lord!
Ios 22:20ʻAʻole anei i lawehala ʻo ʻAkana, ke keiki a Zera, i ka mea laʻa, ʻaʻole anei i hiki mai ka huhū ma luna o nā mamo a pau a ʻIseraʻela? ʻAʻole ʻo ia wale nō kai make i kona hewa.When Achan son of Zerah was unfaithful in regard to the devoted things, did not wrath come on the whole community of Israel? He was not the only one who died for his sin.’”
Ios 22:28No laila i ʻōlelo ai mākou, A hiki i ka wā e ʻī mai ai lākou pēlā iā mākou, a i ko mākou hanauna ma hope aku nei o mākou, e ʻōlelo mākou, ʻEā, e nānā ʻoukou i ka mea like me ke kuahu o Iēhova, i ka mea i hana ʻia ai e ko mākou poʻe mākua, ʻaʻole no ka mōhai kuni, a me ka ʻālana, akā, i mea hōʻailona ma waena o mākou a me ʻoukou.“And we said, ‘If they ever say this to us, or to our descendants, we will answer: Look at the replica of the Lord’s altar, which our ancestors built, not for burnt offerings and sacrifices, but as a witness between us and you.’
Ios 23:4Aia hoʻi, ua hailona au no ʻoukou i ko nā lāhui kanaka i koe, a me nā lāhui kanaka a pau aʻu i ʻānai aku ai mai Ioredane a hiki i ka moana nui, ma ke komohana o ka lā, i mea hoʻoili no ko ʻoukou ʻohana.Remember how I have allotted as an inheritance for your tribes all the land of the nations that remain — the nations I conquered — between the Jordan and the Mediterranean Sea in the west.
Ios 23:8Akā, e hoʻopili aku ʻoukou iā Iēhova, i ko ʻoukou Akua, e like me kā ʻoukou hana ʻana a hiki i kēia lā.But you are to hold fast to the Lord your God, as you have until now.
Ios 23:9No ka mea, ua kipaku ʻo Iēhova mai ko ʻoukou alo aku, i nā lāhui kanaka nui, a ikaika: a ʻo ʻoukou hoʻi, ʻaʻole kanaka i kū i mua o ko ʻoukou alo a hiki wale mai i kēia lā.“The Lord has driven out before you great and powerful nations; to this day no one has been able to withstand you.
Ios 23:15A e like me ka hiki ʻana mai iā ʻoukou nā mea maikaʻi a pau a Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua i ʻōlelo mai ai iā ʻoukou; pēlā nō e hoʻouka mai ai ʻo Iēhova i nā mea ʻino a pau ma luna o ʻoukou, a hiki i kona hoʻopau ʻana mai iā ʻoukou, mai kēia ʻāina maikaʻi aku, a Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua i hāʻawi mai ai no ʻoukou.But just as all the good things the Lord your God has promised you have come to you, so he will bring on you all the evil things he has threatened, until the Lord your God has destroyed you from this good land he has given you.
Ios 24:6A lawe mai nō au i ko ʻoukou poʻe mākua, mai ʻAigupita mai; a hele mai lākou a hiki i ke kai, a hahai mai ka poʻe ʻAigupita ma hope o ko ʻoukou poʻe mākua, me nā hale kaʻa, a me ko lākou poʻe holo lio, a hiki i ke Kaiʻula.When I brought your people out of Egypt, you came to the sea, and the Egyptians pursued them with chariots and horsemen as far as the Red Sea.
Ios 24:11A hele mai ʻoukou, ma luna, mai o Ioredane, a hiki i Ieriko; a kaua mai ka poʻe noho ma Ieriko iā ʻoukou, a me ka ʻAmora, a me ka Pereza, a me ko Kanaʻana: a me ka Heta, a me ka Giregasa, a me ka Heva, a me ka Iebusa; a hāʻawi au iā lākou i ko ʻoukou mau lima.“‘Then you crossed the Jordan and came to Jericho. The citizens of Jericho fought against you, as did also the Amorites, Perizzites, Canaanites, Hittites, Girgashites, Hivites and Jebusites, but I gave them into your hands.
Ios 24:19A ʻōlelo maila ʻo Iosua i nā kānaka, ʻAʻole hiki iā ʻoukou ke mālama iā Iēhova, no ka mea, he Akua ʻihiʻihi ʻo ia, he Akua lili nō hoʻi; ʻaʻole e kala mai ʻo ia i ko ʻoukou hala, a me ko ʻoukou hewa.Joshua said to the people, “You are not able to serve the Lord. He is a holy God; he is a jealous God. He will not forgive your rebellion and your sins.
Lunk 1:14Eia hoʻi kekahi, a hiki mai ka wahine i ona lā, koi aʻela ʻo ia iā ia e noi aku i kona makua kāne i ʻāina. A iho ihola ia mai luna mai o ka hoki. Nīnau aʻela ʻo Kaleba i ke kaikamahine, He aha kāu?One day when she came to Othniel, she urged him to ask her father for a field. When she got off her donkey, Caleb asked her, “What can I do for you?”
Lunk 1:19ʻO Iēhova pū nō kekahi me ka Iuda, a loaʻa iā lākou ka mauna; ʻaʻole hiki iā lākou ke kipaku aku i ka poʻe i noho ma nā ʻāina haʻahaʻa, no ka mea, he hao ko lākou kaʻa kaua.The Lord was with the men of Judah. They took possession of the hill country, but they were unable to drive the people from the plains, because they had chariots fitted with iron.
Lunk 1:21ʻAʻole i kipaku nā mamo a Beniamina i ka Iebusi, i noho ma Ierusalema; akā, noho pū nō ka Iebusi me nā mamo a Beniamina ma Ierusalema, a hiki loa mai i kēia lā.The Benjamites, however, did not drive out the Jebusites, who were living in Jerusalem; to this day the Jebusites live there with the Benjamites.
Lunk 1:26A hele akula ua kanaka nei i ka ʻāina o ka Heta, kūkulu ihola i kūlanakauhale, a kapa akula i ka inoa, ʻo Luza, ʻo ia hoʻi kona inoa a hiki mai i nēia lā.He then went to the land of the Hittites, where he built a city and called it Luz, which is its name to this day.
Lunk 1:28A hiki i ka manawa i ikaika ai ka ʻIseraʻela, ʻauhau akula lākou i ko Kanaʻana, ʻaʻole i kipaku loa iā lākou.When Israel became strong, they pressed the Canaanites into forced labor but never drove them out completely.
Lunk 1:34Hoʻokē akula ka ʻAmora i nā mamo a Dana, a hiki i luna o ka puʻu. ʻAʻole lākou i ʻae aku ke iho mai ia poʻe i nā ʻāina pāpū.The Amorites confined the Danites to the hill country, not allowing them to come down into the plain.
Lunk 2:1Hele maila ka ʻānela o Iēhova, mai Gilegala mai, a i Bokima, ʻī maila, Ua lawe mai au iā ʻoukou mai ʻAigupita mai, a ua hoʻokomo mai au iā ʻoukou i ka ʻāina aʻu i hoʻohiki ai i ko ʻoukou mau kūpuna. ʻĪ ihola au, ʻAʻole au e uhaʻi i kaʻu berita, a hiki loa i ka hopena.The angel of the Lord went up from Gilgal to Bokim and said, “I brought you up out of Egypt and led you into the land I swore to give to your ancestors. I said, ‘I will never break my covenant with you,
Lunk 2:14Wela ihola ka huhū o Iēhova i ka ʻIseraʻela, a hāʻawi aʻela iā lākou i ka lima o ka poʻe hao, a hao aʻela ia poʻe i kā lākou, a hoʻolilo aku ʻo ia iā lākou i ka lima o ko lākou poʻe ʻenemi, e noho pōʻai ana iā lākou, ʻaʻole hiki iā lākou ke kū hou i mua o ko lākou poʻe ʻenemi.In his anger against Israel the Lord gave them into the hands of raiders who plundered them. He sold them into the hands of their enemies all around, whom they were no longer able to resist.
Lunk 3:3ʻElima aliʻi o ko Pilisetia, a me ko Kanaʻana a pau, a me ko Zidona, a me ko Hevi i noho ma ka mauna ʻo Lebanona, mai ka mauna mai ʻo Baʻala-Heremona a hiki i Hamata.the five rulers of the Philistines, all the Canaanites, the Sidonians, and the Hivites living in the Lebanon mountains from Mount Baal Hermon to Lebo Hamath.
Lunk 3:22Komo pū akula ke ʻau ma hope o ka maka, a paʻa maila ke konāhua ma luna o ka maka, ʻaʻole i hiki iā ia ke unuhi i ka pahi mai loko mai o kona ʻōpū; a hū maila ka lepo.Even the handle sank in after the blade, and his bowels discharged. Ehud did not pull the sword out, and the fat closed in over it.
Lunk 3:26Pakele ʻo ʻEhuda, i ko lākou kakali ʻana, a hele akula, ma ʻō aku o nā kiʻi, a hiki i Seirata.While they waited, Ehud got away. He passed by the stone images and escaped to Seirah.
Lunk 3:27A hiki akula ia, puhi ihola ia i ka pū ma nā mauna ʻo ʻEperaima, a iho pū akula nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela me ia, mai ka mauna mai, a ʻo ia ma ko lākou alo.When he arrived there, he blew a trumpet in the hill country of Ephraim, and the Israelites went down with him from the hills, with him leading them.
Lunk 4:13Kiʻi akula ʻo Sisera i kona mau kaʻa kaua a pau loa, ʻeiwa haneri kaʻa hao, a me kona poʻe kānaka a pau loa, mai Harosetagoima a hiki i ke kahawai ʻo Kisona.Sisera summoned from Harosheth Haggoyim to the Kishon River all his men and his nine hundred chariots fitted with iron.
Lunk 4:16Hahai akula ʻo Baraka ma hope o nā kaʻa kaua, a ma hope o ka pūʻali, a hiki i Harosetagoima. A hāʻule ihola ka pūʻali a pau o Sisera, ma ka maka o ka pahi kaua, ʻaʻole hoʻokahi kanaka i koe.Barak pursued the chariots and army as far as Harosheth Haggoyim, and all Sisera’s troops fell by the sword; not a man was left.
Lunk 4:20ʻŌlelo hou mai kēlā iā ia, E kū ʻoe ma ka puka o ka halelewa, a hiki i ka manawa e hele mai ai ke kanaka e nīnau mai iā ʻoe, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, He kanaka anei ma ʻaneʻi? E ʻī aku ʻoe, ʻAʻole.“Stand in the doorway of the tent,” he told her. “If someone comes by and asks you, ‘Is anyone in there?’ say ‘No.’”
Lunk 4:24Lanakila akula ka lima o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, a kaumaha ihola ma luna o Iabina ke aliʻi o Kanaʻana, a hiki i ka wā i oki hoʻopau ai lākou iā Iabina, i ke aliʻi o Kanaʻana.And the hand of the Israelites pressed harder and harder against Jabin king of Canaan until they destroyed him.
Lunk 6:4A hoʻomoana kūʻē maila, a hoʻopau ihola i nā mea kupu o ka honua, a hiki aku i Gaza, ʻaʻole i waiho i kekahi mea ola na ka ʻIseraʻela, ʻaʻole i ka hipa, ʻaʻole i ka bipi, ʻaʻole i ka hoki.They camped on the land and ruined the crops all the way to Gaza and did not spare a living thing for Israel, neither sheep nor cattle nor donkeys.
Lunk 6:18Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, Mai hele aku ʻoe, a hiki mai au i ou lā, a lawe mai i koʻu mōhai makana, a waiho i mua ou. ʻĪ maila kēlā, E kakali nō wau, a hoʻi hou mai ʻoe.Please do not go away until I come back and bring my offering and set it before you.” And the Lord said, “I will wait until you return.”
Lunk 7:10Akā, inā makaʻu ʻoe ke iho i lalo, e hele pū ʻolua me kou kanaka me Pura, a hiki i ka pūʻali.If you are afraid to attack, go down to the camp with your servant Purah
Lunk 7:11E hoʻolohe ʻoe i ka mea a lākou e ʻōlelo ai, a ma hope iho, e ikaika auaneʻi kou lima ke iho i lalo i ka pūʻali. A laila, iho akula ia i lalo me Pura kona kanaka, a hiki i ka wēlau o ka poʻe kaua ma ka pūʻali.and listen to what they are saying. Afterward, you will be encouraged to attack the camp.” So he and Purah his servant went down to the outposts of the camp.
Lunk 7:13A hiki akula ʻo Gideona, aia hoʻi, e haʻi ana kekahi kanaka i ka moe i kona hoa, ʻī aʻela, Ua moe au i ka moe, aia hoʻi, he pōpō palaoa huluhulu i ʻolokaʻa mai nei i loko o ka pūʻali o ko Midiana, a hiki i kekahi halelewa, pā akula, a hina ia, a hoʻohiolo, mai luna mai, a pālaha aʻela ka halelewa.Gideon arrived just as a man was telling a friend his dream. “I had a dream,” he was saying. “A round loaf of barley bread came tumbling into the Midianite camp. It struck the tent with such force that the tent overturned and collapsed.”
Lunk 7:17ʻĪ akula iā lākou, E nānā mai ʻoukou iaʻu, a e hana like, aia hiki akula au i ka palena o kahi e hoʻomoana ai, e like me kaʻu hana ʻana, pēlā ʻoukou e hana ai.“Watch me,” he told them. “Follow my lead. When I get to the edge of the camp, do exactly as I do.
Lunk 7:19A laila, hele maila ʻo Gideona, a me ka haneri kānaka pū me ia, a hiki i ka palena o kahi hoʻomoana ai, i ka mua o ka wati waena, ʻakahi nō lākou i hoʻonoho ia wati. Puhi ihola lākou i ka pū, a wāwahi aʻela nā ipu ma ko lākou mau lima.Gideon and the hundred men with him reached the edge of the camp at the beginning of the middle watch, just after they had changed the guard. They blew their trumpets and broke the jars that were in their hands.
Lunk 7:22Puhi ihola nā haneri ʻekolu i ka pū, a hoʻokau maila ʻo Iēhova i ka pahi kaua a kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka ma luna o lākou iho, ma ka pūʻali a pau; a holo akula ka pūʻali, a hiki i Betesita, ma Zererata, ma ka mokuna ʻo ʻAbelamehola, a me Tabata.When the three hundred trumpets sounded, the Lord caused the men throughout the camp to turn on each other with their swords. The army fled to Beth Shittah toward Zererah as far as the border of Abel Meholah near Tabbath.
Lunk 7:24Hoʻouna akula ʻo Gideona i mau ʻelele ma ka mauna a pau ʻo ʻEperaima, ʻī akula, E iho mai ʻoukou e hālāwai me ko Midiana, a e lawe lilo i ko lākou wai, a hiki i Betebara, a me Ioredane. A laila ʻākoakoa mai nā kānaka o ʻEperaima, a lilo iā lākou nā wai, a hiki i Betebara, a me Ioredane:Gideon sent messengers throughout the hill country of Ephraim, saying, “Come down against the Midianites and seize the waters of the Jordan ahead of them as far as Beth Barah.” So all the men of Ephraim were called out and they seized the waters of the Jordan as far as Beth Barah.
Lunk 8:3Ua hāʻawi mai ke Akua i ko ʻoukou lima i nā aliʻi o Midiana, ʻo ʻOreba, a me Zeʻeba. He aha ka mea i hiki iaʻu ke hana e like me kā ʻoukou? A laila, i kāna ʻōlelo ʻana pēlā, maha aʻela ko lākou huhū iā ia.God gave Oreb and Zeeb, the Midianite leaders, into your hands. What was I able to do compared to you?” At this, their resentment against him subsided.
Lunk 8:13Hoʻi maila ʻo Gideona, ke keiki a Ioasa, mai ke kaua ʻana mai, ma mua o ka hiki ʻana a ka lā.Gideon son of Joash then returned from the battle by the Pass of Heres.
Lunk 9:40Hahai maila ʻo ʻAbimeleka iā ia, a heʻe aʻela kēia i mua ona, a nui ka poʻe i ʻō ʻia, a hina i lalo, a hiki i ke komo ʻana i ka puka.Abimelek chased him all the way to the entrance of the gate, and many were killed as they fled.
Lunk 9:57A hoʻopaʻi nō hoʻi ke Akua i ka hewa a pau o nā kānaka o Sekema ma luna o ko lākou poʻo iho. A ma luna o lākou i hiki mai ai hoʻi ka hōʻino a Iotama, ke keiki a Ierubaʻala.God also made the people of Shechem pay for all their wickedness. The curse of Jotham son of Jerub-Baal came on them.
Lunk 10:4He kanakolu āna mau keiki kāne, a holo lākou ma luna o nā hoki keiki, he kanakolu; he kanakolu ko lākou poʻe kūlanakauhale, i kapa ʻia Havote-iaira, a hiki mai i nēia lā; aia nō ma ka ʻāina ʻo Gileada.He had thirty sons, who rode thirty donkeys. They controlled thirty towns in Gilead, which to this day are called Havvoth Jair.
Lunk 11:13ʻĪ maila ke aliʻi o nā mamo a ʻAmona i nā ʻelele o Iepeta, No ka mea, lawe lilo ka ʻIseraʻela i koʻu ʻāina, mai ʻArenona a hiki i Iaboka, a me Ioredane, i ka wā a lākou i hele mai ai, mai loko mai o ʻAigupita; no laila, e hoʻihoʻi mai ʻoe ia, me ka malu.The king of the Ammonites answered Jephthah’s messengers, “When Israel came up out of Egypt, they took away my land from the Arnon to the Jabbok, all the way to the Jordan. Now give it back peaceably.”
Lunk 11:16I ka manawa i hele mai ai ka ʻIseraʻela, mai ʻAigupita mai, hele nō lākou, ma ka wao nahele a hiki i ke Kaiʻula, a komo nō i Kadesa.But when they came up out of Egypt, Israel went through the wilderness to the Red Sea and on to Kadesh.
Lunk 11:19Hoʻouna akula ka ʻIseraʻela i ʻelele iā Sihona, i ke aliʻi o ka ʻAmora, ke aliʻi o Hesebona, ʻī akula ʻo ʻIseraʻela iā ia, E hele paha mākou ma waena o kou ʻāina, a hiki i koʻu wahi.“Then Israel sent messengers to Sihon king of the Amorites, who ruled in Heshbon, and said to him, ‘Let us pass through your country to our own place.’
Lunk 11:22A komo nō lākou i nā mokuna a pau o ka ʻAmora, mai ʻArenona, a hiki i Iaboka, mai ka wao nahele, a hiki i Ioredane.capturing all of it from the Arnon to the Jabbok and from the desert to the Jordan.
Lunk 11:33Luku akula ia iā lākou, mai ʻAroera aku a hiki i Minita, he iwakālua kūlanakauhale, a hiki nō hoʻi i ka pāpū o nā māla waina, he luku nui loa. Pio ihola nā mamo a ʻAmona i mua o ke alo o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela.He devastated twenty towns from Aroer to the vicinity of Minnith, as far as Abel Keramim. Thus Israel subdued Ammon.
Lunk 11:35A ʻike akula ʻo Iepeta iā ia, haehae ihola i kona ʻaʻahu, ʻī akula, Auē kuʻu kaikamahine ē! Ua hoʻokaumaha loa mai ʻoe iaʻu; ʻo ʻoe kekahi i hoʻopilikia mai iaʻu. Ua ʻoaka aʻela au i kuʻu waha iā Iēhova, ʻaʻole hiki iaʻu ke hoʻi hope.When he saw her, he tore his clothes and cried, “Oh no, my daughter! You have brought me down and I am devastated. I have made a vow to the Lord that I cannot break.”
Lunk 12:6A laila, ʻōlelo mai lākou iā ia, E ʻī iho ʻoe, Sehiboleta. ʻĪ maila kēlā, Siboleta; no ka mea, ʻaʻole hiki iā ia ke ʻōlelo pololei pēlā. A laila hoʻopaʻa lākou iā ia, a pepehi nō ma nā āhua o Ioredane. Ia manawa hāʻule nā kānaka o ʻEperaima, he kanahākumamālua tausani.they said, “All right, say ‘Shibboleth.’” If he said, “Sibboleth,” because he could not pronounce the word correctly, they seized him and killed him at the fords of the Jordan. Forty-two thousand Ephraimites were killed at that time.
Lunk 13:7ʻĪ maila ia iaʻu, Aia hoʻi, e hāpai auaneʻi ʻoe, a e hānau mai i keiki kāne. No laila ʻeā, mai inu ʻoe i ka waina, ʻaʻole hoʻi i ka wai ʻawaʻawa, ʻaʻole hoʻi e ʻai i kekahi mea haumia; no ka mea, e lilo ua keiki lā i Nazarite i ke Akua mai ka ʻōpū mai, a hiki i ka lā o kona make ʻana.But he said to me, ‘You will become pregnant and have a son. Now then, drink no wine or other fermented drink and do not eat anything unclean, because the boy will be a Nazirite of God from the womb until the day of his death.’”
Lunk 13:11Kū aʻela ʻo Manoa a hahai akula i kāna wahine, a hiki i ua kanaka lā, ʻī akula iā ia, ʻO ʻoe anei ke kanaka i ʻōlelo mai ai i ua wahine nei? ʻĪ maila kēlā, ʻO wau nō.Manoah got up and followed his wife. When he came to the man, he said, “Are you the man who talked to my wife?” “I am,” he said.
Lunk 14:5A laila, iho akula ʻo Samesona, a me kona makua kāne a me kona makuahine i Timenata, a hiki i nā pā waina o Timenata; uō maila kekahi liona ʻōpiopio, i kona hālāwai ʻana me ia.Samson went down to Timnah together with his father and mother. As they approached the vineyards of Timnah, suddenly a young lion came roaring toward him.
Lunk 14:9Lālau akula kona mau lima ia mea, a i ka hele ʻana, hele nō ia e ʻai ana, a hiki i kona makua kāne, a me kona makuahine, a hāʻawi akula iā lāua, a ʻai ihola lāua; ʻaʻole naʻe ia i haʻi aku iā lāua, i kona lawe ʻana i ka meli, mai loko aku o ke kino o ka liona.He scooped out the honey with his hands and ate as he went along. When he rejoined his parents, he gave them some, and they too ate it. But he did not tell them that he had taken the honey from the lion’s carcass.
Lunk 14:13Akā, inā ʻaʻole hiki iā ʻoukou ke haʻi mai iaʻu, a laila, na ʻoukou e hāʻawi mai iaʻu, i kanakolu pālule, a me nā paʻa kapa he kanakolu. ʻĪ maila lākou iā ia, E nane mai ʻoe, i lohe mākou.If you can’t tell me the answer, you must give me thirty linen garments and thirty sets of clothes.” “Tell us your riddle,” they said. “Let’s hear it.”
Lunk 14:14ʻĪ akula ʻo ia iā lākou, Mai loko mai o ka mea e ʻai ana i puka mai ai ka ʻai, a mai loko mai hoʻi o ka mea ikaika, i loaʻa mai ai ka ʻono. A i nā lā ʻekolu, ʻaʻole hiki iā lākou, ke koho mai iā ia i ua nane lā.He replied, “Out of the eater, something to eat; out of the strong, something sweet.” For three days they could not give the answer.
Lunk 15:19Wāhi aʻela ke Akua i puka ma loko o ka iwi ā, a puka maila ka wai, mai loko mai o ia mea; a inu ia, a laila, hoʻi mai ka hanu, a ola aʻela ia: no laila, kapa akula ʻo ia i ka inoa o ia wahi ʻo ʻEnehakore, aia ma Lehi, a hiki mai i kēia lā.Then God opened up the hollow place in Lehi, and water came out of it. When Samson drank, his strength returned and he revived. So the spring was called En Hakkore, and it is still there in Lehi.
Lunk 16:2Haʻi ʻia akula i ko Gaza, Ua hiki mai nei ʻo Samesona. Hoʻopuni ihola lākou ia wahi, a hoʻohālua iā ia, ia pō a ao, ma ka puka o ke kūlanakauhale, a moe mālie nō ia pō a pau, ʻī ihola, A kakahiaka, i ke ao ʻana aʻe, make nō ʻo ia iā kākou.The people of Gaza were told, “Samson is here!” So they surrounded the place and lay in wait for him all night at the city gate. They made no move during the night, saying, “At dawn we’ll kill him.”
Lunk 16:13ʻĪ mai ʻo Delila iā Samesona, Ua hoʻowahāwahā mai ʻoe iaʻu, a hiki mai i kēia manawa, a ua hoʻopunipuni iaʻu. E haʻi mai ʻoe iaʻu i kou mea e paʻa ai. ʻĪ akula kēia iā ia, Inā e ulana pū ʻoe i nā wili ʻehiku o koʻu poʻo, me ka lole.Delilah then said to Samson, “All this time you have been making a fool of me and lying to me. Tell me how you can be tied.” He replied, “If you weave the seven braids of my head into the fabric on the loom and tighten it with the pin, I’ll become as weak as any other man.” So while he was sleeping, Delilah took the seven braids of his head, wove them into the fabric
Lunk 17:8Hele akula ua kanaka lā, mai ke kūlanakauhale ʻo Betelehemaiuda aku, e noho ma kahi e loaʻa ai, a i kona hele ʻana, hiki aʻela ia i ka mauna ʻo ʻEperaima, i ka hale o Mika.left that town in search of some other place to stay. On his way he came to Micah’s house in the hill country of Ephraim.
Lunk 18:1Ia manawa, ʻaʻole aliʻi ma luna o ka ʻIseraʻela, a i kēlā mau lā e ʻimi ana ʻo ka Dana i ʻāina kahi e noho ai no lākou, no ka mea, a hiki mai ia wā, ʻaʻole i ili mai ko Dana ʻāina i waena o nā ʻohana o ka ʻIseraʻela.In those days Israel had no king. And in those days the tribe of the Danites was seeking a place of their own where they might settle, because they had not yet come into an inheritance among the tribes of Israel.
Lunk 18:2Hoʻouna aʻela nā mamo a Dana i ʻelima kānaka o kā lākou ʻohana, no ko lākou ʻāina, he poʻe kānaka koa, no Zora, a no ʻEsetaola, e kiu i ka ʻāina, a mākaʻikaʻi; a ʻī maila lākou, E hele, e mākaʻikaʻi i ka ʻāina. A hiki lākou i ka mauna ʻo ʻEperaima, i ka hale o Mika, kipa aʻela lākou i laila.So the Danites sent five of their leading men from Zorah and Eshtaol to spy out the land and explore it. These men represented all the Danites. They told them, “Go, explore the land.” So they entered the hill country of Ephraim and came to the house of Micah, where they spent the night.
Lunk 18:7A laila, hele akula ua mau kānaka lā ʻelima, a hiki akula i Laisa, ʻike ihola i ko laila kānaka e noho makaʻu ʻole ana, ma ke ʻano o ko Zidona, ua mālie, ʻaʻole i makaʻu, ʻaʻole mea e noho aliʻi ana ma ka honua nei i hana ʻino mai; a ua lōʻihi lākou, mai Zidona aku, ʻaʻohe o lākou mea pū me kekahi kanaka ʻē.So the five men left and came to Laish, where they saw that the people were living in safety, like the Sidonians, at peace and secure. And since their land lacked nothing, they were prosperous. Also, they lived a long way from the Sidonians and had no relationship with anyone else.
Lunk 18:10I ko ʻoukou hele ʻana, e hiki nō ʻoukou i ka poʻe kānaka, e makaʻu ʻole ana, a i ka ʻāina nui; no ka mea, ua hāʻawi mai ke Akua ia ʻāina i ko ʻoukou lima. ʻAʻole hoʻi i nele ia ʻāina i kekahi mea o ka honua.When you get there, you will find an unsuspecting people and a spacious land that God has put into your hands, a land that lacks nothing whatever.”
Lunk 18:12Piʻi akula lākou a hoʻomoana ihola ma Kiriatiarima ma ka Iuda; no laila, kapa akula lākou ia wahi, ʻo Mahanedana, a hiki mai i nēia lā; aia nō ma ke kua o Kiriatiarima.On their way they set up camp near Kiriath Jearim in Judah. This is why the place west of Kiriath Jearim is called Mahaneh Dan to this day.
Lunk 18:13A ma laila aku lākou i hele ai a i ka mauna ʻo ʻEperaima, a hiki akula i ka hale o Mika.From there they went on to the hill country of Ephraim and came to Micah’s house.
Lunk 18:15Kipa aʻela lākou i laila, a hiki aʻela i ke kanaka hou o ka Levi, i ka hale hoʻi o Mika, a aloha aʻela iā ia.So they turned in there and went to the house of the young Levite at Micah’s place and greeted him.
Lunk 18:22A hiki lākou i kahi mamao mai ka hale o Mika aku, a laila, hoʻākoakoa ʻia maila nā kānaka o kauhale e kokoke ana ma ka hale o Mika, a hahai akula i nā mamo a Dana.When they had gone some distance from Micah’s house, the men who lived near Micah were called together and overtook the Danites.
Lunk 18:30Kūkulu ihola nā mamo a Dana i ke kiʻi; a ʻo Ionetana, ke keiki a Geresoma, ke keiki a Manase, ʻo ia, a me kāna mau keiki nā kāhuna no ka ʻohana a Dana, a hiki i ka lā i pio ai ka ʻāina.There the Danites set up for themselves the idol, and Jonathan son of Gershom, the son of Moses, and his sons were priests for the tribe of Dan until the time of the captivity of the land.
Lunk 19:5A hiki i ka hā o ka lā, i ko lākou ala ʻana i kakahiaka nui, kū maila ia e hele. ʻĪ maila ka makua kāne o ka wahine i kāna hūnōna kāne, E hōʻoluʻolu i kou naʻau me kahi berena iki, a ma hope iho, e hele aku ʻolua.On the fourth day they got up early and he prepared to leave, but the woman’s father said to his son-in-law, “Refresh yourself with something to eat; then you can go.”
Lunk 19:10ʻAʻole i ʻae mai ua kanaka lā e moe ia pō, akā, kū aʻela ia e hele akula, a hiki ma ke ala o Iebusa, ʻo ia hoʻi ʻo Ierusalema; aia nō me ia pū nā hoki ʻelua, i paʻa i nā noho lio, a ʻo kāna wahine kekahi me ia.But, unwilling to stay another night, the man left and went toward Jebus (that is, Jerusalem), with his two saddled donkeys and his concubine.
Lunk 19:15Kipa aʻela lākou e komo i laila, e moe ai ma Gibea; a hiki akula ia, noho ihola ma ke alanui o ke kūlanakauhale; no ka mea, ʻaʻohe kanaka nāna lākou i hoʻokipa i kona hale e moe ai.There they stopped to spend the night. They went and sat in the city square, but no one took them in for the night.
Lunk 19:29A hiki akula ia i kona hale, lawe aʻela ia i ka pahi, a lālau akula i kāna haiā wahine, a ʻokiʻoki ihola iā ia, a me kona mau iwi, i ʻumikumamālua ʻāpana, a hoʻouna akula ia mea, i nā mokuna a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela.When he reached home, he took a knife and cut up his concubine, limb by limb, into twelve parts and sent them into all the areas of Israel.
Lunk 19:30Eia hoʻi, ʻo ka poʻe a pau i ʻike ia mea, ʻī aʻela lākou, ʻAʻohe mea i hana ʻia e like me nēia, ʻaʻole hoʻi i ʻike ʻia, mai ka lā i hele mai ai nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita mai, a hiki mai i nēia lā. E noʻonoʻo ʻoukou ia mea, a e kūkākūkā iho, a e ʻōlelo mai.Everyone who saw it was saying to one another, “Such a thing has never been seen or done, not since the day the Israelites came up out of Egypt. Just imagine! We must do something! So speak up!”
Lunk 20:1A laila, hele akula nā mamo a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela, a ʻākoakoa aʻela ia poʻe, me he kanaka hoʻokahi lā, mai Dana, a hiki i Beʻereseba, a me ko ka ʻāina ʻo Gileada, a i o Iēhova lā i Mizepa.Then all Israel from Dan to Beersheba and from the land of Gilead came together as one and assembled before the Lord in Mizpah.
Lunk 20:10E lawe kākou i ʻumi kānaka o ka haneri, no nā ʻohana a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela, a he haneri no ka tausani, a he tausani no ka ʻumi tausani, na lākou nō e lawe mai i ka ʻai na nā kānaka, i hana lākou i ko Gibea no Beniamina, ke hiki lākou i laila, e like me ka mea lapuwale a pau a lākou i hana ai ma loko o ka ʻIseraʻela.We’ll take ten men out of every hundred from all the tribes of Israel, and a hundred from a thousand, and a thousand from ten thousand, to get provisions for the army. Then, when the army arrives at Gibeah in Benjamin, it can give them what they deserve for this outrageous act done in Israel.”
Lunk 20:16I loko o ia poʻe kānaka a pau, ʻehiku haneri kānaka i wae ʻia, he poʻe lima hema; e hiki nō iā lākou a pau ke maʻa aku i ka pōhaku i ka lauoho, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hala.Among all these soldiers there were seven hundred select troops who were left-handed, each of whom could sling a stone at a hair and not miss.
Lunk 20:26A laila, piʻi akula nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, a me nā kānaka a pau, a hiki akula i ka hale o ke Akua, a uē akula, a noho ihola i mua o Iēhova, a hoʻokē ʻai ihola ia lā a pō, a mōhai akula i nā mōhai kuni, a me nā mōhai makana, i mua o Iēhova.Then all the Israelites, the whole army, went up to Bethel, and there they sat weeping before the Lord. They fasted that day until evening and presented burnt offerings and fellowship offerings to the Lord.
Lunk 20:41A huli hou nā kānaka o ʻIseraʻela, a laila, heʻe piʻoloke ihola nā kānaka o Beniamina; no ka mea, ua ʻike lākou ua hiki mai ka hewa ma luna o lākou.Then the Israelites counterattacked, and the Benjamites were terrified, because they realized that disaster had come on them.
Lunk 20:42No laila, huli lākou, mai ke alo aku o nā kānaka o ka ʻIseraʻela, a i ke ala e hiki aku ai i ka wao nahele; akā, hahai nō ke kaua iā lākou, a luku nō lākou i ka poʻe mai loko mai o nā kauhale i waenakonu o lākou.So they fled before the Israelites in the direction of the wilderness, but they could not escape the battle. And the Israelites who came out of the towns cut them down there.
Lunk 20:45Huli lākou, a peʻe aku i ka wao nahele, i ka pōhaku o Rimona; a hōʻiliʻili lākou i ke koena ma nā alanui, ʻelima tausani kānaka, a hahai aku iā lākou a hiki i Gidoma, a luku akula i ʻelua tausani kānaka.As they turned and fled toward the wilderness to the rock of Rimmon, the Israelites cut down five thousand men along the roads. They kept pressing after the Benjamites as far as Gidom and struck down two thousand more.
Lunk 20:48Huli hou nā kānaka o ʻIseraʻela e ʻalo i nā mamo a Beniamina, a luku akula iā lākou i ka maka o ka pahi kaua, mai nā kānaka aku a nā holoholona, a me nā mea a pau, i loaʻa iā lākou. A puhi ihola lākou i nā kūlanakauhale a pau i ke ahi, ma nā wahi a lākou i hiki aku ai.The men of Israel went back to Benjamin and put all the towns to the sword, including the animals and everything else they found. All the towns they came across they set on fire.
Lunk 21:3ʻĪ ihola, E Iēhova, e ke Akua o ʻIseraʻela ē, no ke aha lā i hiki mai ai kēia i loko o ka ʻIseraʻela, i nalowale kekahi ʻohana ma loko o ka ʻIseraʻela i kēia lā?“Lord, God of Israel,” they cried, “why has this happened to Israel? Why should one tribe be missing from Israel today?”
Lunk 21:18Akā, ʻaʻole hiki iā kākou ke hāʻawi i kā kākou mau kaikamāhine iho, i wāhine na lākou; no ka mea, ua hoʻohiki nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela me ka ʻōlelo iho, E ʻāhewa ʻia ka mea nāna e hāʻawi aku i wahine na ka Beniamina.We can’t give them our daughters as wives, since we Israelites have taken this oath: ‘Cursed be anyone who gives a wife to a Benjamite.’
Lunk 21:19ʻŌlelo ihola lākou, Aia hoʻi, he ʻahaʻaina ko Iēhova i kēlā makahiki, i kēia makahiki, ma Silo, ma ka ʻaoʻao ʻākau o Betelehema, a ma ka ʻaoʻao hikina o ke kuamoʻo e hiki aku ai, mai Betela i Sekema, a ma ka ʻaoʻao hema hoʻi o Lebona.But look, there is the annual festival of the Lord in Shiloh, which lies north of Bethel, east of the road that goes from Bethel to Shechem, and south of Lebonah.”
Lunk 21:22A hiki i ka manawa, e hele mai ai i o kākou nei, ko lākou mau mākua kāne, a ʻo ko lākou mau kaikunāne paha, e hoʻopiʻi mai, a laila, e ʻōlelo mākou iā lākou, E lokomaikaʻi mai ʻoukou iā mākou, ma o lākou lā; no ka mea, ʻaʻole mākou i mālama i wahine na kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka, ma ke kaua ʻana, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoukou i hāʻawi na lākou i kēia wā, i mea e hewa ai ʻoukou.When their fathers or brothers complain to us, we will say to them, ‘Do us the favor of helping them, because we did not get wives for them during the war. You will not be guilty of breaking your oath because you did not give your daughters to them.’”
Ruta 1:19Hele pū nō lāua, a hiki akula i Betelehema. A komo akula lāua i loko o Betelehema, piʻoloke ihola ke kūlanakauhale a pau no lāua; ʻī aʻela lākou, ʻO Naomi anei kēia?So the two women went on until they came to Bethlehem. When they arrived in Bethlehem, the whole town was stirred because of them, and the women exclaimed, “Can this be Naomi?”
Ruta 1:22Pēlā i hoʻi mai ai ʻo Naomi, a me kāna hūnōna wahine pū me ia, ʻo Ruta, no Moaba, a hele mai no ka ʻāina ʻo Moaba mai; a hiki mai lāua i Betelehema i ka manawa o ka hōʻiliʻili mua ʻana i ka hua bale.So Naomi returned from Moab accompanied by Ruth the Moabite, her daughter-in-law, arriving in Bethlehem as the barley harvest was beginning.
Ruta 2:3Hele akula ia a hiki, a hōʻiliʻili ihola ma ka mahina ʻai, ma muli o ka poʻe ʻokiʻoki. A loaʻa kāna puʻu ma kahi kīhāpai no Boaza, no ka hanauna ia o ʻElimeleka.So she went out, entered a field and began to glean behind the harvesters. As it turned out, she was working in a field belonging to Boaz, who was from the clan of Elimelek.
Ruta 3:8A hiki i ke aumoe, makaʻu ihola ua kanaka lā, no ka mea, i kona ʻoni ʻana, aia hoʻi he wahine, e moe ana ma kona mau kapuaʻi.In the middle of the night something startled the man; he turned — and there was a woman lying at his feet!
Ruta 3:14Moe ihola ʻo ia ma kona mau kapuaʻi a kakahiaka. A ala maila ia ma mua o ka wā e hiki ai kekahi ke hoʻomaopopo i kona hoa. ʻĪ aʻela ia, Mai haʻi aku i ka hele ʻana mai o ka wahine i ke kahua hahi.So she lay at his feet until morning, but got up before anyone could be recognized; and he said, “No one must know that a woman came to the threshing floor.”
Ruta 3:16A hiki akula ia i kona makuahōnōwai wahine, nīnau maila kēlā, ʻO wai ʻoe, e kuʻu kaikamahine? A haʻi akula kēia i nā mea a pau a ua kanaka lā i hana mai ai nāna.When Ruth came to her mother-in-law, Naomi asked, “How did it go, my daughter?” Then she told her everything Boaz had done for her
Ruta 4:6ʻŌlelo maila ka hoahānau, ʻAʻole hiki iaʻu ke kūʻai noʻu iho, o hoʻolilo auaneʻi au i koʻu hoʻoilina. Nāu nō e kūʻai i koʻu kuleana nou, no ka mea, ʻaʻole hiki iaʻu ke kūʻai.At this, the guardian-redeemer said, “Then I cannot redeem it because I might endanger my own estate. You redeem it yourself. I cannot do it.”
1-Sam 1:4A hiki mai ka lā a ʻElekana i kaumaha aku ai, hāʻawi akula ia i nā haʻawina na Penina, na kāna wahine, a na kāna mau keiki kāne a pau, a na kāna mau kaikamāhine.Whenever the day came for Elkanah to sacrifice, he would give portions of the meat to his wife Peninnah and to all her sons and daughters.
1-Sam 1:19Ala aʻela lākou i kakahiaka nui, a hoʻomana akula i mua o Iēhova, a hoʻi akula a hiki i ko lākou hale ma Rama: a ʻike ihola ʻo ʻElekana iā Hana i kāna wahine; a hoʻomanaʻo maila ʻo Iēhova iā ia.Early the next morning they arose and worshiped before the Lord and then went back to their home at Ramah. Elkanah made love to his wife Hannah, and the Lord remembered her.
1-Sam 1:20A hiki mai ka manawa ma hope o kā Hana hāpai ʻana, hānau maila ia, he keiki kāne, a kapa akula ia i kona inoa ʻo Samuʻela; no ka mea, ua noi aku au iā ia iā Iēhova.So in the course of time Hannah became pregnant and gave birth to a son. She named him Samuel, saying, “Because I asked the Lord for him.”
1-Sam 1:22Akā, ʻaʻole hiki aku ʻo Hana, no ka mea, ʻōlelo akula ia i kāna kāne, Aia e ukuhi ʻia aku ai ke keiki, a laila lawe aku au iā ia, e ʻikea ia ma ke alo o Iēhova, a e noho mau loa ia i laila.Hannah did not go. She said to her husband, “After the boy is weaned, I will take him and present him before the Lord, and he will live there always.”
1-Sam 1:23ʻĪ maila ʻo ʻElekana kāna kāne iā ia, E hana ʻoe i ka pono i kou manaʻo: e noho, a hiki mai ka manawa e ukuhi aku ai ʻoe iā ia; e hoʻokō mai ʻo Iēhova i kāna ʻōlelo. Noho ihola ka wahine e hānai i ke keiki, a hiki i ka wā e ukuhi aku ai iā ia.“Do what seems best to you,” her husband Elkanah told her. “Stay here until you have weaned him; only may the Lord make good his word.” So the woman stayed at home and nursed her son until she had weaned him.
1-Sam 2:31Aia hoʻi, e hiki mai ana ka lā e ʻoki ai au i kou lima, a me ka lima o ko ka hale o kou makua kāne, i ʻole ai he ʻelemakule i loko o kou hale.The time is coming when I will cut short your strength and the strength of your priestly house, so that no one in it will reach old age,
1-Sam 2:34Eia ka hōʻailona iā ʻoe, ʻo ka mea e hiki mai ana ma luna o kāu mau keiki ʻelua, ʻo Hopeni a ʻo Pinehasa; i ka lā hoʻokahi e make nō lāua a ʻelua.“‘And what happens to your two sons, Hophni and Phinehas, will be a sign to you — they will both die on the same day.
1-Sam 3:20A ʻike ka ʻIseraʻela a pau, mai Dana a hiki i Beʻereseba, ua hoʻokūpaʻa ʻia ʻo Samuʻela i kāula no Iēhova.And all Israel from Dan to Beersheba recognized that Samuel was attested as a prophet of the Lord.
1-Sam 4:1A hiki aʻela ka ʻōlelo a Samuʻela i ka ʻIseraʻela a pau. Hele kūʻē akula ka ʻIseraʻela i ko Pilisetia i ke kaua, a hoʻomoana ihola ma ʻEbenezera; a ʻo ko Pilisetia hoʻomoana ihola ma ʻApeka.And Samuel’s word came to all Israel. Now the Israelites went out to fight against the Philistines. The Israelites camped at Ebenezer, and the Philistines at Aphek.
1-Sam 4:3A hiki maila nā kānaka i kahi i hoʻomoana ai, ʻī aʻela nā lunakahiko o ka ʻIseraʻela, No ke aha lā ʻo Iēhova i luku mai ai iā kākou i kēia lā i mua o ko Pilisetia? E lawe mai i o kākou nei i ka pahu berita o Iēhova mai Silo mai, a hiki mai ia i waena o kākou, ʻo ia ka mea e hoʻōla iā kākou mai ka lima mai o ko kākou poʻe ʻenemi.When the soldiers returned to camp, the elders of Israel asked, “Why did the Lord bring defeat on us today before the Philistines? Let us bring the ark of the Lord’s covenant from Shiloh, so that he may go with us and save us from the hand of our enemies.”
1-Sam 4:5A hiki maila ka pahu berita o Iēhova i loko o kahi i hoʻomoana ai, hoʻōho aʻela ka ʻIseraʻela a pau me ka hoʻōho nui, a haʻalulu ka honua.When the ark of the Lord’s covenant came into the camp, all Israel raised such a great shout that the ground shook.
1-Sam 4:6A lohe aʻela ko Pilisetia i ka leo o ka hoʻōho ʻana, ʻī aʻela lākou, No ke aha lā ka leo o kēia hoʻōho nui ʻana ma kahi i hoʻomoana ai ka poʻe Hebera? A ʻike lākou, ua hiki mai ka pahu o Iēhova ma kahi i hoʻomoana ai.Hearing the uproar, the Philistines asked, “What’s all this shouting in the Hebrew camp?” When they learned that the ark of the Lord had come into the camp,
1-Sam 4:7Makaʻu ihola ko Pilisetia, no ka mea, ʻī ihola lākou, Ua hiki mai ke Akua i loko o kahi i hoʻomoana ai. ʻĪ aʻela lākou, Auē kākou! No ka mea, ʻaʻohe mea ma mua e like ai me kēia.the Philistines were afraid. “A god has come into the camp,” they said. “Oh no! Nothing like this has happened before.
1-Sam 4:12Holo akula kekahi kanaka no Beniamina mai ke kaua aku, a hiki ma Silo ia lā hoʻokahi, me kona kapa i haehae ʻia, a me ka lepo ma luna o kona poʻo.That same day a Benjamite ran from the battle line and went to Shiloh with his clothes torn and dust on his head.
1-Sam 4:13A hiki akula ia, aia hoʻi, e noho ana ʻo ʻEli ma luna o ka noho ma kapa alanui, e kiaʻi ana: no ka mea, pīhoihoi kona naʻau no ka pahu o ke Akua. A hiki akula ke kanaka ma ke kūlanakauhale, a haʻi aku, auē nui ihola ko ke kūlanakauhale a pau.When he arrived, there was Eli sitting on his chair by the side of the road, watching, because his heart feared for the ark of God. When the man entered the town and told what had happened, the whole town sent up a cry.
1-Sam 4:19A ʻo kona hūnōna wahine, ka wahine a Pinehasa, ua hāpai, kokoke nō i puni: a lohe aʻela ʻo ia ia mea, i ka lilo ʻana o ka pahu o ke Akua, i ka make ʻana o kona makuahōnōai kāne a me kāna kāne hoʻi, kūlou ihola ia, no ka hānau ʻana; no ka mea, ua hiki mai kona nahunahu iā ia.His daughter-in-law, the wife of Phinehas, was pregnant and near the time of delivery. When she heard the news that the ark of God had been captured and that her father-in-law and her husband were dead, she went into labor and gave birth, but was overcome by her labor pains.
1-Sam 5:1Lawe akula ko Pilisetia i ka pahu o ke Akua, a halihali akula mai ʻEbenezera aku a hiki i ʻAsedoda.After the Philistines had captured the ark of God, they took it from Ebenezer to Ashdod.
1-Sam 5:5No ia mea, ʻo nā kāhuna a Dagona, a me nā mea a pau e hele ma loko o ka hale o Dagona, ʻaʻole lākou e hehi ma luna o ka paepae o Dagona ma ʻAsedoda, a hiki i kēia wā.That is why to this day neither the priests of Dagon nor any others who enter Dagon's temple at Ashdod step on the threshold.
1-Sam 5:10No ia mea, lawe akula lākou i ka pahu o ke Akua i ʻEkerona. A hiki akula ka pahu o ke Akua ma ʻEkerona, auē ihola ko ʻEkerona, i ka ʻī ʻana aʻe, Ua lawe mai lākou i ka pahu o ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela i o kākou nei e pepehi iā kākou a me ko kākou poʻe kānaka.So they sent the ark of God to Ekron. As the ark of God was entering Ekron, the people of Ekron cried out, "They have brought the ark of the god of Israel around to us to kill us and our people."
1-Sam 6:9A e nānā ʻoukou, inā paha e piʻi aku ia ma ke ala o kona mokuna, i Betesemesa, a laila, ua hana mai ia i kēia ʻino nui no kākou; akā, i ʻole, a laila e ʻike kākou, ʻaʻole kona lima i hahau mai iā kākou; ua hiki wale mai ia mea iā kākou.but keep watching it. If it goes up to its own territory, toward Beth Shemesh, then the LORD has brought this great disaster on us. But if it does not, then we will know that it was not his hand that struck us and that it happened to us by chance."
1-Sam 6:12A hele pololei akula nā bipi ma ke ala e hiki ai i Betesemesa, ma ke ala loa ka hele ʻana, a hele lāua me ka uō ʻana, ʻaʻole lāua i huli aʻe ma ka ʻākau, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma ka hema; a hele nā haku o ko Pilisetia ma hope o lāua, a hiki i ka mokuna ʻo Betesemesa.Then the cows went straight up toward Beth Shemesh, keeping on the road and lowing all the way; they did not turn to the right or to the left. The rulers of the Philistines followed them as far as the border of Beth Shemesh.
1-Sam 6:18A me nā ʻiole gula e like me ka helu ʻana o nā kūlanakauhale no nā haku ʻelima o ko Pilisetia, nā kūlanakauhale pā pōhaku, a me nā kauhale pāpū a hiki i ua pōhaku nui o ʻAbela, kahi a lākou i kau ai i ka pahu o Iēhova; a i laila ua pōhaku lā ma ka mahina ʻai o Iosua no Betesemesa, a hiki i kēia lā.And the number of the gold rats was according to the number of Philistine towns belonging to the five rulers--the fortified towns with their country villages. The large rock, on which they set the ark of the LORD, is a witness to this day in the field of Joshua of Beth Shemesh.
1-Sam 6:20ʻĪ aʻela nā kānaka o Betesemesa, ʻO wai lā ka mea hiki ke kū i mua o Iēhova kēia Akua Hemolele? A iā wai lā ʻo ia e hele aku mai o kākou aku?and the men of Beth Shemesh asked, "Who can stand in the presence of the LORD, this holy God? To whom will the ark go up from here?"
1-Sam 7:11Hele akula nā kānaka o ka ʻIseraʻela ma waho o Mizepa, a hahai akula i ko Pilisetia, a luku akula iā lākou a hiki ma Betekara.The men of Israel rushed out of Mizpah and pursued the Philistines, slaughtering them along the way to a point below Beth Car.
1-Sam 7:12Lawe akula ʻo Samuʻela i pōhaku, a kūkulu ihola ma waena o Mizepa a ʻo Sena, a kapa akula i kona inoa, ʻo ʻEbenezera, ʻī ihola, Ua kōkua mai ʻo Iēhova iā kākou a hiki i ʻaneʻi.Then Samuel took a stone and set it up between Mizpah and Shen. He named it Ebenezer, saying, "Thus far has the LORD helped us."
1-Sam 7:14A ʻo nā kūlanakauhale i lilo i ko Pilisetia, ua hoʻihoʻi ʻia mai ia no ka ʻIseraʻela, mai ʻEkerona a hiki i Gata; a me ko laila ʻāina a puni na ka ʻIseraʻela i lawe aʻe mai loko mai o ka lima o ko Pilisetia. A ua kuʻikahi ka ʻIseraʻela me ka ʻAmora.The towns from Ekron to Gath that the Philistines had captured from Israel were restored to her, and Israel delivered the neighboring territory from the power of the Philistines. And there was peace between Israel and the Amorites.
1-Sam 8:8E like me nā hana a pau a lākou i hana ai, mai ka manawa aʻu i lawe mai ai iā lākou mai ʻAigupita mai, a hiki i kēia manawa, iā lākou i haʻalele ai iaʻu, a mālama aku i nā akua ʻē; pēlā lākou e hana nei iā ʻoe.As they have done from the day I brought them up out of Egypt until this day, forsaking me and serving other gods, so they are doing to you.
1-Sam 9:5A hiki akula lāua ma ka ʻāina ʻo Zupa, ʻī akula ia i kāna kauā me ia, ʻEā, e hoʻi kāua, o pau auaneʻi ka manaʻo ʻana o kuʻu makua kāne i nā hoki, a hoʻokaumaha ʻia nō kāua.When they reached the district of Zuph, Saul said to the servant who was with him, "Come, let's go back, or my father will stop thinking about the donkeys and start worrying about us."
1-Sam 9:6ʻĪ maila kēlā iā ia, Aia hoʻi, ma kēia kūlanakauhale e noho ana kekahi kanaka o ke Akua, he kanaka kaulana: a ʻo ka mea a pau āna e ʻōlelo ai, e kō ʻiʻo nō ia: e hele kāua ma laila, malama e hiki iā ia ke kuhikuhi mai iā kaua i ke ala e pono ai kāua ke hele.But the servant replied, "Look, in this town there is a man of God; he is highly respected, and everything he says comes true. Let's go there now. Perhaps he will tell us what way to take."
1-Sam 9:13A hiki aku ʻolua ma loko o ke kūlanakauhale, e loaʻa koke ʻo ia iā ʻolua, ma mua o kona piʻi ʻana aʻe ma kahi kiʻekiʻe e ʻai ai; ʻaʻole e ʻai nā kānaka a hiki aku ia; no ka mea, nāna nō e hoʻomaikaʻi aku i ka ʻahaʻaina, a ma hope iho, ʻai nō ka poʻe i ʻōlelo ʻia. No ia mea, e piʻi ʻolua; no ka mea, eia ka lā e loaʻa ai iā ʻolua ia.As soon as you enter the town, you will find him before he goes up to the high place to eat. The people will not begin eating until he comes, because he must bless the sacrifice; afterward, those who are invited will eat. Go up now; you should find him about this time."
1-Sam 9:14A piʻi akula lāua i ke kūlanakauhale: a hiki lāua i loko o ke kūlanakauhale, aia hoʻi, hālāwai lāua me Samuʻela e piʻi ana ma kahi kiʻekiʻe.They went up to the town, and as they were entering it, there was Samuel, coming toward them on his way up to the high place.
1-Sam 9:15Ua ʻōlelo ʻē mai ʻo Iēhova i ka pepeiao o Samuʻela i ka lā ma mua o ko Saula hiki ʻana mai, ʻī maila,Now the day before Saul came, the LORD had revealed this to Samuel:
1-Sam 9:16ʻApōpō ma kēia manawa, e hoʻouna aku au i ou lā i kekahi kanaka no ka ʻāina o ka Beniamina, a e poni aku ʻoe iā ia i aliʻi ma luna o kuʻu poʻe kānaka o ka ʻIseraʻela, i hoʻopakele mai ai ia i koʻu poʻe kānaka mai ka lima mai o ko Pilisetia: ua nānā aku au i koʻu poʻe kānaka, no ka mea, ua hiki mai ko lākou uē ʻana i oʻu nei."About this time tomorrow I will send you a man from the land of Benjamin. Anoint him leader over my people Israel; he will deliver my people from the hand of the Philistines. I have looked upon my people, for their cry has reached me."
1-Sam 10:3A ma laila aku ʻoe e hele ai, a hiki ma ka lāʻau ʻoka o Tabora, a e hālāwai mai me ʻoe i laila nā kānaka ʻekolu e piʻi ana i ke Akua ma Betela: ʻo kekahi e hali ana i nā kao keiki ʻekolu, a ʻo kekahi e hali ana i nā paʻi palaoa ʻekolu, a ʻo kekahi e hali ana i ka hue waina."Then you will go on from there until you reach the great tree of Tabor. Three men going up to God at Bethel will meet you there. One will be carrying three young goats, another three loaves of bread, and another a skin of wine.
1-Sam 10:5Ma hope iho e hiki aku ʻoe i ka puʻu o ke Akua, ma laila ka noho ʻana o ka poʻe koa o ko Pilisetia: a hiki aku ʻoe i laila i ke kūlanakauhale, e hālāwai ʻoe me ka poʻe kāula e iho ana ma kahi kiʻekiʻe mai, me ka mea kani, a me ke kuolokani, a me ka mea hōkio, a me ka mea ʻūkēkē i mua o lākou; a e wānana lākou."After that you will go to Gibeah of God, where there is a Philistine outpost. As you approach the town, you will meet a procession of prophets coming down from the high place with lyres, tambourines, flutes and harps being played before them, and they will be prophesying.
1-Sam 10:6A e hiki mai ka ʻUhane o Iēhova ma luna ou, a e wānana pū ʻoe me lākou, a e lilo ʻoe i kanaka ʻokoʻa.The Spirit of the LORD will come upon you in power, and you will prophesy with them; and you will be changed into a different person.
1-Sam 10:7Aia hiki mai kēia mau hōʻailona iā ʻoe, e hana ʻoe i ka mea i loaʻa i kou lima; no ka mea, me ʻoe nō ke Akua.Once these signs are fulfilled, do whatever your hand finds to do, for God is with you.
1-Sam 10:8A e iho ʻē ʻoe ma mua oʻu i Gilegala; aia hoʻi e iho ana au i ou lā, e kaumaha aku i nā mōhai kuni, a e kaumaha aku hoʻi i nā mōhai hoʻomalu; i nā lā ʻehiku ʻoe e kali ai, a hiki aku au i ou lā, a e hōʻike aku iā ʻoe i ka mea āu e hana aku ai."Go down ahead of me to Gilgal. I will surely come down to you to sacrifice burnt offerings and fellowship offerings, but you must wait seven days until I come to you and tell you what you are to do."
1-Sam 10:9A i ka wā i huli aʻe ia e hele aku mai o Samuʻela aku, hāʻawi mai ke Akua i naʻau ʻokoʻa nona: a hiki ʻiʻo mai ua mau hōʻailona lā a pau ia lā.As Saul turned to leave Samuel, God changed Saul's heart, and all these signs were fulfilled that day.
1-Sam 10:10A hiki aku lāua ma laila ma ka puʻu, aia hoʻi, he poʻe kāula i hālāwai mai me ia; a hiki mai ka ʻUhane o ke Akua ma luna ona, a wānana pū akula ia me lākou.When they arrived at Gibeah, a procession of prophets met him; the Spirit of God came upon him in power, and he joined in their prophesying.
1-Sam 10:11A ʻo nā mea a pau i ʻike iā ia i ka manawa ma mua, ʻike lākou, aia hoʻi, e wānana ana ʻo ia me ka poʻe kāula, ʻī aʻela kekahi kanaka i kona hoalauna, He aha kēia i hiki mai ai i ke keiki a Kisa? ʻO Saula anei kekahi me ka poʻe kāula?When all those who had formerly known him saw him prophesying with the prophets, they asked each other, "What is this that has happened to the son of Kish? Is Saul also among the prophets?"
1-Sam 10:22No ia mea, nīnau hou lākou iā Iēhova, E hiki mai auaneʻi ua kanaka lā ma ʻaneʻi? ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova, Aia ua peʻe ʻo ia ma loko o nā ukana.So they inquired further of the LORD, "Has the man come here yet?" And the LORD said, "Yes, he has hidden himself among the baggage."
1-Sam 11:6A hiki mai ka ʻUhane o ke Akua ma luna o Saula, a wela nui kona inaina.When Saul heard their words, the Spirit of God came upon him in power, and he burned with anger.
1-Sam 11:11A i ka lā ʻapōpō, hoʻonoho ihola ʻo Saula i nā kānaka i ʻekolu poʻe; a hele lākou i waenakonu o ka poʻe kaua i ka moku ʻana o ka pawa o ke ao, a pepehi ihola i ka ʻAmora a hiki i ka wela o ka lā: a ʻo ke koena, hele liʻiliʻi akula lākou, ʻaʻole ʻelua kānaka ma kahi hoʻokahi.The next day Saul separated his men into three divisions; during the last watch of the night they broke into the camp of the Ammonites and slaughtered them until the heat of the day. Those who survived were scattered, so that no two of them were left together.
1-Sam 12:2ʻĀnō hoʻi, ke hele nei ke aliʻi i mua o ʻoukou; a ua ʻelemakule wau, ua poʻo hina; a eia hoʻi kaʻu mau keiki me ʻoukou; a ua hele au i mua o ʻoukou mai kuʻu wā kamaliʻi a hiki i kēia lā.Now you have a king as your leader. As for me, I am old and gray, and my sons are here with you. I have been your leader from my youth until this day.
1-Sam 12:21Mai huli aʻe ʻoukou ma muli o nā mea lapuwale, nā mea hiki ʻole ke kōkua mai, no ka mea, ua lapuwale lākou.Do not turn away after useless idols. They can do you no good, nor can they rescue you, because they are useless.
1-Sam 13:8Noho ihola ia i nā lā ʻehiku e like me ka manawa a Samuʻela i ʻōlelo ai: ʻaʻole i hiki mai ʻo Samuʻela ma Gilegala; a ua hele liʻiliʻi nā kānaka mai ona aku lā.He waited seven days, the time set by Samuel; but Samuel did not come to Gilgal, and Saul's men began to scatter.
1-Sam 13:10A i ka manawa i pau ai kāna kaumaha ʻana aku i ka mōhai kuni, aia hoʻi, hiki maila ʻo Samuʻela; hele akula ʻo Saula e hālāwai me ia, e hoʻomaikaʻi aku iā ia.Just as he finished making the offering, Samuel arrived, and Saul went out to greet him.
1-Sam 13:11Nīnau akula ʻo Samuʻela, He aha kāu i hana ai? ʻĪ maila ʻo Saula, No kaʻu ʻike ʻana i nā kānaka e hele liʻiliʻi ana mai oʻu aku nei, a no kou hiki ʻole mai i nā lā i ʻōlelo ʻia ai, a no ka hoʻākoakoa ʻana o ko Pilisetia ma Mikemasa;"What have you done?" asked Samuel. Saul replied, "When I saw that the men were scattering, and that you did not come at the set time, and that the Philistines were assembling at Micmash,
1-Sam 14:9Inā e ʻōlelo mai lākou iā kāua pēnēia, E noho mālie ʻolua a hiki aku mākou i o ʻolua lā; a laila kū mālie kāua ma ko kāua wahi, ʻaʻole e piʻi aku i o lākou lā.If they say to us, 'Wait there until we come to you,' we will stay where we are and not go up to them.
1-Sam 14:24A ua pilikia nā kānaka o ka ʻIseraʻela ia lā: no ka mea, ua hoʻohiki aku ʻo Saula i nā kānaka, ʻī akula, Pōʻino ke kanaka, ke ʻai ia i ka ʻai a hiki i ke ahiahi, i hoʻopaʻi aku ai au i koʻu poʻe ʻenemi. No laila, ʻaʻole i ʻai nā kānaka i ka ʻai.Now the men of Israel were in distress that day, because Saul had bound the people under an oath, saying, "Cursed be any man who eats food before evening comes, before I have avenged myself on my enemies!" So none of the troops tasted food.
1-Sam 14:26A hiki nā kānaka ma ka ulu lāʻau, aia hoʻi, e kahe ana ʻo ka meli, ʻaʻole ka lima o kekahi kanaka i hoʻopā aku i kona waha: no ka mea, makaʻu nā kānaka i ka hoʻohiki ʻana.When they went into the woods, they saw the honey oozing out, yet no one put his hand to his mouth, because they feared the oath.
1-Sam 14:31A luku akula lākou i ko Pilisetia ia lā, mai Mikemasa a hiki i ʻAialona: a ua nāwaliwali loa nā kānaka.That day, after the Israelites had struck down the Philistines from Micmash to Aijalon, they were exhausted.
1-Sam 14:36ʻĪ akula ʻo Saula, E hahai aku kākou i ko Pilisetia i ka pō, a e luku aku iā lākou a hiki i ka mālamalama o ke ao, a mai waiho kākou i kekahi kanaka o lākou. ʻĪ maila lākou, E hana ʻoe i ka mea pono i kou maka. ʻĪ maila ke kahuna, E hoʻokoke mai nei kākou i ke Akua.Saul said, "Let us go down after the Philistines by night and plunder them till dawn, and let us not leave one of them alive." "Do whatever seems best to you," they replied. But the priest said, "Let us inquire of God here."
1-Sam 15:7Luku akula ʻo Saula i ka ʻAmaleka ma Havila, a hiki aku i Sura e kū pono ana i ʻAigupita.Then Saul attacked the Amalekites all the way from Havilah to Shur, to the east of Egypt.
1-Sam 15:10A laila hiki mai ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova iā Samuʻela, ʻī maila,Then the word of the LORD came to Samuel:
1-Sam 15:12I ka wanaʻao, ala aʻela ʻo Samuʻela e hālāwai me Saula i kakahiaka, ua haʻi ʻia mai iā Samuʻela, ʻī maila, Ua hiki mai ʻo Saula ma Karemela, a ua kūkulu i mea hoʻomanaʻo nona, a ua huli aʻe, a ua hele aku, a ua iho i lalo i Gilegala.Early in the morning Samuel got up and went to meet Saul, but he was told, "Saul has gone to Carmel. There he has set up a monument in his own honor and has turned and gone on down to Gilgal."
1-Sam 15:35ʻAʻole hele hou ʻo Samuʻela e ʻike iā Saula, a hiki i kona lā e make ai; akā, uē ihola ʻo Samuʻela iā Saula: a mihi ihola ʻo Iēhova i kona hoʻoaliʻi ʻana iā Saula ma luna o ka ʻIseraʻela.Until the day Samuel died, he did not go to see Saul again, though Samuel mourned for him. And the LORD was grieved that he had made Saul king over Israel.
1-Sam 16:4A hana akula ʻo Samuʻela i kā Iēhova i ʻōlelo mai ai, a hele akula i Betelehema: a haʻalulu nā lunakahiko o ke kūlanakauhale i kona hiki ʻana mai, ʻī maila, I hele mai nei ʻoe me ke aloha?Samuel did what the LORD said. When he arrived at Bethlehem, the elders of the town trembled when they met him. They asked, "Do you come in peace?"
1-Sam 16:6A i ko lākou hiki ʻana mai, nānā aku ʻo ia iā ʻEliaba, ʻī ihola, He ʻoiaʻiʻo i mua oʻu ka poni a Iēhova.When they arrived, Samuel saw Eliab and thought, "Surely the LORD's anointed stands here before the LORD."
1-Sam 16:11Nīnau akula ʻo Samuʻela iā Iese, ʻO ka pau anei kēia o nā keiki? ʻĪ maila ia, ʻO ka pōkiʻi wale nō i koe, aia hoʻi, ke mālama nei ia i nā hipa. ʻĪ akula ʻo Samuʻela iā Iese, E kiʻi, a lawe mai iā ia: no ka mea, ʻaʻole kākou e noho iho a hiki mai ia.So he asked Jesse, "Are these all the sons you have?" "There is still the youngest," Jesse answered, "but he is tending the sheep." Samuel said, "Send for him; we will not sit down until he arrives."
1-Sam 16:13A laila lālau akula ʻo Samuʻela i ka pepeiaohao ʻaila, a poni iā ia i waena o kona mau hoahānau: a hiki maila ka ʻUhane o Iēhova ma luna o Dāvida ia lā, a ma ia hope aku. Kū aʻela ʻo Samuʻela, a hele aku ma Rama.So Samuel took the horn of oil and anointed him in the presence of his brothers, and from that day on the Spirit of the LORD came upon David in power. Samuel then went to Ramah.
1-Sam 16:16ʻĀnō, e ko mākou haku, e ʻōlelo mai i kāu mau kauā i mua ou, e ʻimi lākou i kanaka akamai i ka hoʻokani i ka lira: a i hiki mai ka ʻuhane ʻino ma luna ou na ke Akua mai; a laila ʻo ia e hoʻokani ai me kona lima, a ola ʻoe.Let our lord command his servants here to search for someone who can play the harp. He will play when the evil spirit from God comes upon you, and you will feel better."
1-Sam 16:23A i ka manawa i hiki mai ai ka ʻuhane ʻino ma luna o Saula na ke Akua mai, lālau akula ʻo Dāvida i ka lira, a hoʻokani akula me kona lima; a ua ʻoluʻolu ʻo Saula, a ua ola hoʻi, a haʻalele ka ʻuhane ʻino iā ia.Whenever the spirit from God came upon Saul, David would take his harp and play. Then relief would come to Saul; he would feel better, and the evil spirit would leave him.
1-Sam 17:9Inā e hiki iā ia ke kaua pū me aʻu, a make au iā ia, a laila e lilo mākou i kauā na ʻoukou; akā, i lanakila au ma luna ona, a make ia iaʻu, a laila e lilo ʻoukou i kauā na mākou, a e hoʻokauā mai ʻoukou na mākou.If he is able to fight and kill me, we will become your subjects; but if I overcome him and kill him, you will become our subjects and serve us."
1-Sam 17:20Ala aʻela ʻo Dāvida i kakahiaka nui, a waiho i nā hipa me ke kahu, a lawe aʻela a hele aku e like me kā Iese i kauoha mai ai iā ia; a hiki aku ia ma kahi o nā kaʻa, a e hele ana ka poʻe koa i ke kaua, a uō lākou i ke kaua.Early in the morning David left the flock with a shepherd, loaded up and set out, as Jesse had directed. He reached the camp as the army was going out to its battle positions, shouting the war cry.
1-Sam 17:33ʻĪ maila ʻo Saula iā Dāvida, ʻAʻole e hiki iā ʻoe ke hele kūʻē i kēia kanaka Pilisetia, e kaua pū me ia: no ka mea, he ʻōpiopio ʻoe, akā ʻo ia, he kanaka koa ia mai kona wā ʻōpiopio mai.Saul replied, "You are not able to go out against this Philistine and fight him; you are only a boy, and he has been a fighting man from his youth."
1-Sam 17:39Kāʻei ihola ʻo Dāvida i kāna pahi kaua ma luna o nā mea kaua, a manaʻo ihola e hele; akā, no ka hoʻāʻo ʻole ʻia, ʻī akula ʻo Dāvida iā Saula, ʻAʻole au e hiki ke hele me kēia mau mea; no ka mea, ʻaʻole au i hoʻāʻo. Kala aʻela ʻo Dāvida ia mau mea mai ona aku lā.David fastened on his sword over the tunic and tried walking around, because he was not used to them. "I cannot go in these," he said to Saul, "because I am not used to them." So he took them off.
1-Sam 17:52Kū aʻela nā kānaka o ka ʻIseraʻela a me ka Iuda, hoʻōho akula, a alualu i ko Pilisetia, a hiki ma ke awāwa, a ma nā ʻīpuka o ʻEkerona: a hāʻule ihola nā mea ʻeha o nā Pilisetia ma ke ala o Saʻaraima, a hiki i Gata a me ʻEkerona.Then the men of Israel and Judah surged forward with a shout and pursued the Philistines to the entrance of Gath and to the gates of Ekron. Their dead were strewn along the Shaaraim road to Gath and Ekron.
1-Sam 18:10Ia lā iho, hiki mai ka ʻuhane ʻino ma luna o Saula na ke Akua mai, a wānana akula ia i loko o ka hale; a hoʻokani ihola ʻo Dāvida me kona lima, e like me nā manawa ma mua: a he ihe ma ka lima o Saula.The next day an evil spirit from God came forcefully upon Saul. He was prophesying in his house, while David was playing the harp, as he usually did. Saul had a spear in his hand
1-Sam 19:16A hiki akula nā ʻelele, aia hoʻi, he kiʻi ma luna o kahi moe, me ka uluna hulu kao ma kona poʻo.But when the men entered, there was the idol in the bed, and at the head was some goats' hair.
1-Sam 19:20Hoʻouna akula ʻo Saula i nā ʻelele e lālau iā Dāvida: a ʻike lākou i ka poʻe kāula e wānana ana, a me Samuʻela e kū ana i hoʻonoho ʻia ma luna o lākou, hiki mai ka ʻUhane o ke Akua ma luna o nā ʻelele a Saula, a wānana ihola lākou.so he sent men to capture him. But when they saw a group of prophets prophesying, with Samuel standing there as their leader, the Spirit of God came upon Saul's men and they also prophesied.
1-Sam 19:22A laila hele akula hoʻi ia ma Rama, a hiki ma ka pūnāwai nui ma Seku: nīnau akula ia, ʻī akula, Ma hea ʻo Samuʻela a me Dāvida? A haʻi ʻia mai, Aia ma Naiota i Rama.Finally, he himself left for Ramah and went to the great cistern at Secu. And he asked, "Where are Samuel and David?" "Over in Naioth at Ramah," they said.
1-Sam 19:23A hele akula ia ma Naiota i Rama: a hiki mai ka ʻUhane o ke Akua ma luna ona, a hele akula ia e wānana ana, a hiki ma Naiota i Rama.So Saul went to Naioth at Ramah. But the Spirit of God came even upon him, and he walked along prophesying until he came to Naioth.
1-Sam 20:5ʻĪ maila ʻo Dāvida iā Ionatana, Aia hoʻi, ʻapōpō ka malama hou, a he pono iaʻu e noho pū me ke aliʻi i ka ʻahaʻaina: akā, e kuʻu mai ʻoe iaʻu, a hūnā au iaʻu iho ma ke kula, a hiki i ke ahiahi o ka pō ʻakolu.So David said, "Look, tomorrow is the New Moon festival, and I am supposed to dine with the king; but let me go and hide in the field until the evening of the day after tomorrow.
1-Sam 20:19A i ka pō ʻakolu, e iho wawe ʻoe a hiki ma kahi āu i peʻe ai i ka lā o ka hana ʻana, a e noho ʻoe ma ka pōhaku ʻo ʻEzela:The day after tomorrow, toward evening, go to the place where you hid when this trouble began, and wait by the stone Ezel.
1-Sam 20:24A peʻe ihola ʻo Dāvida ma ke kula: a hiki mai ka mahina hou, noho ihola ke aliʻi e ʻahaʻaina ai.So David hid in the field, and when the New Moon festival came, the king sat down to eat.
1-Sam 20:26Akā, ʻaʻole ʻo Saula i ʻōlelo iki ia lā: no ka mea, manaʻo ihola ia, ua hiki mai kekahi mea iā ia, ua haumia ʻo ia; ʻoiaʻiʻo, ua haumia ʻo ia.Saul said nothing that day, for he thought, "Something must have happened to David to make him ceremonially unclean--surely he is unclean."
1-Sam 20:37A hiki akula ke keiki ma kahi o ka pua a Ionatana i pana aku ai, kāhea akula ʻo Ionatana i ke keiki, ʻī akula, ʻAʻole anei ma ʻō aku ou ka pua?When the boy came to the place where Jonathan's arrow had fallen, Jonathan called out after him, "Isn't the arrow beyond you?"
1-Sam 22:5ʻŌlelo akula ke kāula a Gada iā Dāvida, Mai noho ʻoe ma ka puʻukaua; e hele aku, a hiki ʻoe ma ka ʻāina o ka Iuda. A hele akula ʻo Dāvida a hiki ma ka ulu lāʻau ʻo Hareta.But the prophet Gad said to David, "Do not stay in the stronghold. Go into the land of Judah." So David left and went to the forest of Hereth.
1-Sam 23:27A hele mai he ʻelele iā Saula, ʻī maila, E wikiwiki ʻoe, e hoʻi mai; no ka mea, ua hiki mai ko Pilisetia ma ka ʻāina.a messenger came to Saul, saying, "Come quickly! The Philistines are raiding the land."
1-Sam 24:3A hiki aku ia i nā pā hipa ma ke ala, a ma laila he ana; a komo akula ʻo Saula e uhi i kona wāwae: a ʻo Dāvida a me kona poʻe kānaka aia ma nā ʻaoʻao o ke ana.He came to the sheep pens along the way; a cave was there, and Saul went in to relieve himself. David and his men were far back in the cave.
1-Sam 24:4ʻĪ akula nā kānaka o Dāvida iā ia, Aia hoʻi, ua hiki mai ka lā a Iēhova i ʻī mai ai, Aia hoʻi, e hoʻolilo ana au i kou ʻenemi i loko o kou lima, i hana aku ai ʻoe iā ia e like me kou makemake. A laila kū aʻela ʻo Dāvida, a ʻoki malū iho i ka lepa o ka lole ʻaʻahu o Saula.The men said, "This is the day the LORD spoke of when he said to you, 'I will give your enemy into your hands for you to deal with as you wish.' " Then David crept up unnoticed and cut off a corner of Saul's robe.
1-Sam 25:8E nīnau aku ʻoe i kou poʻe kānaka uʻi, a e haʻi mai lākou iā ʻoe. No ia mea, e loaʻa auaneʻi i nā kānaka uʻi ke aloha i mua o kou maka: no ka mea, ua hiki mai mākou i ka lā maikaʻi: ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, ʻo ka mea i loaʻa i kou lima e hāʻawi na kāu poʻe kauā, a na kāu keiki, na Dāvida.Ask your own servants and they will tell you. Therefore be favorable toward my young men, since we come at a festive time. Please give your servants and your son David whatever you can find for them.' "
1-Sam 25:9A hiki akula ka poʻe kānaka uʻi o Dāvida, haʻi akula lākou iā Nabala ia mau ʻōlelo a pau ma ka inoa ʻo Dāvida, a hoʻōki ihola.When David's men arrived, they gave Nabal this message in David's name. Then they waited.
1-Sam 25:12A huli aʻela nā kānaka uʻi o Dāvida ma ko lākou ala, a hoʻi akula a hiki, a haʻi akula lākou iā ia ia mau ʻōlelo a pau.David's men turned around and went back. When they arrived, they reported every word.
1-Sam 25:20A i kona holo ʻana ma luna o ka hoki a hiki ma kahi malu o ka mauna, aia hoʻi ʻo Dāvida a me kona poʻe kānaka e iho mai ana e hālāwai me ia, a hālāwai akula ia me lākou.As she came riding her donkey into a mountain ravine, there were David and his men descending toward her, and she met them.
1-Sam 25:22Pēlā hoʻi, a e ʻoi aku hoʻi kā ke Akua e hana aku ai i ka poʻe ʻenemi o Dāvida, ke waiho au a hiki i ka mālamalama o ke ao i kekahi o kona poʻe kāne.May God deal with David, be it ever so severely, if by morning I leave alive one male of all who belong to him!"
1-Sam 25:34He ʻoiaʻiʻo, ma ke ola o Iēhova ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela, nāna i keʻakeʻa mai iaʻu e hana hewa aku iā ʻoe, inā paha ʻaʻole ʻoe i hele koke mai e hālāwai me aʻu, inā ʻaʻole koe iā Nabala a hiki i ka mālamalama o ke ao kekahi o kona poʻe kāne.Otherwise, as surely as the LORD, the God of Israel, lives, who has kept me from harming you, if you had not come quickly to meet me, not one male belonging to Nabal would have been left alive by daybreak."
1-Sam 25:36A hoʻi akula ʻo ʻAbigaila iā Nabala; aia hoʻi, he ʻahaʻaina kāna ma kona hale e like me ka ʻahaʻaina aliʻi; a ua ʻoliʻoli ka naʻau o Nabala i loko ona, no ka mea, ua ʻona loa: no ia mea, ʻaʻole ia i haʻi iki aku iā ia, a hiki i ka mālamalama o ke ao.When Abigail went to Nabal, he was in the house holding a banquet like that of a king. He was in high spirits and very drunk. So she told him nothing until daybreak.
1-Sam 25:40A hiki akula nā kauā a Dāvida i o ʻAbigaila lā ma Karemela, ʻōlelo akula lākou iā ia, ʻī akula, Ua hoʻouna mai ʻo Dāvida iā mākou i ou lā e lawe iā ʻoe i wahine nāna.His servants went to Carmel and said to Abigail, "David has sent us to you to take you to become his wife."
1-Sam 26:10ʻĪ maila hoʻi ʻo Dāvida, Ma ke ola o Iēhova, e pepehi mai nō ʻo Iēhova iā ia; e hiki mai auaneʻi kona lā e make ai; a e hele paha ia i ke kaua, a e make ʻo ia ma laila.As surely as the LORD lives," he said, "the LORD himself will strike him; either his time will come and he will die, or he will go into battle and perish.
1-Sam 26:12A lawe aʻela ʻo Dāvida i ka ihe a me ke kīʻaha wai ma ke poʻo o Saula, a hele aku lāua; ʻaʻohe kanaka i nānā mai, ʻaʻole i ʻike, ʻaʻole i ala mai: ua paʻuhia lākou i ka hiamoe; no ka mea, ua hiki mai ka hiamoe nui mai Iēhova mai ma luna o lākou.So David took the spear and water jug near Saul's head, and they left. No one saw or knew about it, nor did anyone wake up. They were all sleeping, because the LORD had put them into a deep sleep.
1-Sam 27:6A hāʻawi akula ʻo ʻAkisa iā Zikelaga nona ia lā: no ia mea, lilo akula ʻo Zikelaga no nā aliʻi o ka Iuda a hiki i kēia lā.So on that day Achish gave him Ziklag, and it has belonged to the kings of Judah ever since.
1-Sam 27:8Hele akula ʻo Dāvida me kona poʻe kānaka, a kaua akula i ko Gesura, a me ko Gerezi, a me ka ʻAmaleka: no ka mea, he poʻe kamaʻāina kahiko lākou o ka ʻāina, kahi e hele aku ai i Sura, a hiki loa i ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita.Now David and his men went up and raided the Geshurites, the Girzites and the Amalekites. (From ancient times these peoples had lived in the land extending to Shur and Egypt.)
1-Sam 27:9A luku akula ʻo Dāvida i ka ʻāina, ʻaʻole i koe kekahi kanaka, ʻaʻole hoʻi kekahi wahine e ola ana, a lawe aʻela ia i nā hipa, a me nā bipi, a me nā hoki, a me nā kāmelo, me ka lole, a hoʻi akula a hiki i o ʻAkisa lā.Whenever David attacked an area, he did not leave a man or woman alive, but took sheep and cattle, donkeys and camels, and clothes. Then he returned to Achish.
1-Sam 28:8Hōʻano ʻē ʻo Saula iā ia iho, a hoʻokomo i ka lole ʻē, a hele aku me nā kānaka ʻelua me ia, a hiki lākou i ka wahine i ka pō: ʻī akula ia, Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e hoʻākāka mai ʻoe iaʻu ma ka nīnau ʻuhane, a e hoʻāla mai noʻu i ka mea aʻu e hoʻohiki aku ai iā ʻoe.So Saul disguised himself, putting on other clothes, and at night he and two men went to the woman. "Consult a spirit for me," he said, "and bring up for me the one I name."
1-Sam 28:10A hoʻohiki akula ʻo Saula iā ia ma Iēhova, ʻī akula, Ma ke ola o Iēhova, ʻaʻole e hiki mai iā ʻoe ke ʻāhewa ʻia no kēia mea.Saul swore to her by the LORD, "As surely as the LORD lives, you will not be punished for this."
1-Sam 29:3ʻŌlelo maila nā aliʻi o nā Pilisetia, I mea aha lā kēia poʻe Hebera? ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻAkisa i nā aliʻi o nā Pilisetia, ʻAʻole anei ʻo Dāvida kēia, ke kauā a Saula, ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, ka mea i noho me aʻu i nēia mau lā a i nēia mau makahiki, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iaʻu ka mea i hewa ai ʻo ia mai ka wā i noho ai ia me aʻu a hiki i kēia lā?The commanders of the Philistines asked, "What about these Hebrews?" Achish replied, "Is this not David, who was an officer of Saul king of Israel? He has already been with me for over a year, and from the day he left Saul until now, I have found no fault in him."
1-Sam 29:6A laila hea akula ʻo ʻAkisa iā Dāvida, ʻī akula iā ia, He ʻoiaʻiʻo, ma ke ola o Iēhova, he pono kou, a ʻo kou hele ʻana aku, a ʻo kou hoʻi ʻana mai me aʻu ma ke kaua, ua maikaʻi nō ia i mua o koʻu maka: no ka mea, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iaʻu ka hewa i loko ou mai ka manawa āu i hele mai ai i oʻu nei, a hiki i kēia lā: akā, ʻaʻole ou pono i mua o nā haku.So Achish called David and said to him, "As surely as the LORD lives, you have been reliable, and I would be pleased to have you serve with me in the army. From the day you came to me until now, I have found no fault in you, but the rulers don't approve of you.
1-Sam 29:8ʻĪ akula ʻo Dāvida iā ʻAkisa, He aha kaʻu i hana ai? A he aha lā i loaʻa ai iā ʻoe i loko o kāu kauā i koʻu manawa i noho pū ai me ʻoe a hiki i kēia lā, i ʻole ai au e hele e kaua aku i nā ʻenemi o kuʻu haku o ke aliʻi?"But what have I done?" asked David. "What have you found against your servant from the day I came to you until now? Why can't I go and fight against the enemies of my lord the king?"
1-Sam 30:1A i ka hiki ʻana aku o Dāvida me kona poʻe kānaka ma Zikelaga i ka pō ʻakolu, ua hele mai nā ʻAmaleka ma ka ʻaoʻao hema a ma Zikelaga, a ua luku aku iā Zikelaga, a puhi akula ia i ke ahi;David and his men reached Ziklag on the third day. Now the Amalekites had raided the Negev and Ziklag. They had attacked Ziklag and burned it,
1-Sam 30:3A hiki akula ʻo Dāvida me kona poʻe kānaka ma ke kūlanakauhale, aia hoʻi, ua puhi ʻia i ke ahi; a ua lawe pio ʻia aku kā lākou mau wāhine, a me kā lākou mau keiki kāne, a me kā lākou mau kaikamāhine.When David and his men came to Ziklag, they found it destroyed by fire and their wives and sons and daughters taken captive.
1-Sam 30:9A hele akula ʻo Dāvida, ʻo ia me nā kānaka pū me ia ʻeono haneri, a hiki lākou ma ke kahawai ʻo Besora, kahi i kali ai ka poʻe i waiho ʻia ma hope.David and the six hundred men with him came to the Besor Ravine, where some stayed behind,
1-Sam 30:10Akā, hahai akula ʻo Dāvida, ʻo ia me nā haneri kānaka ʻehā: no ka mea, hoʻonoho ʻia akula ma hope ʻelua haneri kānaka, ʻaʻole e hiki aku lākou ma kēlā kapa o ke kahawai ʻo Besora, no ko lākou nāwaliwali.for two hundred men were too exhausted to cross the ravine. But David and four hundred men continued the pursuit.
1-Sam 30:12A hāʻawi aku lākou iā ia i kekahi ʻāpana o ke paʻi fiku, a i ʻelua hui waina maloʻo: a pau kāna ʻai ʻana, hiki hou maila ka ikaika iā ia; no ka mea, ʻaʻole ia i ʻai i ka berena, ʻaʻole hoʻi i inu i ka wai i nā lā a me nā pō ʻekolu.part of a cake of pressed figs and two cakes of raisins. He ate and was revived, for he had not eaten any food or drunk any water for three days and three nights.
1-Sam 30:15Nīnau akula ʻo Dāvida iā ia, E hiki anei iā ʻoe ke alakaʻi aku iaʻu i ua poʻe lā? ʻĪ maila ia, E hoʻohiki mai ʻoe iaʻu ma ke Akua, i ʻole ʻoe e pepehi mai iaʻu, i ʻole hoʻi e hāʻawi iaʻu i loko o nā lima o kuʻu haku, a e alakaʻi aku au iā ʻoe i ua poʻe lā.David asked him, "Can you lead me down to this raiding party?" He answered, "Swear to me before God that you will not kill me or hand me over to my master, and I will take you down to them."
1-Sam 30:17A luku akula ʻo Dāvida iā lākou mai ka wanaʻao a hiki i ke ahiahi a ia lā aku; ʻaʻole i pakele kekahi kanaka o lākou, ʻehā haneri kānaka uʻi hoʻoholo kāmelo wale nō i pakele.David fought them from dusk until the evening of the next day, and none of them got away, except four hundred young men who rode off on camels and fled.
1-Sam 30:21A hoʻi mai ʻo Dāvida i nā haneri kānaka ʻelua, i ka poʻe i hiki ʻole ke hahai ma muli o Dāvida no ko lākou nāwaliwali, i nā mea a lākou i hoʻonoho ai ma ke kahawai ʻo Besora: a hele mai lākou e hālāwai me Dāvida, a e hālāwai hoʻi me nā kānaka me ia: a hiki mai ʻo Dāvida a kokoke i nā kānaka, aloha maila ʻo ia iā lākou.Then David came to the two hundred men who had been too exhausted to follow him and who were left behind at the Besor Ravine. They came out to meet David and the people with him. As David and his men approached, he greeted them.
1-Sam 30:25A mai ia lā mai, hana ihola ʻo ia ia mea i kānāwai, a i ʻōlelo kūpaʻa no ka ʻIseraʻela a hiki i kēia lā.David made this a statute and ordinance for Israel from that day to this.
1-Sam 30:26A hiki akula ʻo Dāvida ma Zikelaga, hoʻouna akula ia i kekahi o ka waiwai pio na nā lunakahiko o ka Iuda, na kona poʻe makamaka, ʻī akula, Eia mai ka makana na ʻoukou, no ka waiwai pio a ka poʻe ʻenemi o Iēhova;When David arrived in Ziklag, he sent some of the plunder to the elders of Judah, who were his friends, saying, "Here is a present for you from the plunder of the LORD's enemies."
1-Sam 31:4ʻĪ akula ʻo Saula i ka mea nāna i hali kāna mea kaua, E unuhi ʻoe i kāu pahi kaua, a e nou mai iaʻu me ia, o hiki mai auaneʻi kēia poʻe i ʻoki poepoe ʻole ʻia, a hou mai iaʻu, a hoʻomāʻewaʻewa mai iaʻu. Akā, ʻaʻole makemake ka mea nāna i hali kāna mea kaua; no ka mea, ua makaʻu loa ia: no ia mea, lālau ʻo Saula i ka pahi kaua, a hoʻohāʻule ihola i luna.Saul said to his armor-bearer, "Draw your sword and run me through, or these uncircumcised fellows will come and run me through and abuse me." But his armor-bearer was terrified and would not do it; so Saul took his own sword and fell on it.
2-Sam 1:2A i ke kolu o ka lā, aia hoʻi, he kanaka i hele mai, mai ke kahua kaua, mai Saula mai, me kona kapa i haehae ʻia, a me ka lepo ma luna o kona poʻo; a hiki akula ia i o Dāvida lā, moe ihola ia ma ka honua, a hoʻomaikaʻi akula.On the third day a man arrived from Saul's camp, with his clothes torn and with dust on his head. When he came to David, he fell to the ground to pay him honor.
2-Sam 1:6ʻĪ maila ua kanaka ʻōpiopio lā nāna i haʻi mai iā ia, A i koʻu hiki wale ʻana aku ma luna o ka